Questions, answered plainly
The short version: it runs on your device, there is no account, and nothing is uploaded. The longer answers are below, and every tool is listed at the bottom. If something is not here, email [email protected].
Do I need an account?
No. There is no sign up, no login, and no password. You open a tool and use it. Because there is no account, there is no database of yours for anyone to breach or sell.
Is my data really private, or does something get uploaded?
Nothing you open, type, or process is uploaded. Every tool runs inside your browser tab, on your own device. You do not have to take our word for it: the foot of every tool says what the page has sent since it loaded, counted live (Sent from this page: nothing), and pressing it lists every request. The simplest test of all: turn off your wifi and the tools keep working.
What is free and what is paid?
The Workspace (Docs, Sheets, Slides, Notes, Calendar, Tasks, Contacts, Plan, Drive and the PDF editor) is free for everyone, with no account. Every other tool is free to open and to check a file with, so you see what it finds. Saving or exporting the result is OBSCURA Pro, and so are the whole Sovereign Suite application and the whole Photo Editor. The single tools in the Sovereign Suite stay free to check a file with. Nothing is uploaded, on Pro or off it. The full list is at the bottom of this page.
Is it a subscription?
Pro is, if you want it: US$9 a month or US$79 a year for everything, or US$4 a month or US$35 a year for one application on its own, with 7 days free first and nothing to cancel until they are over. For a one-off job, saving from one tool for a day is US$2, paid once, which does not renew. Cancel a subscription any time on Stripe’s billing page. Refund terms are on the refunds page.
What happens to my work if I close the tab or clear my browser?
The Workspace apps autosave to your browser as you go, so closing the tab is safe and your work is there when you come back. But your browser is the only place it lives, so if you clear your browser data or switch devices it is gone. For anything you want to keep, use Save to computer or the export buttons to keep a real file, and back it up like any other file.
Does it work on my phone and tablet?
Yes. The site and the tools work on a phone, a tablet and a computer.
Where is my data stored?
On your device, in your browser's own storage, and nowhere else. It is not synced to a server, and it is not shared between your devices, which is the trade for it never being uploaded. Connect a folder on the home page and everything is also written there as ordinary files; using it on two machines explains how to get those onto a second computer.
Can you see my files?
No. We never receive them. There is no upload step and no server that holds your documents, so there is nothing on our side to look at, hand over, or lose.
How can the tools that use a model still be private?
A few tools (like the transcriber and the face blur) use a small model. The first time you open one, it downloads that model once, the same way a website loads a font or a library. That download is program code, not your file, and once it is cached the tool works with your internet off. Your recording or photo is never sent anywhere.
Why a website instead of an app I install?
Nothing to install, nothing to trust on your disk, and it works on a locked-down work machine or a borrowed one. The honest trade is that a website could ship different code tomorrow, which is why the tools are plain readable code and why the things they produce (hashes, exports, files) are ones you can verify yourself.
What if a tool makes a mistake?
These are tools, not advice. They are very good but not perfect, and none of them are a lawyer or an accountant. Read what they produce before you rely on it.
Questions by tool
Every tool's own questions, in one place. Open a tool to see them, or type to find one.
CalendarPlan without an account12
Can I keep a calendar without a Google or Microsoft account?
Yes. A calendar is dates and text, and a browser can store both locally. What you give up is syncing between devices and invitations arriving by email, both of which need a server that holds your schedule.
What is an .ics file?
The standard calendar exchange format, and what every invitation actually is. It is plain text, so it can be read, edited and moved between applications. It also means an invitation carries more than the event: attendee addresses, the organiser, and often a join link and passcode.
Does a calendar reveal much about me?
A great deal. Who you meet, how often, where, and what you call it. A shared calendar or an exported calendar file is one of the more revealing documents most people own, which is worth remembering before granting an application access to it.
Can I move events to Apple, Google or Outlook Calendar?
Yes. Export an .ics file and import it there, and import their .ics exports here the same way. Everything is kept in this browser; there is no account and nothing is uploaded.
Can I keep more than one calendar?
Yes. Each one has a name and a colour, and every event belongs to exactly one of them. Unticking a calendar takes its events off the grid without deleting anything, and removing a calendar moves its events to another one rather than throwing them away.
Will a reminder reach me if the tab is closed?
No, and the page says so rather than letting you find out by missing a meeting. A reminder fires from a timer in an open tab of this site. One that came due while the site was shut is still told when you come back, but as a missed one, because a toast saying “Standup” three days late is a lie about the time.
Does the desktop notification need an account?
No. It is the browser’s own notification, asked for only when you press the button, and it never leaves the machine. Without it, reminders still appear in the page.
Does the .ics file carry the reminder?
It does, as a VALARM with a TRIGGER counted back from the start, which is what Apple Calendar, Google Calendar and Outlook read. The calendar’s name and colour go on the file too, so a file that has been out and back comes home to the same calendar rather than making a second one.
Where do the events in a file I import end up?
You are asked before anything is written. You can put them all in one calendar, or let each event go to the calendar it names in the file, which makes any calendar that is not here yet.
Can I move an event to another day without opening it?
Drag it to another day or time. For a repeating event it asks whether to move this event, this and the following ones, or all of them.
What are the chips on some days?
Tasks from the board that are due that day, shown but not owned: the chip is a link to Tasks and this page never writes a task. A finished task does not appear.
What is the week view for?
Seven columns of clock time, with each event drawn where it falls and a grip at the foot of it for changing when it ends. On a phone there is no room for seven columns, so the week goes back to seven day cells.
ContactsAn address book with vCard import and export8
What is a vCard file?
The standard format for exchanging contact details, and what the .vcf attachment your phone produces actually is. It is plain text, so it is portable between address books and readable in any editor, which also means an exported address book is a plain-text list of everyone you know.
Can I keep an address book without handing it to an app?
Yes, locally in the browser, with vCard import and export to move it around. The reason to bother is that address book access is one of the most requested and most abused permissions on a phone: an application granted it receives everyone in the book, not just you.
How do I move contacts between phones or services?
Export to vCard from the old one and import to the new one. Check a few entries afterwards, because photographs, custom fields and notes are the parts that most often fail to survive the trip, and delete the exported file once you are done.
Where are my contacts kept?
In this browser's local storage on this device, saved on every change. Nothing is sent anywhere: no account, no sync, no address book harvesting. Clear the browser's site data and they are gone, so export a copy of anything that matters. To carry contacts to a phone, export a .vcf and open it there.
Which vCard fields does it keep?
Everything an address book uses: every part of the name, with the phonetic name and the nickname, the company, job title and department, every email, phone and address with the kind each one is, the birthday with or without a year, anniversaries and other dates, related people, websites, custom fields, the labels, the notes and the picture. A label somebody made up, such as a phone called Studio, travels the way iPhone and Google write one. The two it leaves are a picture held as a link to a web address rather than carried in the card, which is left alone because fetching it would tell that server who is reading the card, and chat addresses, which have nowhere to go here. Both are said out loud when they happen rather than passed over.
What happens when I import somebody who is already here?
The two are made one. An import used to skip a card whose name and email matched, which is right when the two are identical and wrong the rest of the time: the copy on your phone usually has the mobile number and the copy here has the work address, and skipping means the two halves never meet. Merging adds what is new (another number, another address, a group, a birthday, a picture where there was none) and changes nothing that is already filled in, so the same file can be imported twice with no harm done. Two cards count as the same person when they share an email address, or when they have the same full name and at most one of them has an email at all.
What are the labels?
What a phone calls groups and a vCard calls categories. Make one with the + beside Labels, then tick contacts in the list and put them under it with Manage labels; each label is listed down the left with how many people are in it. A label made here travels to a phone in the .vcf, and a group made on a phone arrives here as a label. Deleting a label asks whether to keep its contacts or to move them to the trash with it.
Is the picture kept at full size?
No, and it says so when you choose one. A photograph off a phone is several megabytes and this browser keeps about five in all, so the picture is squared off and drawn down to 192 pixels, which is about twelve kilobytes and is as much as a thumbnail beside a name can show. The file you chose is not touched; this is the copy the address book keeps, and it is the one written into the .vcf.
DocsWrite and format documents15
Can I write a document in the browser without an account?
Yes. A word processor is ordinary browser capability, and nothing about editing text requires a server. The document stays in this browser's storage on this device, so there is nothing to sign into and nothing uploaded, and equally nothing syncing to your other devices.
Where is my document stored?
In this browser's storage on this device. Clearing site data for this site deletes it, a private window will not see it, and another browser or another machine is a separate world entirely. Export anything you want to keep.
Can I open and save Word files?
Yes. File > Open (Ctrl+O) reads a .docx, and File > Save (Ctrl+S) or Save As (F12) writes one. The Word file carries the headings, lists, tables, links and pictures, the comments and their replies, tracked changes, footnotes and endnotes, and the page size, margins, header, footer and page numbers. The watermark is printed but not written into the Word file. Both happen in this tab; the file is never uploaded.
Opening a Word file brings back its words, formatting, pictures, comments, footnotes and endnotes. Its tracked changes arrive already accepted, and its own header, footer and page setup are not read.
Can I set the paper size and margins?
Yes. Layout > Size offers Letter, Legal, Executive, A4, A5, B5 and Tabloid; Layout > Orientation, portrait or landscape; and Layout > Margins, Normal, Narrow, Moderate or Wide, or Custom Margins... for any four figures. The sheets on screen take the paper's size and margins, the print takes all of it, and the Word file gets the paper and the margins. The settings are kept with the document.
Can I put a header or footer on every page?
Yes. Insert > Header > Edit Header, or double-click in the top margin, and type; the footer is the same, from Insert > Footer > Edit Footer or the bottom margin. Each is one line of text, the same on every page, shown on every sheet on screen, printed, and written into the Word file. Page numbers go at the foot from Insert > Page Number.
How do I start a new page?
Ctrl+Enter, or Insert > Page Break (also Layout > Breaks > Page). It shows as a dotted line marked Page Break, the text after it starts on the next sheet on screen and on paper, and it is a page break in the Word file. Insert > Blank Page puts in a whole empty page.
Can it make a table of contents?
References > Table of Contents > Automatic Table lists every Heading 1, 2 and 3 with the page it is on and a link to it. After the headings change, References > Update Table brings it up to date in place.
Can I comment on a document?
Select the words and press Ctrl+Alt+M, or use Review > New Comment or Insert > Comment. The comment is anchored to the words, so it cannot drift off them, and replies thread under it. Your name is typed once and kept in this browser; it never leaves the device.
Do comments survive being saved as Word?
Yes. They are written as a real word/comments.xml with the range markers around the right words and the replies threaded through commentsExtended, which is how Word itself stores them, so Word, LibreOffice and Google Docs all show them. Opening that file here brings them back onto the same words.
Are comments printed?
Not unless you ask. On paper the highlights are hidden, because a highlight nobody asked for is not part of the document. Ticking “print with comments” keeps them and adds the threads as a list at the end.
Can I get an earlier version of a document back?
File > Info > Version History keeps the document as it stood at each autosave that changed the words, with the time, the word count and what changed since the version before it. You can preview one read only, name one to keep it for good, or restore it. A restore keeps the state it replaced first, so it can itself be undone.
How many versions are kept?
The last twenty-five, or about two megabytes a document, oldest out first. A version you have named is never dropped. Browser storage is small and one pasted picture fills it, so history is never allowed to be the reason a document will not save.
Can I number the printed pages?
Insert > Page Number puts the number at the bottom of every page: Plain Number 1 on the left, 2 in the centre, 3 on the right; Remove Page Numbers takes it off. In Print Layout each sheet on screen shows its number, the print counts the sheets itself, and the Word file gets a page-number field, so Word numbers its pages however much you edit.
How do I type a character my keyboard does not have?
Insert > Symbol shows the ones used most recently; More Symbols... offers about three hundred, searchable by name: type euro, dash, alpha or acute. Clicking one types it where the caret was, and the window stays open for the next.
Can I resize a picture?
Click it and the Picture Format tab appears. There you can set its width in pixels, put it in line with the text or on the left, centre or right with Position, give it Alt Text for a reader who cannot see it, or reset it to its own size. The Word file gets the same size and the alt text, but not the position.
DriveYour files, kept on this device8
Where are files stored in a browser-based file manager?
In this browser's storage on this device, using the storage the browser makes available to a page. Nothing is uploaded. The consequence is that another browser, another device, and a private window all see nothing at all.
Can browser storage be lost?
Yes. Clearing site data deletes it, some browsers evict storage belonging to sites you have not visited recently when disk space runs short, and reinstalling the browser or the operating system takes it with them. Treat it as working storage rather than backup, and export what matters.
How much can I store in a browser?
Browsers grant a page a share of free disk, often a substantial fraction of it, but the exact quota is the browser's decision and is not guaranteed. Large files work until they do not, which is another reason to keep an export somewhere else.
Can I back it up?
Yes, three ways, and they are for different things. The .json backup holds what you have made in Docs, Sheets, Slides, Forms and Notes. A folder of files goes out as a zip, built here in the tab, which is the thing to keep somewhere safe. And on Chrome, Edge or Brave on a computer, every file here can be copied straight out into a folder you choose, with each folder here as a folder in there. There is no account and nothing to pay.
Does the drive keep itself in step with a folder on my disk?
No, and it says so rather than pretending. Files you add live in this browser's own storage (IndexedDB) on this device. You can copy them all out to a folder, and you can add every file from a folder, but each is a copy made when you press the button: nothing is watched afterwards, and changing a file on one side does not change it on the other. Keeping two places in step means guessing which one wins when both changed, and a file manager that guesses is worse than one that copies when asked.
Can I see what is in a file without downloading it?
Yes. Open a file, with a double click or P, and it is shown here: a picture at the size it really is, a PDF drawn by the same reader the rest of the site uses, with Page Up and Page Down to turn its pages, or the first stretch of anything that is text. The arrows either side, and the Left and Right keys, go to the file before and after it. Sound and video play in the page too. Nothing is sent anywhere to make that happen: the bytes come out of this browser's storage and the reader is this site's own copy. A kind of file that cannot be shown on a page says so plainly instead of drawing nothing.
Is a deleted file gone for good?
Not straight away. Move to bin puts a file or a folder in the bin, where it keeps its bytes and the folder it came from, and Restore puts it back there. It is still taking up space while it sits there, which the Storage view says out loud. Emptying the bin, or deleting one thing forever, is the step that cannot be undone, and that is the one you are asked about.
Can I get a whole folder out at once?
Yes. Download on a folder, or on several things selected at once, puts them into one .zip, made here in the tab, with each folder a folder in it and two files of the same name kept apart rather than one landing on top of the other. The zip is stored rather than squeezed, because what people keep in a drive is mostly already compressed and squeezing it again would only cost you a frozen tab.
NotesQuick notes and lists16
Where are the notes kept?
In this browser, on this device, until you connect a folder. Connect one and every note becomes a plain .md file inside it, with your folders as real subfolders, and that copy is the one that outlives the browser. Clearing site data cannot touch it.
Can I use my existing folder of markdown files?
Yes. Press the folder button and choose it. Every .md file in it and in its subfolders is read, and from then on edits are written straight back to those files. Nothing is converted and nothing is moved.
What are wikilinks and backlinks?
A wikilink is a note's name in double brackets, and it links to that note. A backlink is the same thing seen from the other end: the side panel lists every note that links to the one you are reading, along with mentions of its name that are not yet links, so you can turn them into links if you want.
Is anything uploaded?
No. There is no account and no server holding notes. Turn the network off and writing, linking, searching and the folder on your disk all still work, which is the simplest way to check it rather than believe it. The one thing that asks this site for anything is the zip export, which fetches a zip writer from obscuraos.com the first time you use it and says so plainly if it cannot; everything else, saving a single note as .md included, is built here in the tab.
Does it work on a phone?
Yes, with the panels sliding in over the editor rather than sitting beside it. Connecting a folder is a desktop feature, because phone browsers do not offer that permission; on a phone the notes stay in the browser and can be exported or carried across in the encrypted bundle in Settings.
Can the site read my notes?
The page's own code reads them in order to show them, and nothing leaves the browser. Anything running on the device can potentially reach browser storage, so a shared or compromised machine is still a shared or compromised machine, and genuinely secret material belongs behind encryption rather than in plain notes.
What are the panels either side of the editor?
Folders on the left, tabs across the middle, and on the right the outline of the note you are reading, every note that links to it, and its tags.
What can I write in a note?
Headings, lists, tables, quotes, code blocks with a language label, task boxes you can tick, footnotes, highlights, callouts and front matter. The source stays exactly as you typed it while it reads as formatted text.
Can I link to a section, or pull one note into another?
Yes.
[[Note name]]links to a note,[[Note#Heading]]to a section of it, and![[Note]]pulls one note into another. The names you already have are offered as soon as you type the brackets. Renaming a note rewrites the links that point at it.How do I find a note?
Search across every note, with
tag:,path:andfile:to narrow it. There is also a tag panel, starred notes, a jump-to-note box on Ctrl+O, a command list on Ctrl+P, and a graph of how the notes connect.Does it have tabs, templates and daily notes?
Yes. Tabs, a split view, daily notes, templates with
{{date}}and{{title}}, and you can drag a note between folders.Can I get everything out again?
Yes. Export the whole notebook as a zip of ordinary .md files, folders and all. It imports straight back with nothing lost, and because every note is a plain file nothing is kept in a format only this page can open.
Does it sync between machines?
No. There is no sync because there is no server, which is the trade for nothing being uploaded. To have the same notes on two machines, put the folder inside whatever already syncs for you. The Sync page on this site explains how.
Can I put a picture in a note?
Yes. Drop one into the editor, paste it, or use Picture on the toolbar. The note gets the ordinary markdown line every other markdown app writes,
, and the picture itself is saved underattachmentsbeside your notes: in the connected folder if you have one, in this browser if you have not. The note stays a text file you could read in any editor, rather than a megabyte of base64 in the middle of a sentence.What happens to the pictures when I export?
They come with it. The zip export puts each picture under the same
attachmentspath the markdown points at, so the export opens in any markdown app with its pictures rather than with holes in it. If a note points at a picture that is not here, the reading view says so in words instead of showing a broken icon.Can I print a note, or send one to somebody who does not want a text file?
Yes, both. Print (Ctrl+Shift+P, or Cmd+Shift+P) puts the note on paper as the reading view draws it, pictures and all, with the app and the site around it left off. Save as Word writes a real .docx with the pictures in it at the size they are, which is the thing to send to somebody who would rather not be handed a markdown file. Both are built here in the tab.
OBSCURA Photo EditorLayers, brushes, selections and adjustments22
Is my photo uploaded?
No. The picture is decoded in this tab and every edit happens in memory on your machine. The page works with the internet switched off once it has loaded.
Does it keep layers?
Yes. Save the project and you get one file that holds every layer, its position, opacity and blend mode. Open it again later and carry on. Export gives you a flat PNG, JPEG or WebP.
Can it open HEIC from an iPhone?
Yes. A decoder is fetched from this site the first time one is opened, about 1.4 MB, and kept on your device.
Does it have layer masks and adjustment layers?
Yes. Add a mask to any layer and paint it white to show and black to hide, as in Photoshop, or make it from a selection. An adjustment layer applies levels, curves, colour balance or any of the other adjustments to everything under it without touching a pixel, and you can double-click it later to change it. Both are saved in the project file.
Can it remove an object?
Select it and choose Remove what is selected, or use the patch tool to borrow a clean part of the picture and blend it over, or content-aware move to slide the thing elsewhere and fill the gap. The area is filled from its surroundings, first by spreading the colours inward and then by fitting small patches from just outside it. It works on wires, marks and small things against fairly even backgrounds. It does not understand what the thing was, and it does not invent anything.
Can it open and save Photoshop files?
Yes. A PSD opens with its layers, groups, masks, clipping masks, opacity, blend modes, guides and the common adjustment layers, and the editor saves a PSD back with the same. Text goes over as pixels and layer styles are not written, and the status line says so when it happens.
Is it a Photoshop replacement?
For most retouching, compositing, colour work and annotation, yes: layers in groups, masks, clipping masks, adjustment layers, selections, brushes, text and shapes that stay editable, pen paths, effects, guides and thirty adjustments and filters, with undo through all of it, a project file that keeps the layers and PSD files in and out. Its plugins are filters written in JavaScript, each run shut off from the page and the network; Photoshop’s .8bf plugins cannot run in a browser, and it says so rather than pretending. Camera raw is there, like the rest of the editor, as part of OBSCURA Pro.
Does it have a histogram and channels?
Yes. A histogram panel for the picture or the active layer, an info panel with the colour under the pointer, a navigator for panning and zooming, and a channels panel that shows red, green and blue on their own and keeps selections as alpha channels. A channel mixer, replace colour, match colour and .cube lookup tables are under the Image menu.
Can it warp and liquify?
Yes. Free transform has skew, distort, perspective and a sixteen-point warp as well as scale and rotate. Liquify pushes, twirls, puckers and bloats with a brush and can reconstruct what it moved. Content-aware scale takes the least noticeable pixels out so the picture gets narrower without the people in it getting thinner, and a perspective crop pulls a sign or a page photographed at an angle square.
Can it merge exposures or a focus stack?
Yes. Open the exposures or the focus slices as layers and choose exposure fusion or focus stack from the Layer menu; the best-exposed or sharpest parts of each are blended through Laplacian pyramids into a new layer, with no seams and no model.
Can it make a GIF?
Yes. Visible layers become frames, at a frame time you set, saved as an animated GIF or an animated PNG. Both are encoded in the tab; nothing is uploaded.
What if the tab crashes?
A few seconds after each change the open picture is kept in the browser's own database on this device, layers and all, and offered back on the next visit. Nothing is sent anywhere; closing a picture on purpose forgets its copy.
Does it have smart objects and actions?
Yes. A smart object keeps its source and is redrawn from it, so scaling loses nothing, and filters on it stay editable as smart filters. Actions record menu steps with their numbers and play them on a picture or on a batch of files. Several pictures can be open at once as tabs.
Does it have one-click filters or looks?
Yes, thirteen, under Image, Looks. Each is shown on your picture before you choose. A look is made of the editor's own adjustments with numbers already in them, so it goes on as a group of adjustment layers you can open, change, switch off or delete; or onto the pixels if you prefer.
What is missing?
More than eight bits a channel, Photoshop’s .8bf plugins, a photo library, editable text and layer styles in a saved PSD, and anything that needs a server, such as filling a picture from a prompt. For print it proofs on screen against a printer’s ICC profile, opens CMYK TIFF and PSD files and writes a CMYK TIFF, but it edits in RGB. The tools that are here are real: they work on the pixels the way their names say.
When I remove something, what fills the hole?
The picture itself. The spot heal brush, Remove what is selected, the patch tool and content-aware move all use PatchMatch with the iterative vote, which fills the hole with pieces of texture taken from elsewhere in the same picture and then matches the colour and the light at the seam. Spreading the colours inward from the edge, which is what most browser editors do, works on a plain wall and smears everything else.
Is the healing quick enough to use?
It runs coarse to fine in a Worker, so the page stays answerable and a long fill can be stopped with Escape. A hole eighty pixels across in a small photograph takes about a quarter of a second.
Can it save a TIFF?
Yes, plain or LZW, eight bits a channel, written here byte by byte because no browser can encode one. There is a sixteen bit PNG too, and the dialog is honest that every layer in this editor is eight bits a channel, so it is eight bit data in a sixteen bit container for a program that insists on one.
What happens to the Exif in a photo I open?
It is read from the bytes before the pixels go on the stage and shown in the Info panel, the position called out plainly, because that is the field people are surprised to find in a picture they are about to send. Exporting offers to strip it all, to keep the camera fields and drop the position, or to keep everything.
Can I choose how a picture is resized?
Image size offers nearest, bilinear, bicubic and Lanczos 3 as well as the browser’s own. Every one but nearest widens its window by the factor the picture shrinks by, which is what stops a shrunk photograph shimmering: a fine pattern is averaged rather than skipped.
Can I see what a Levels move is throwing away?
Hold Alt over the dialog. The picture becomes a map of what is being clipped at that end, in the colours of the channels that survive, which is the one view that shows clipping before it is permanent.
Is it free?
No. The whole Photo Editor, from the first layer to the last export, is US$4 a month or US$35 a year on its own, or part of OBSCURA Pro. Without Pro the page shows what the editor looks like and asks for a plan. Like the rest of the site it runs on your device and uploads nothing.
PDFOpen, fill, sign and edit a PDF6
Can I edit a PDF without uploading it?
Yes. The PDF is drawn and rewritten in this browser tab. Pages can be turned, moved, removed and added, the form filled, text and marks written on, a signature placed and areas blacked out, and the file saved to your disk. The page works with the network switched off.
Are the marks real, or a layer on top?
Both kinds are real, and each is what Acrobat would write. Text, ticks, pictures and a signature are drawn into the page's content when you save, and the form's answers are written into its fields. Comments - sticky notes, highlights, underlines, text boxes, drawings - are saved as annotations, the PDF's own comments, with your name, the time and any replies, so every PDF reader shows and lists them and they can be answered or taken away later.
Does blacking something out really remove it?
Yes. A page with a black box on it is written back as a picture, with the box burned in, so the words under it are not in the file. The whole page becomes a picture, which means its text can no longer be selected or searched. For a redaction with a certificate of what was removed, SEAL does the same job and keeps a record.
Is the signature a legal digital signature?
It is a picture of your signature, drawn or typed, placed on the page: a mark that you made, as a pen on paper is. It is not a certificate-based digital signature and nothing verifies it later. PACT signs a PDF with a record that can be checked.
Can it open a PDF with a password?
Yes, if you type the password; it is read here but cannot be changed, because the file is decrypted only for reading. It can also put a password on a PDF: File > Protect Using Password... locks the saved file with 256-bit AES, with a password to open it, a password to change the restrictions on printing, editing and copying, or both. Edit > Protection > Remove Security takes that off again before you save.
What can it not do?
It does not edit the text that is already on the page, only adds text, pictures and marks over it. It does not compress a PDF, convert one to Word, or read the words in a scan; OPTIC does the last. Text you add uses a standard font, so characters outside Western European alphabets come out as question marks.
PlanPlan a project and see the critical path7
What is a critical path, and why does it matter?
It is the longest chain of dependent tasks through the plan, and it sets the finish date. Every task on it has no float: lose a day on any of them and the project finishes a day later. Every task off it has slack, which you can spend without the end date moving. Knowing which is which is the difference between a plan and a list of tasks with dates on it.
What is float?
How long a task can be delayed before it starts pushing the finish date. A task with five days of float can start five working days late and cost nothing. The number is worked out for every task here, and the ones with none are drawn in red.
What do FS, SS, FF and SF mean?
The four ways one task can depend on another. Finish to start is the usual one: this starts when that finishes. Start to start means they begin together, or a set number of days apart. Finish to finish means they have to end together. Start to finish is rare and used mostly for handovers. Write them as 3SS+2, meaning two days after row three starts.
Does it understand weekends?
Yes. Durations are working days, so a five-day task starting on a Thursday finishes the following Wednesday rather than promising work on Saturday. Change Working Time on the Project tab sets which days of the week are worked, for a project that genuinely runs seven days a week, and takes holidays and shutdowns as exceptions.
What is a baseline for?
Taking a snapshot of the plan as agreed, so you can see slippage later. Without one, a plan that is edited as it slips always looks on time, because the dates move and nothing records that they moved. The Tracking Gantt draws the baseline under each bar, and the Variance table and Project Statistics say how many days behind or ahead each task and the finish now are.
Can I open a plan from Microsoft Project or Asana?
From Microsoft Project, through its XML format: save the project as XML there and open that file here, and Save As XML here takes it back. Its own .mpp files cannot be read. From Asana or anything else, export a CSV with a task name column and a duration column; dependencies come across if they are written as row numbers, and resource names come too. The plan also saves as its own JSON, and the chart as an SVG.
Does it level resources?
When you ask it to. Until then it only flags a person booked for more than they have, in the indicator column and on the Resource Sheet, because levelling changes the plan on your behalf. Level All on the Resource tab delays tasks, never shortens them, until nobody is overbooked; each delay is kept on its task, and Clear Levelling takes them all out again.
SheetsFormulas, several sheets, CSV and Excel18
Can I open an Excel file without uploading it?
Yes. File, Open takes an .xlsx, a CSV or a tab-separated file, and an .xlsx opens as a workbook of its own: every sheet becomes a tab, with its values and formulas, fonts, fills, borders, alignment, number formats, merged cells, column widths and row heights, hidden rows, columns and sheets, frozen panes, notes, data validation, the filter, conditional formatting, defined names and the page setup. The engine here has more than a hundred and sixty of Excel's functions; a formula that uses one it does not have keeps the value Excel saved. The file is unzipped and read in this tab, and nothing is uploaded.
Can it save as Excel?
Yes. File, Save writes the workbook as an .xlsx on this computer, and where the browser allows it the next Save goes back into the same file. Save As and Export write it too, or the sheet in view as CSV or tab-separated text. The .xlsx keeps every sheet with its formulas and their values, the formatting, widths and heights, merged cells, frozen panes, notes, validation, the filter, conditional formatting, defined names and page setup, tables, threaded comments, sparklines, pictures and shapes, charts as Excel's own charts and PivotTables as Excel's own PivotTables, and opens in Excel, Numbers and LibreOffice.
Can a spreadsheet have several sheets?
Yes. The tabs along the bottom switch between them, as do Ctrl+Page Up and Ctrl+Page Down. The + beside them adds one, a double-click on a tab renames it, and a right-click on a tab inserts, deletes, renames, moves or copies, colours, hides and unhides sheets. A formula can name another sheet, as Excel writes it: =Costs!B4, or ='Notes & dates'!C1 when the name has a space, and renaming the sheet changes the formulas that name it.
Can it make a chart?
Yes. Select a block of cells and choose Column, Bar, Line or Pie on the Insert tab, or press Alt+F1. A first row of words names the series and a first column names the categories. The chart sits on the sheet, can be moved and resized, follows the cells as they change and is kept with the sheet; Save as PNG in its dialog gives a picture to put in a document. In an Excel file it goes as Excel's own chart over the same cells, not a picture, and comes back out as one.
Is there a spreadsheet that works offline and without an account?
A browser can run a spreadsheet engine locally, which is what this is. Formulas, ranges and CSV import and export all work with no network at all. What you do not get is collaboration or sync, because both of those require a server holding your data.
Where does the data live?
In this browser's storage on this device. It is not on a server, which is the point, and that also means it is not backed up by anyone. Export anything you would be sorry to lose.
Can I sort the rows?
Sort A to Z and Sort Z to A, on the Data tab and under Sort & Filter on the Home tab, sort the table around the active cell by its column, numbers as numbers and blanks last, keeping the first row as a header when it looks like one; select a block first to sort only that. Sort opens a dialog to choose the column and the order. Whole rows move with their formats, and a formula moves with its row as a copy of it would, so it still points at its own row. Undo puts the rows back.
Is there find and replace?
Ctrl+F opens Find, and Ctrl+H opens it with the cursor in the replace box; both are under Find & Select on the Home tab, beside Go To. Find next lands on each cell in turn, Replace changes that one, and Replace all changes every one and says how many. Match case and Whole cell narrow it.
Can I freeze the header row?
Freeze Panes on the View tab keeps the rows above the active cell and the columns to its left in place while the rest scrolls; Freeze Top Row and Freeze First Column hold the first row or column alone. They are kept with the sheet and go into an Excel file as a frozen pane, and a workbook that arrives with one opens with it.
Can I colour cells by their value?
Conditional Formatting on the Home tab colours cells by what they hold: greater than, less than, between or equal to a value, text that contains a word, duplicates, the top or bottom items or per cent, above or below the average, and data bars and colour scales. The rules follow the numbers as they change, are kept with the sheet, and go into an Excel file and come back out of one.
Can I change a column's width?
Drag the right edge of a column's letter, or double-click it to fit the widest entry in the column; Format on the Home tab sets a width in characters, as Excel counts them. Rows work the same way at the bottom edge of a row's number. Widths and heights are kept with the sheet and written into an Excel file.
Can I print a sheet, or save it as a PDF?
File, Print (Ctrl+P) sets the orientation, paper size and margins, whether gridlines and headings print, and whether it is the sheet, or its print area when Page Layout has set one, or only the selection. Print sends the cells and nothing else of the window to the printer; choose Save as PDF as the printer for a file.
Does Sheets understand VLOOKUP?
Yes, along with HLOOKUP, XLOOKUP, MATCH and INDEX. An exact lookup that finds nothing gives #N/A rather than the nearest row, and an approximate one takes the band at or below the value, which is what a rate table needs.
Can I add up only the rows that match two conditions?
SUMIFS, COUNTIFS, AVERAGEIFS, MAXIFS and MINIFS all take as many condition pairs as you give them. A condition can be a value, a comparison written as text such as ">1000", or a pattern with * and ?. Matching ignores case.
What can Sheets do with dates?
DATE, DATEVALUE, YEAR, MONTH, DAY, DAYS, EDATE, EOMONTH, WEEKDAY, WEEKNUM and DATEDIF, plus NETWORKDAYS and WORKDAY, which leave the weekends out and take a list of holidays if you have one. Dates are the serial numbers Excel uses, counted from 30 December 1899.
Does TEXT understand format codes?
It does. Date codes such as "dddd d mmmm yyyy" and "mmm yyyy", and number codes such as "#,##0.00", "0.0%" and a comma after the last digit place to scale by a thousand. An m between an hour and seconds is read as minutes, not months, the way Excel reads it.
Are the financial functions there?
PMT, FV, PV, NPER, RATE, IPMT, PPMT, NPV and IRR. They follow Excel’s sign convention, so money you pay out is negative and IPMT and PPMT add up to PMT. RATE and IRR are solved numerically and give #NUM! when no rate fits the numbers.
How do I know the answers are right?
A test drives the grid with about a hundred formulas whose answers were worked out by hand against Excel, then writes the workbook as .xlsx and opens it again to check the formulas survived. It runs before anything ships.
SlidesBuild a deck9
Can I build a presentation in the browser without signing in?
Yes. Slides opens as a presentation program of its own, laid out the way PowerPoint is: the ribbon, the slide thumbnails, the notes and the status bar. The deck stays in this browser's storage on this device, so there is no account and nothing is uploaded, and it can be installed as an app from the browser's menu.
How do I present from a browser?
F5 starts the slide show from the beginning and Shift+F5 from the slide you are on, full screen, with transitions and animations as you set them. The arrow keys, Space and a click move it on; Esc ends it. Before presenting on someone else's machine, save the deck to a .pptx or export it as a web page rather than relying on their browser having your local storage, because it will not.
Can I open and save PowerPoint files?
Both ways. File, Open takes a .pptx and opens it as a presentation of its own: the words with their formatting, lists, pictures, shapes, tables, groups, backgrounds, transitions, hidden slides and speaker notes come in. File, Save writes a .pptx with all of those, editable in PowerPoint, Keynote and LibreOffice. PowerPoint's own layouts and charts do not come in, and animations stay in this browser's copy. Print gives a PDF that looks the same everywhere.
Is there a speaker's view, with notes and a timer?
Presenter View (Alt+F5, or Use Presenter View on the Slide Show tab) shows the slide with the next one beside it, the speaker notes in a size you can change, the time since the show began (click it to start from zero) and the clock. B blacks the screen for a pause and W whites it; any key brings the slide back. Home and End go to the ends, and a number then Enter goes to that slide.
Can the audience see the slide on another screen while I see my notes?
Yes. Second screen, in the show's controls, opens the same deck in a window of its own that draws only the slide. Drag it to the projector and click it for full screen. It follows this window slide for slide, the arrow keys in it steer this one back, and ending the show closes it. The deck is read from this browser's storage; nothing is sent anywhere.
Can I put something anywhere on a slide?
Yes, on any slide. The Insert tab puts a text box, a picture, a table or one of the shapes on it; drag it with the mouse, resize it by a handle, turn it by the round handle above it, and nudge it with the arrow keys, and its edges snap to the other things on the slide and to the slide's middle. Shape Format has the fill, outline, shadow and glow, and the order, alignment, grouping and size.
Does a free canvas slide survive going to PowerPoint?
Yes. Everything on a slide is held as a percentage of the slide, which is the one unit that means the same thing in the editor, in the show, on paper and in the EMU coordinates PowerPoint counts in, so it goes out exactly where you put it. Shapes are written as PowerPoint's own preset shapes rather than as pictures of them, with their outline, rotation and effects, and opening that file here brings them back.
What happens to a PowerPoint slide that was laid out by hand?
It comes in as a Blank slide with the boxes, shapes and pictures where they were, read against the file's own slide size, so a four by three deck is not stretched. A slide that uses PowerPoint's placeholders comes in with its title and text in the matching layout, and anything else on it stays where it was.
Can I put a footer or page numbers on every slide?
Insert, Header & Footer has all three that PowerPoint has: the date, fixed or today's, the slide number and a footer, with the choice to leave them off the title slide. They are drawn outside the layout, so nothing on a slide can sit on top of them, and they go into the printed PDF and the PowerPoint file as well.
TasksA to do, doing, done board10
Is there a task board that does not need an account?
Yes, for a personal board. Boards, lists, cards and dragging between them are ordinary browser work, and everything stays in this browser's storage on this device. Shared boards need a server, which is the line between this and a team tool.
Where is the board stored?
In this browser's storage on this device, with attached files in the browser's own file store beside it. Nothing is uploaded, nothing syncs, and clearing site data deletes it. Export a board if you want a copy that outlives the browser.
Can I bring a board over from Trello?
Yes. Export the board from Trello as JSON and import the file from this board's menu. Lists, cards, labels, dates, checklists, comments and covers come across; Trello's attachments come across as links, because the files themselves are on Trello's servers.
Can I move my boards to another tool?
Export a board as JSON or CSV from its menu and import it there. Keeping an export is worth doing regardless, because a browser's storage is not a backup.
How do I use the same board on two machines?
Export it as JSON on one and import it on the other. There is no account and no sync, and nothing is sent anywhere. The JSON names attached files but does not carry them, so attach those again on the other machine.
When does a card count as overdue?
When its due date has gone by and it is not marked complete. That is judged against this machine's clock and the calendar day where you are, not UTC, so a card due today stays due today until your own midnight.
Can I load a CSV into the board?
Yes, and it becomes a board of its own. The first row names the columns and only title is required; a list column puts each card on the list of that name. JSON is the exact copy, so use that when you want a board back precisely as it was.
Can I drag cards with a finger?
Yes. Hold a card for a moment and then drag it, between lists or up and down inside one; a quick swipe still scrolls the board. Lists drag by their titles the same way.
Can a card remind me?
Yes, a chosen number of days before it is due, at nine in the morning. It fires from an open tab of this site, never from a server, and the board says so where the reminder is set.
What happens when I finish a repeating card?
When its due date is marked complete, the next one is made in the board's first list, due one period later, with its checklists unticked and its reminder still on it. The finished one stops repeating, so it cannot breed copies of itself.
ALPHAWork out Cronbach's alpha for a questionnaire scale5
What is a good Cronbach's alpha?
There is no line that makes a scale good. 0.70 is the figure most often quoted, from Nunnally, who also wrote that it depends on the purpose. Alpha rises with the number of items, so twenty mediocre items can beat five good ones, and a very high alpha (above about 0.95) often means items that ask the same question twice. Report the figure and the number of items, and look at the item statistics.
What does a negative item-total correlation mean?
That the item goes the opposite way to the rest of the scale. Almost always it is a reversed item ('I rarely feel calm' in a calm scale) that was not reverse-scored before alpha was worked out. Name it in the Reverse-score box and the page flips it, using the lowest and highest possible scores you give.
What is alpha if item deleted?
What alpha would be with that one item left out. If it is higher than the alpha for the whole scale, the item is pulling consistency down. That is a reason to look at the item's wording, not an automatic reason to drop it: a scale built by deleting items until alpha is highest tends to measure something narrower than intended.
How are missing answers handled?
Anybody with any item unanswered is left out of the whole calculation, which is what SPSS does by default (listwise deletion). The page says how many people that removed. If a lot are removed, the answer may not describe the people who were.
What is the difference between alpha and standardised alpha?
Alpha uses the items' variances and covariances as they are. Standardised alpha is worked out from the average correlation between items, as if every item had been put on the same scale first. They are close when the items have similar spreads; when they differ, report alpha unless the items are going to be standardised before they are added up.
ANIMATETurn pictures into an animated GIF or PNG4
Why does my GIF look grainy or banded?
A GIF can hold at most 256 colours in each frame, and a photograph has many thousands. The colours are chosen well for each frame, but smooth skies and skin can still show bands. Choose Animated PNG to keep every colour; it plays in every current browser, though some chat and email apps show only its first frame.
How do I make the GIF smaller?
Make it narrower, use fewer frames, or pick fewer colours. Width matters most: halving it makes the file about a quarter of the size. Many chat apps refuse animations over about 8 MB, and the page warns you when a file is over that.
Can one frame stay on screen longer?
Yes. Each frame has its own time under its picture. A common pattern is a short time for every frame and two or three seconds on the last, so it rests on the result before it loops.
What is the shortest time a frame can show?
20 milliseconds, 50 frames a second. Browsers slow down anything faster than that, and many show a frame given less than 20 ms for a tenth of a second, so the page does not go below it.
BADGEName badges you can read across a room4
Why is the name so large?
Because that is the entire job of a badge. It is read at two or three metres by somebody who has met you once and cannot remember your name, and a name set in eleven point under a logo is unreadable at that distance. The organisation already knows who it is; the badge is for everybody else.
What is the colour band for?
Marking a group (staff, visitor, speaker, first aider) in a way that is read from much further away than any word. It is the one piece of information that works across a room.
Does the name shrink if it is long?
Only as far as it must. It steps down a point at a time until it fits the badge width, so a long name is smaller than a short one but a sheet of badges still looks consistent.
Does the list go anywhere?
No. It is a list of people attending something, and there is no network call on this page.
BARCODEA barcode that scans, at the size it will be printed5
Why does it change my check digit?
It does not; it tells you. EAN, UPC and similar symbologies end in a digit computed from the ones before it, and a scanner refuses a symbol where it does not agree. If the digit you typed is wrong, the barcode drawn carries the correct one and the page says so, because the alternative is a label that looks perfect and scans nowhere.
What is the module width?
The width of the narrowest bar, and the dimension that decides whether the symbol reads. Below roughly a quarter of a millimetre, ordinary handheld scanners start refusing and a laser printer stops holding the edge cleanly. This is why a barcode scaled to fit a box on a label often stops working: the scaling changed the module.
Why should I use the SVG rather than the PNG?
Because it is resolution-independent, so it prints at whatever your printer can do rather than at whatever the bitmap was made at. The PNG here is rendered at 600 dots per inch for the places that insist on one, but a barcode from a screen-resolution bitmap loses the edge of every bar.
Why is Code 128 sometimes much narrower?
Because it has a character set that encodes two digits in one symbol. A run of digits long enough to be worth the switch is packed that way automatically, so a sixteen-digit number is close to half the width it would otherwise be. The page says which sets it used.
Does my data go anywhere?
No. Asset numbers, batch numbers and patient identifiers all end up in barcodes, and there is no network call on this page.
BASEA database you keep yourself, with typed columns and saved views11
How is this different from SHEETS?
A spreadsheet is a grid of cells where anything can be anything and the meaning lives in the formulas. A database is a set of records with a stated shape, where the meaning lives in the columns. If you are modelling a calculation, you want the grid. If you are keeping a list of things of the same kind, and you keep wishing the grid would stop letting you type nonsense into it, you want this.
What types can a column be?
Text, long text, number with a set number of decimal places, date, checkbox, single select with defined options and colours, multi select, URL, and a link to a row in another table. You can change a column's type at any time under Columns, sorting and filters; the values you already have are re-read as the new type and anything that cannot be read stays as it was typed.
Can I edit in the grid or do I have to open a row?
Both. Every cell in the grid is editable where it sits, including the selects and the checkboxes, and the tags in a multi select are added and removed from the cell itself. The side panel gives the same row one field at a time with room to write, which is where the long text fields are actually usable.
What does the export contain?
Exactly what the view in front of you shows: those columns, those rows, in that order, after the filters and the search. The line under the export buttons says how many of each, so there is never a question of whether a filter was still on. The JSON also carries the type of every column and the options of every select.
What happens if I delete something?
You are asked first, and told what will go: how many rows and columns a table holds, how many filled values a column holds, and how many links from other tables point at the row or the table you are about to remove. Those links are then emptied rather than left pointing at nothing. There is no undo, so the export is the safety net.
A row I have just edited still shows, though it no longer matches the filter. Why?
Because it would be worse the other way. The browser tells a page that a cell has been finished with at the moment you click the next one, so re-running the filter there would delete the row, and with it the cell you were aiming at, half a keystroke before your typing arrived in it. Rows therefore stay where they are while you work and the view re-asks its question when you next change the search, the sort, the filters or the view. The figures at the foot of each number column follow every keystroke regardless, so the totals are never behind what you can see.
Why can it not open my Excel file?
Because reading the xlsx format properly means a library, and every library this site serves has to be vendored and pinned by hand. Save the sheet as CSV, which every spreadsheet does from its own save menu, and this reads it and works out the types. CLEANSHEET is the tool for looking inside an xlsx before you share it.
Where is the data, and how much can it hold?
In this browser's local storage, under one key, on this device, and nowhere else. Browsers give a site a few megabytes of that, which in practice is thousands of rows rather than millions. Export the JSON if you want a copy that outlives the browser.
Can two people share a table?
No, and that is deliberate: sharing needs a server, a server needs accounts, and the whole point of this site is that it asks nobody for anything. Export the CSV or the JSON and send it the way you would send any other file.
How does the CSV import decide what each column is?
Every column is read and its type guessed, and the guess is shown with the reason for it under "What each column was taken to be". You can change any guess before the table is created. Nothing is committed until you have looked and pressed Create the table.
Why does a column need a type?
A grid will let you type anything anywhere, which is why so much of the world's data is a date column with the word soon in it. Here a table is a set of records with the same shape: a date column holds dates, a number column holds numbers to a stated number of decimal places, and the grid can say no to anything else.
BINDERYTurn an EPUB e-book into a PDF you can print or annotate5
Can it convert a book I bought from Kindle, Kobo or Apple Books?
Only if the book has no DRM. A book sold with DRM is encrypted so that only the seller's app can open it, and this refuses it and says so rather than trying. Many publishers and shops sell DRM-free EPUBs, and those convert.
Does it keep the book's own design?
It keeps the order, the chapters, the headings, emphasis, lists, tables and pictures, and sets the text in a plain book style in DejaVu Sans, the way an e-reader shows a book with the publisher's styles turned off. The book's own fonts and style sheets are not used.
Why start every chapter on a new page?
Because that is how a printed book reads, and because an EPUB often splits a chapter into several files. Untick the box to run the chapters on without a break.
What about a fixed-layout book, like a picture book or a comic?
It is reflowed onto the paper you choose, which changes how it looks, and the page says so when it opens one. The pictures are all there, one after another.
Is the book uploaded?
No. It is unzipped and read in your browser, and the PDF is written there too, with every library loaded from this site.
BLANKSAdd text boxes, tick boxes and drop-downs to a PDF to make a form5
Will the form work in Acrobat, Preview and a browser?
Yes. The fields are written as the standard kind of PDF form field (AcroForm) with their appearance drawn, which is what Acrobat, Reader, macOS Preview, Chrome, Edge, Firefox and the PDF editor on this site fill in.
How do radio buttons work?
Radio buttons with the same set name are one question: choosing one clears the others. Give each button in the set its own name, which is the answer recorded when it is chosen.
Can I place fields without a mouse?
Yes. Add a field with the button and it appears in the middle of the page; then type its position and size in millimetres, measured from the top left of the page. Every field is also listed with buttons to edit or remove it.
What about the form fields the PDF already has?
They are kept as they are. A new field cannot share a name with one already there; the page says so if you try.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is drawn by pdf.js and the fields are written by pdf-lib, both loaded from this site, in your browser tab.
BOOKMake an EPUB from a document7
Can I make an EPUB from a Word document without uploading it?
Yes. Drop the .docx here: its headings become chapter breaks, its bold, italic, lists, tables and pictures come across, and the EPUB is written in the tab and saved to your disk. Nothing leaves the browser.
How are the chapters decided?
At the headings. If the document has several Heading 1s, each starts a chapter; if not, Heading 2s; failing that, horizontal rules; failing that, it is one chapter. The choice is shown and can be changed, and every chapter title can be edited before the book is written.
Does it open on a Kindle, a Kobo or in Apple Books?
It is a standard EPUB 3 with the EPUB 2 contents table as well, which Kobo, Apple Books, Google Play Books, calibre and every reader app open. A Kindle takes an EPUB by Send to Kindle, or calibre converts it. READER on this site opens it too.
Can it make a cover?
Yes. Choose a picture, which is resized and stored as a JPEG, or have one drawn from the title and author. A book without a cover is still a valid book; readers show the title.
What about pictures in the document?
Pictures inside a Word file come across and are stored in the book. A picture that points at a web address is left out and counted, because a reader offline would show a broken box for it.
Can I go the other way, from an EPUB to text?
READER opens an EPUB and can save its text as markdown, and PACK opens the zip itself to take any file out.
Do the pictures in my Word document end up in the EPUB?
Yes, each one as a file of its own inside the book, named in the package the way a reader expects, byte for byte what was in the .docx rather than re-encoded on the way through. The words that describe a picture come with it, so somebody reading with their ears is told what is there. A picture that points at a web address rather than being carried in the document is left out and said so, because fetching it would tell that server you are making a book.
BOOKLETPut pages in the order a folded booklet reads5
What is the rule?
On sheet i of a booklet of n pages, the front carries page n−1−2i on the left and page 2i on the right; the back carries 2i+1 on the left and n−2−2i on the right. For eight pages that gives 8 and 1, then 2 and 7, then 6 and 3, then 4 and 5. The first two sheets are written out on the page so you can see that it is right.
Why does it add blank pages?
Because a folded sheet carries four pages, so a booklet is always a multiple of four. A nine-page document becomes twelve, with three blanks placed where they belong rather than at the end.
What is a signature?
A group of sheets folded together. A hundred-page document folded as a single booklet has a spine that will not close and pages that creep badly at the fore edge. Splitting it into signatures of four or eight sheets, folded separately and then stacked, is how books are actually made.
Short edge or long edge?
Short. Flipping on the long edge turns every second sheet upside down, and that is the other half of why home-printed booklets come out wrong.
Does the file leave my machine?
No. It is read into memory, rearranged and written back out in this tab. A document about to be made into a booklet for a meeting is usually one you would rather not upload.
BREAKEVENThe lever actually worth pulling5
What is operating leverage, in plain terms?
Contribution divided by profit. If it is four, then every one per cent that volume moves, profit moves four per cent, up or down. A business with high fixed costs and a good margin has high leverage and is wonderful right up until the month sales dip. It is an identity, not an estimate, and it is the number people's intuition gets furthest wrong.
Why does the sales mix change the answer?
Because break-even is fixed costs divided by what a sale contributes, and different products contribute different amounts. Averaging the margins across products answers a question about an imaginary average product nobody buys. Treating the mix as a bundle and dividing by what a bundle contributes answers the real one, and it moves when you sell more of the good stuff.
Why is price nearly always the biggest lever?
Because a price rise carries no cost with it. Sell one per cent more and you pay to make one per cent more; charge one per cent more and the whole of it lands in contribution. The table moves all four levers by the same amount so you can see the size of the difference rather than assume it.
What is the discount figure?
The across-the-board price cut that would take the entire profit at current volume. It is usually much smaller than people expect, because a discount comes out of contribution rather than out of price: ten per cent off a product with a forty per cent margin is a quarter of the profit on it.
Do my costs go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page. A cost base is not something to type into somebody else's server.
BRIEFWrite a briefing that survives being passed on4
Why not just write it in a document?
Because a document has no opinion about what is missing, and what is missing from a briefing is always the same five things. A blank page will happily let you give a briefing with no time in it.
What is the card for?
Nobody reads eleven headings standing up. The card is the intention and the method and nothing else, and it falls out of the full brief automatically so the two cannot drift apart, which is what happens the moment somebody maintains them separately.
Is IIMARCH better than SMEAC?
No. They are the same discipline for different work. IIMARCH ends with risk, communications and proportionality, which suits a police operation that will be reviewed. SMEAC front-loads the situation and the mission, which suits a group about to move. Pick the one your organisation already knows.
Does it check whether the briefing is any good?
It cannot, and it does not pretend to. It checks for absence, which is mechanical, and leaves quality to you. Read it out loud once before you give it: that finds more than any tool.
CALCA calculator tape you can go back and edit11
Why does 0.1 + 0.2 come out wrong everywhere else?
Because computers hold fractions in binary, and 0.1 in binary is a recurring fraction in the same way a third is in decimal. It gets cut off at 53 bits, so the stored number is very slightly more than a tenth, and adding two of those shows the error at the seventeenth digit. Money arithmetic done that way drifts by a penny over enough lines and nobody can see where the penny went. This page never converts your figures to binary at all.
How do I use one line's answer in another?
Name it. Write subtotal = 120 * 3 and then use subtotal anywhere below that line. Names are one word of letters, digits and underscores. There is also prev, which is whatever the line directly above worked out, for when naming it would be more ceremony than it is worth. A name is allowed to be the same word as a unit, because a line called days or hours is a far more ordinary thing to want than the word days spelled out as a unit; the name wins from that line down, and any line that then tries to use it as a unit says so.
What goes into the running total?
Every line that is a plain number and has not been given a name. That is the rule that makes a tape usable: your working lines get names and stay out of the total, and the lines you actually want added up are the bare ones. A line with a unit on it is left out too, since adding kilograms to gigabytes would be a nonsense.
What does 120 + 15% actually do?
It gives 138. The percentage is taken of the number on the left, which is what a person means when they say add fifteen percent, and what a pocket calculator with a % key does. 120 - 15% is 102 for the same reason. On its own, 15% is 0.15.
Why will it not add 20 C to 30 C?
Because a temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit is a point on a scale rather than an amount of something, so adding two of them is meaningless in a way that adding two lengths is not. Twenty degrees plus thirty degrees is not fifty degrees of anything. Conversion between the three scales works normally.
Is anything sent anywhere?
No. The page loads its own script and nothing else, works with the network switched off, and keeps the tape in this browser's local storage under one key. Clear the tape, or clear the site's data in your browser, and it is gone.
Can I keep a tape for each job?
Not in one page: there is one tape, kept where you left it. Copy a finished tape out with the copy button and paste it wherever the working belongs, which is usually the thing you were going to have to do anyway.
How do I move between lines on the tape?
Enter starts a new line. The up and down arrows move between lines, and backspace on an empty line takes it away. Every line is an expression you can go back to: change one and everything below it works itself out again.
Which units does it know?
Length:
mm cm m km in ft yd mi nmi um nm. Mass:mg g kg t oz lb st ton longton. Volume:ml cl dl l m3 cm3 tsp tbsp floz cup pt qt gal impfloz imppt impgal. Temperature:C F K. Data:bit B kB MB GB TB PB KiB MiB GiB TiB kbit Mbit Gbit. Time:ms s min h d wk mo yr.Long spellings work too: inches, kilograms, minutes. The word
toconverts whatever the line has worked out so far, as in2 m + 30 cm to mm.How can I write a number?
As
1,234.50or as1.2345e3. A minus sign, a multiplication sign or a space pasted out of a document is read as the character you meant. A comma has to group in threes:1,5is refused rather than read as fifteen.Can I put a note on the tape?
Yes. A line beginning with
#is a note. It stays on the tape and is not worked out.
CanvasAn infinite whiteboard, kept on this device7
Is there a whiteboard that works without an account?
Yes, for working alone. Drawing, arranging and panning an infinite canvas are all ordinary browser capabilities. What needs a server is other people seeing it at the same time, which is why every collaborative whiteboard asks you to sign in.
Can I share a drawing with someone?
Export it as an image or a file and send that. There is no live link, because a live link means a server holding the board. For a diagram that ends up inside a document, the export was what you wanted anyway.
Will my board still be there tomorrow?
In the same browser on the same device, yes. Clearing site data removes it, and it does not follow you to another machine. Export anything you would be sorry to lose.
How do I move around the board?
Scroll or pinch to zoom. To pan, hold Space and drag, use two fingers on a touch screen, or pick the Pan tool. Recenter brings you back to the middle.
How do I select, move and resize several things at once?
With the Select tool, drag a box round the things you want, and shift-click to add one more. Pull the blue squares on the selection to resize it. Draw with the pen, double click anywhere for a sticky note, and connect ideas with arrows.
Can I use the whiteboard without a mouse?
Yes. Click the board once, then Tab steps through what is on it. The arrow keys move the selection, and holding Shift moves it further.
+and-resize it. Enter opens a note for typing or drops a new one in the middle, and Delete removes it.How do I keep a copy of the board?
Everything stays on this device and autosaves in your browser. Use Save to keep a copy as a file, Open to load it again later, or PNG to share a picture of the board.
CAPACITYHow many people you actually have4
Why take percentages of strength?
Because a vacant post does not take annual leave, go sick or attend a course. Applying an abstraction rate to establishment counts absence for people who do not exist, and the answer comes out higher than the truth, which is exactly the direction nobody notices.
Why is filling one post not worth one person?
Because the new post is abstracted at the same rate as every other one. At a thirty per cent abstraction rate, putting one more body on every shift takes roughly one and a half posts per shift, not one. That is the figure that makes recruitment arguments go differently.
Is this a workforce model?
No. It is one page of arithmetic that anybody could do and almost nobody does, because the five numbers it needs live in five different places. Putting them in one column is the whole trick.
Can I use rates and counts together?
Yes, and you usually have to. Leave and sickness are naturally rates; three people on restricted duties is a count. Mixing them in one column is fine as long as it is visible which is which, and it is.
CardsFlashcards with spaced repetition6
How many cards should I review a day?
Whatever is due, which the scheduler keeps small: a card you know well comes back in weeks or months. New cards are the cost; twenty a day is the default and a good ceiling, because every new card is a review you owe later. Each deck keeps its own number, next to the Review button, so a deck you are in a hurry with and a deck you are keeping ticking over do not have to be paced the same. Setting it to nothing stops new cards without stopping the reviews.
What do Hard, Good and Easy mean?
How it went. Good is the normal answer: you recalled it. Hard: you got there slowly, so the card's ease drops and every interval after this one is shorter. Easy: instant, so the ease rises and this interval is stretched as well. Again: you did not, so the card starts over and comes back in this session. Hard and Good set the same next interval, which is what SM-2 does; the difference between them shows from the following review on.
Can I move a deck to another device?
Export it as JSON, which carries the schedule, and import it there. The tab-separated export carries only the cards, for a spreadsheet or for Anki.
Where is the deck stored?
In this browser on this device, and in your folder as a file if you have connected one. Clearing this site's data removes it; the export is the backup.
Can I take a piece out of a sentence rather than write a question?
Yes. Write the sentence in the front box with the piece in double braces,
The capital of {{c1::Peru}} is {{c2::Lima}}., and you get one card for each number: each asks about its own piece with the rest of the sentence left to read, which is how a fact learnt in context is learnt. A second pair of colons puts a hint in the blank,{{c1::Ecuador::which country}}. Editing one of those cards edits the sentence, and the blank is worked out from it again.Can I be asked the other way round as well?
Tick the box under the front and back, and adding the card makes the pair both ways round. Recognising a word and producing it are two different things to know, and the two cards are scheduled apart, because one of them is usually harder than the other. The box applies to the paste box too; a file you import is taken as it is, so importing five hundred cards cannot quietly become a thousand.
CHARTMake a chart from your numbers and keep the file4
Why will it not let me cut the axis on a bar chart?
Because the length of a bar is the quantity. A bar chart with a cut axis is not a chart with a caveat, it is a picture of a different number, and it is the single most common way a true table becomes a misleading graphic. To show a small difference between large values honestly, use a line; this will draw one, and its axis does not have to include zero.
Why SVG rather than PNG?
Because an SVG scales to any size, has real text in it that can be searched and corrected, and opens in almost anything for editing. A PNG is offered too, rendered from the same SVG on your device, for the places that still insist on one.
Are the colours arbitrary?
No. They are a set chosen to stay distinguishable under the commonest kinds of colour blindness, ordered so the first two are the pair that survives best. About one man in twelve cannot tell a certain red from a certain green, and a chart is a thing other people have to read.
Does my data go anywhere?
No. The picture is drawn by this page, in this tab, and the file is made in your browser. There is no network call, which is the whole reason this exists, because a column of figures is very often about people or money.
CHECKDIGITCheck a card number, IBAN, ISBN, barcode or VIN by its check digit5
How do I check whether a card number is valid?
Its last digit is a Luhn check digit: double every second digit from the right, add the digits of the results and the rest, and the total ends in 0. 4111 1111 1111 1111 passes; change any one digit and it fails. Passing says the number was not mistyped, not that a card with that number exists.
How is an IBAN checked?
Move the first four characters to the end, turn letters into numbers (A is 10, B is 11 and so on to Z at 35), and the whole number divided by 97 leaves 1. The length must also be the one the SWIFT registry gives for the country: 22 for the UK and Germany, 27 for France. GB82 WEST 1234 5698 7654 32 is the usual example, and it passes.
Does a valid check digit mean the number is real?
No. It means the number is internally consistent, which catches almost every single-digit typing mistake. Whether a card was issued, an account is open, a VAT number is registered or a book exists needs the issuer's own service, and nothing on this page asks anyone.
Why does a European VIN fail?
The check digit in position 9 is required in North America, and vehicles built for other markets often use that position for something else. A VIN that fails the check may still be genuine if the vehicle was not built for the US or Canada; the page says so beside the answer.
Can I check a whole column of numbers?
Yes. Paste them one a line into the second box and press Check them all. Each line is read as whatever it looks like, or as the kind chosen above, and the results can be saved as a CSV.
CHECKLISTRun a checklist and keep the proof you ran it4
What does the digest prove?
That this record has not been altered since you sealed it, and nothing else. It does not prove the run happened, and a digest computed and kept in the same place as the record proves very little on its own. Write it down somewhere outside this tool, and then it starts being worth something.
Why does skipping need a reason?
Because a checklist where not-applicable and done look identical is a checklist that hides the one item somebody decided not to do, which is the item that matters. A skipped item stays visibly skipped in the record, with the reason next to it.
Can I keep several checklists?
One at a time on this page. Starting a fresh run keeps the items and clears every tick, time and reason, which is the ordinary case. For a different list, paste it in.
Does it work offline?
Entirely. There is no network call on this page at all, and the digest is computed by the browser itself.
CHI-SQUARERun a chi-square test on a table of counts5
What does the warning about expected counts below 5 mean?
The chi-square test's p-value comes from an approximation that is good when every cell's expected count is reasonably large. The usual rule, from Cochran, is that no expected count should be below 1 and no more than a fifth below 5. When a table breaks it, the page says how many cells do; on a two-by-two table use Fisher's exact test, which needs no approximation and is shown beside it.
Should I use Yates's correction?
On a two-by-two table it makes the test more conservative, often more than it needs to. Many statisticians now prefer the uncorrected Pearson test with large counts and Fisher's exact test with small ones. Both corrected and uncorrected figures are shown so you can report the one your field expects.
What is Cramér's V?
A measure of how strong the association is, from 0 (none) to 1 (each row predicts the column exactly), that does not grow with the sample size the way chi-square does. On a two-by-two table it equals the absolute value of phi. A significant chi-square with a small V means a real but weak association, which is common with large samples.
Can I paste raw data instead of a table?
Yes. Choose 'Two columns of categories' and paste two columns, one row per person or case. The page counts them into a table and runs the test on that. A row with either value blank is left out, and the count says how many were.
What is the goodness-of-fit test for?
Whether counts in one set of categories match the shares you expected: a die that should be fair, survey responses against census proportions. Type the counts and, if the expected shares are not equal, a second column of proportions or counts. The shares are scaled to the total, so 25, 25, 50 and 0.25, 0.25, 0.5 mean the same.
COLLAGEPut pictures side by side or in a grid3
How do I stop faces being cut off?
Each picture is cropped from the middle when it fills its space. If that cuts something off, choose Shown whole, which fits every picture in its space on the background colour, or pick a layout whose spaces are closer to your pictures' shape: side by side for tall pictures, one above another for wide ones.
What size should I make it?
Square or portrait 4:5 for a social post, wide 16:9 for a slide or a screen, tall 9:16 for a story, and A4 at 300 dpi for printing on a page.
Can the background be see-through?
Yes: tick the box and save as PNG. A JPEG cannot be see-through, so the gaps come out white in a JPEG.
COLOPHONSee and change a PDF's title, author, dates and other properties5
Why does a PDF keep its properties twice?
The document information dictionary is the original place, from the first versions of PDF. The XMP packet is a block of XML added later so that the same details could be read by any program that reads XMP, including photo and asset managers. Most PDFs from Word, Acrobat or a scanner carry both. A property editor that changes only one leaves the old author sitting in the other, so this replaces the XMP packet with one that says exactly what the list says.
Does clearing the properties remove everything that identifies the file?
It removes the properties and the XMP packet. It does not touch what is on the pages, the fonts' names, the file's ID, comments, form fields or hidden layers. For a wider clean-up before sending a document, use SCRUB for Office files, FLATTEN for forms and SEAL to redact the pages themselves.
What happens to earlier versions saved inside the file?
They go. A PDF that was edited and saved by appending, which is how Acrobat saves by default, still holds every earlier version after the last one; STRATA lists them. This writes the file out whole, so only the current version, with its new properties, is in it.
Can it change a password-protected PDF?
Not while the protection is on. Take the password off with PADLOCK first if you know it, then change the properties here.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is read and rewritten by pdf-lib, loaded from this site, in your browser tab.
COLUMNSTurn the tables in a PDF into an Excel spreadsheet5
How does it find the table?
The way you would. Words that sit on the same line are a row. Where the page draws the table's vertical lines, those are the column edges; otherwise the columns are the bands of the page that the words of every tabular row share and nothing crosses. The preview shows the result before you save it.
Will the numbers add up in Excel?
Yes. 1,250.00, £45.00, (320.00) and 12.5% are stored as the numbers 1250, 45, -320 and 0.125, with a number format that shows them as they were printed. Tick the box to keep everything as text instead, for account numbers and codes that must keep their leading zeros.
What will not come out right?
Cells that span several columns, text wrapped onto a second line inside a cell (it becomes a row of its own), and pages laid out in several columns of prose. It also needs the PDF to have words in it: a scanned page has none, and OPTIC can give it a text layer first.
Can I have everything on one sheet?
Yes, tick the box and every page's rows are put one after another on a single sheet, with a blank row between pages. Otherwise each page gets its own sheet, named for the page.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is read by pdf.js, loaded from this site, and the spreadsheet is written in your browser tab.
COMBINECombine Excel and CSV files into one sheet, or one workbook of tabs5
How do I combine several Excel files into one sheet?
Drop them all here, keep One sheet, every row stacked, and save. The columns are lined up by their headings, so a file whose columns are in a different order, or that has an extra column, still lands in the right place, and a Source column says which file each row came from.
How do I merge several workbooks into one with a tab for each?
Choose One workbook, each sheet as its own tab. Every sheet of every file becomes a tab, named after the file (and the sheet, where a file has more than one), with its formulas and their last results.
Does it keep the formatting?
No. It carries the data: text, numbers, true and false, dates as dates, and formulas. Fonts, colours, borders, column widths, charts, pictures, comments and macros are not carried, and the page says so before you combine.
What happens to formulas when rows are stacked?
Each formula's result, as Excel last saved it, is used. The formula itself would refer to cells that are somewhere else in the combined sheet. A formula that was never calculated in its own file has no saved result, and is written as text starting with =, counted in the message.
Can it read .xls files?
No, only .xlsx and .csv. Open the .xls in Excel or LibreOffice and save it as .xlsx first.
CONVERTUnits, and the ones that are two units with one name5
Why are gallons listed twice?
Because they are two different volumes. An imperial gallon is 4.54609 litres and a US gallon is 3.785, a seventeen per cent difference, and the word on both sides of the Atlantic is “gallon”. A converter that picks one for you is guessing about the thing that matters.
Is the fluid ounce the same way round?
No, and that is why it catches people. The imperial fluid ounce is smaller than the US one, which is the opposite direction to the gallon. An imperial pint is twenty imperial fluid ounces and a US pint is sixteen US ones.
Which factors are exact?
The ones with exact definitions: the inch is exactly 25.4 mm by international agreement, the pound is exactly 0.45359237 kg, the nautical mile is exactly 1852 m, the imperial gallon is exactly 4.54609 litres. Where a factor is approximate (the speed of sound, for instance), the page says so rather than offering twelve digits of false precision.
Why two kinds of mil?
Because the NATO mil divides a circle into 6400 and the Soviet one into 6000. They are both called a mil, they are used for the same job, and they differ by about seven per cent, which over a few kilometres is a long way.
What about kilobytes?
A kilobyte is 1000 bytes and a kibibyte is 1024. Storage is sold in the first and reported by most operating systems in the second, which is the entire explanation for the space that appears to be missing from a new drive. Both are here, labelled.
CSRMake a CSR and private key, or a self-signed certificate5
What is a CSR?
A certificate signing request: your public key, the names the certificate is for, and a signature made with the matching private key, which proves the request came from whoever holds it. You paste it into the certificate authority, and it sends back a certificate. The private key never goes to the authority.
Why put the host name in the alternative names too?
Browsers have ignored the common name since 2017 and look only at the subject alternative names, so a certificate whose host name is only in the common name is refused. The page adds the common name to the alternative names if you did not, and lists every name the certificate will cover.
ECDSA or RSA?
ECDSA P-256 is smaller and faster and every current browser and authority accepts it. Use RSA 2048 or 3072 where an older system or an authority's form asks for RSA.
Should the private key have a passphrase?
For a key that is kept or moved around, yes. A web server has to be given the passphrase every time it starts, so server keys are usually left without one and protected by who can read the file: chmod 600, readable by the server's own account only.
What is a self-signed certificate for?
A test server, a device on your own network, or a development machine. Nobody vouches for it but itself, so browsers warn about it until you trust it on each device. For a public website use a certificate authority; many, such as Let's Encrypt, are free.
CVBuild a CV, out as PDF or Word10
Is this CV builder free, and does it need an account?
No account, and the PDF, through the browser's own print, is free. Saving the Word file, the plain text or the CV's own file is part of OBSCURA Pro. The form, the page and the files are all made in this browser tab. There is no sign-up, no watermark, no paid layout and no upload; the CV is kept in this browser and written to your disk when you ask.
How do I get the CV as a PDF?
Print / PDF opens the browser's print dialogue; choose Save as PDF as the printer. The page on the right is laid out at paper size, so the PDF is what you see, with the layout's colours kept. A4 and Letter are both there in the tool row.
Can I save it as a Word file?
Yes. Save to computer, or Export and Word file, writes a .docx in one column: the name, the contact line, each section as a heading, entries with their dates, and lists as lists. It opens and is editable in Word, LibreOffice and Pages. The two-column layout is for paper; Word gets the words and lays them out its own way.
Can I open my old CV from Word?
Open takes a .docx. The first heading becomes the name, the lines above the first section heading become the contact details and the summary, each heading after that becomes a section, and under Experience and Education a paragraph that opens in bold starts an entry. It is a best reading of a document that was never a form, so check the entries and dates against the original. A .cv.json written here opens exactly as it was.
Which layout should I use?
Five to choose from, with the same words in all of them. Classic for most jobs: centred name, serif headings, one column. Modern puts a coloured band across the top and the short things in a side column. Compact is smaller type and tighter spacing for a CV that has to fit one page. Sidebar runs a column the full height of the page with your name, contact details, skills and languages in it, and the work beside it. Plain is for the machine that reads a CV before a person does: no colour, no rules, one column, no photograph, nothing that turns into gibberish when it is scraped out of the PDF. Switch between them and see.
Will it fit on one page?
The line under the tool row says how many pages the CV runs to on the paper chosen, and the page itself shows a faint line where each sheet ends. Compact is the layout for squeezing; after that, shorter bullets.
Where is the CV kept?
In this browser's storage on this device, saved as you type. Another browser or device does not have it; take it there as a .cv.json (Export), which opens here again exactly as it was, or as a Word file. Clearing the site's data removes it, so keep a file of a finished CV.
Should I put my address on it?
A town is enough; the form asks for a location, not an address. A CV goes through recruiters, agencies and whoever they forward it to, and a street address gives none of them anything they need. For a CV that has to be judged blind, BLIND takes the name and the rest out.
Can I put a photograph on it?
Yes, and the page says where that helps and where it does not: a portrait is usual on a CV in much of Europe and is a liability in Britain, Ireland, the United States, Canada and Australia, where employers often ask for CVs without one to keep hiring blind. Choose a PNG or a JPEG and it is squared off from the middle and drawn down to 320 pixels, which is enough for the 28 millimetres a printed CV gives it and small enough to live in this browser and inside a Word file. It goes on the page and into the .docx, and the plain layout leaves it off on purpose.
Can I move the sections around?
Yes. Every section has an up and a down beside its title, and so does every entry inside it, so experience can come before education or the other way round, and the job you want to be read first can be first. The order is the order the PDF, the Word file and the plain text all come out in.
DATAURITurn a picture into Base64 text, and back3
When is a data URI a good idea?
For small things used once: an icon in a stylesheet, a logo in an email signature, a picture in a single-file HTML report. Base64 makes a file about a third larger and it cannot be cached on its own, so above roughly 10 KB a linked file is usually better.
What does it accept when decoding?
Plain Base64, a full data URI, Base64 split over several lines, the URL-safe alphabet with - and _, and Base64 with its = padding missing. The kind of picture is read from its first bytes, so it is named correctly even when the text says otherwise.
Is a decoded SVG safe to look at here?
Yes. It is shown as an image, and a browser never runs script inside an SVG shown that way. Saving it gives you the file exactly as decoded, script and all, so check it with SVGCLEAN before putting it on a website.
DATESDate arithmetic with the awkward parts named4
Why two answers for days between?
Because the question has two meanings. From Monday to Wednesday is two days that pass and three days involved. Notice periods, interest and ages count the first; bookings, custody clocks and inclusive statutory periods count the second. Giving one number and hoping is how a deadline is missed by exactly one day.
What happens adding a month to the 31st?
It clamps to the last day of the target month (31 January plus one month gives 28 February), and the page says that it clamped. The other common behaviour is to roll forward into March. Both are defensible, they disagree, and the only unacceptable thing is not saying which you did.
Why no built-in holiday list?
Because there is no such thing as the holiday list. They differ by country, by region within a country, by year, and by whether your organisation observes them. A list shipped in software would be quietly wrong for most people, which is worse than no list at all.
What is an ISO week?
The week numbering where week 1 is the one containing the year's first Thursday, and weeks run Monday to Sunday. It is why the 1st of January is frequently in week 52 or 53 of the previous year, which surprises people every January and is not a bug.
DEBRIEFRun a debrief that leaves actions behind it4
What is the difference between the two lengths?
A hot debrief happens while everybody is still standing there, takes ten minutes and asks three questions. A full review happens later, with the timeline in front of you, and separates what was supposed to happen from what did and why. Both are real and neither replaces the other.
Why does it insist on an owner and a date?
Because "communications need to be looked at" is not an action and everybody in the room knows it. It has no owner, no date, and no chance. The page does not refuse it; it shows it as something said rather than agreed, which is usually enough.
Does it stop the debrief turning into blame?
No. Nothing can do that except whoever is running it. What it can do is keep the questions apart, so that what happened is written before why, and ask for what went right, because a debrief that only lists failures teaches people not to volunteer.
Where does it go?
Nowhere. It is held in this browser, and can be printed, copied or downloaded. A debrief is often the frankest document an organisation produces, which is a good reason for it not to be on somebody else's server.
DPISet a picture to 300 dpi without re-saving it4
Does changing the DPI make my picture better quality?
No. DPI is a label that says how many pixels go to an inch of paper. Changing it changes how large the picture prints, never how much detail it has. A 1200 pixel wide photo at 300 dpi prints 4 inches wide; at 72 dpi it is labelled to print 16.7 inches wide, with exactly the same pixels.
Someone wants 300 dpi. What do I actually need?
Enough pixels for the printed size at 300 per inch: 2480 × 3508 for a full A4 page, 1800 × 1200 for a 6 × 4 inch print. The page shows what each of your pictures prints at the DPI you choose, so you can see whether it is enough before you send it.
Why not just re-save the picture at 300 dpi?
Re-saving a JPEG compresses it again and loses a little detail every time. The DPI is only a number in the header, so this changes that number and copies the rest of the file across exactly.
Why can I not set the DPI of a WebP, GIF or HEIC?
Those formats have no standard place to store it. Convert the picture to PNG or JPEG with SHRINK first if a DPI is required.
DRILLRehearse covert and digital-evidence decisions in branching scenarios5
How is it different from a quiz?
A quiz blocks the wrong answer and moves on. DRILL lets it play out: choose to power off the phone to “preserve” it and you watch it lock and encrypt, then read why. The consequence is the lesson. Nothing is scored as a percentage; the debrief counts sound decisions, minor slips and serious errors and shows the path you took beside the one that holds up.
What scenarios are built in?
Seizing a suspect's phone found unlocked and live, handling a USB stick found during a search, and being recognised by name in the street while under cover. Each branches: what you choose changes what happens next, and there is more than one way to get it wrong and more than one to get it right.
Can I write my own?
Yes. A scenario is a small JSON file: a name, a starting node, and nodes that each have some text and either choices - each with a grade of good, ok or bad, a line of feedback, and which node it leads to - or an ending with an outcome line. Use the template button to download one to fill in, then load it back. It is checked whole before it runs, so a broken link is caught before a trainee hits it.
Where do my scenarios and runs go?
Nowhere but this browser. Loaded scenarios stay on this device until you remove them, runs are not saved between sessions, and nothing is uploaded. Export a debrief as text if you want to keep it.
Is this a substitute for training?
No. It rehearses judgement between courses and lets people fail safely, which a real deployment does not. The built-in answers reflect widely-taught good practice, not any one force's policy; where yours differs, write a scenario that teaches yours.
ENVELOPEPrint an envelope, where the window is4
What is the test print for?
It prints the envelope outline and the window on ordinary A4 so you can hold it against a real envelope and see whether the address lands in the window. One sheet of paper instead of four ruined envelopes, which is the entire reason this tool exists.
Which corner are the measurements from?
The top left of the envelope as it is fed into the printer, which is usually long edge first with the flap away from you. If everything comes out mirrored or rotated, the envelope is going in a different way round: turn it and the same numbers work.
Why does the window check say roughly?
Because the exact width of a line of text depends on the font the printer uses, and the page measures it approximately. It is accurate enough to catch an address that is plainly outside the window, which is the failure that matters; the test print settles anything marginal.
Does the address go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page.
FIGURESDescribe a column of numbers honestly5
When should I not use the mean?
When the distribution is skewed, when a few values account for much of the total, or when the shape has two humps. All three are checked here and reported in words. The rule of thumb is simple: if the mean and the median disagree by much, quoting only the mean is a choice and somebody will eventually ask why you made it.
What is an outlier here?
A value more than one and a half interquartile ranges beyond the quartiles, which is the usual convention. It is worth saying plainly that outside the fences is not the same as wrong: the 412,000 in a column of salaries may be the chief executive, which is a fact rather than an error. Check them; do not delete them by reflex.
Why does the quartile definition matter?
Because on a sample of nine values the nine published definitions can give visibly different quartiles, and two people using different software will disagree about the same data. Naming the method is what makes the number checkable.
What does two humps mean?
That you are almost certainly looking at two populations added together: two teams, two products, two shifts. A mean sits in the valley between them and describes nothing at all. The fix is to separate them, not to summarise harder.
Does my data go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page.
FLATBEDTurn photos of pages into a clean scanned PDF5
Are my photos uploaded?
No. The camera is your browser's own, and its picture, like any photo you choose, is drawn and flattened in this tab. The page asks for no network while it works, and the PDF is written there too.
How does it find the page?
The photo is made small and grey, the brightness that best separates the paper from what is behind it is worked out, and the largest bright shape is the page. Its corners are the four points furthest along each diagonal. On a pale table or with a folded page it can miss, so the corners can always be moved by hand.
Which look should I choose?
Colour, cleaned, for most pages: the paper comes out white and shadows go. Black and white makes text crisp and files small, like a photocopy, but greys out photographs. Grey is in between. Colour as photographed keeps the photo's own light.
Is the text searchable?
Not yet: a scan is pictures of pages, from a phone or from a scanner. OPTIC reads the words in a scan, in your browser, and can make it searchable.
What makes a good photo?
The whole page in the frame, against something darker than the paper, in even light, with the phone held over the page rather than at a steep angle. The page does not need to be straight; that is what the corners are for.
FLOWA flowchart written as sentences4
Why layers by longest path?
Because a step that can be reached both early and late belongs where it actually happens, not where it first could. Laying out by shortest path pulls those steps up the page and the flow stops reading downwards, which is the only reason to draw one.
What happens to a loop?
It is drawn, routed round the outside rather than through whatever is in the way, and the layering stops rather than spinning. A flow with a loop in it is perfectly ordinary; a layout that hangs on one is not.
Why flag a decision with one branch?
Because the branch nobody writes is the one the chart existed for. A question with only a yes leaves the reader to invent the no, and they will each invent a different one.
What happens to a line I have half typed?
Nothing. A line that is not an arrow is skipped and listed below, rather than blanking the picture while you are still writing it.
FONTLENSRead what is inside a font, the licence included8
Can I use this font on my website?
This page cannot tell you that and neither can any page. It shows you the two things that bear on it: the
fsTypebits, which say what the foundry recorded in the file, and the licence description and licence URL from thenametable, which is where the actual terms live. Read the licence. A font marked installable infsTypecan still be under a licence that forbids web use.Why does my WOFF2 show no tables?
Because its tables are Brotli-compressed, and a web page has no way to decompress Brotli: the browser has a decoder, but it does not hand it to JavaScript. The table directory inside a WOFF2 is not compressed, so the tags and their original lengths are listed, and the specimen still works because the browser decompresses the font internally to render it. For everything else, convert to TTF or WOFF first.
What does a 78% on a Unicode block mean?
That the
cmapmaps 78% of the assigned code points in that block to a glyph. Unassigned code points are not counted against the font. It does not mean the glyphs are good, and it does not mean the font will compose them correctly: a complex script needsGSUBrules as much as it needs glyphs, and coverage says nothing about those.Why are the metrics three different numbers?
Because there are three sets and they disagree by design.
hheaascender and descender are what most desktop applications use.OS/2sTypoAscender and sTypoDescender are what the specification says should be used for line layout.OS/2usWinAscent and usWinDescent are the clipping box Windows uses. A font whose three sets differ will set at different line heights on different systems, and seeing all three is usually how you find out why.Can it tell a real font from a pirated copy?
No. It reads what the file says about itself, and every one of those fields is text somebody typed. A copy with the name records rewritten looks identical here to the original. What it can do is show you the fields, so you can see when the copyright, the designer and the vendor ID do not agree with each other.
Does the glyph count include blanks?
Yes.
numGlyphsinmaxpcounts every glyph slot in the font, including .notdef, the space glyphs, and any glyph that is a component of another. It is the number the font declares, and it is usually larger than the number of characters the font can show.I switched a feature on and nothing changed. Why?
Switching a feature on writes it into
font-feature-settingson the specimen. If nothing changes, the font has no rule for that feature that applies to the characters in the sample. Change the sample text and try again.What does FONTLENS read out of the file?
A font file is a database with outlines in it. FONTLENS parses the table directory itself, reads the name records the foundry wrote, decodes the embedding permission bits into English, works out which parts of Unicode the font actually covers, and loads it into the page so you can see a specimen, switch each OpenType feature on and off, and drag every variable axis. The file never leaves this tab.
FONTSWAPConvert a font between TTF, OTF, WOFF and WOFF24
How do I convert TTF to WOFF2?
Drop the .ttf here, choose WOFF2 and save. The tables are compressed together with Brotli into a WOFF2 file every current browser reads. It comes out around a tenth larger than Google's woff2_compress, which also rewrites the outline table before compressing it.
How do I turn a WOFF2 web font back into a TTF I can install?
Drop the .woff2 here and choose TTF (or OTF, for a font with PostScript outlines). WOFF2's rewritten outlines and metrics are put back as the specification sets out, every table is checksummed, and the result is an ordinary font file of the kind operating systems install. Check that the font's licence lets you install it.
Can it convert OTF to TTF?
Not the outlines. An .otf with PostScript (CFF) outlines stays PostScript, and is saved as .otf, because turning its curves into TrueType's is a different job that changes the shapes slightly. Renaming an .otf file to .ttf changes nothing inside it.
Will the converted font look the same?
Yes. Only the wrapper changes: the outlines, hinting, kerning, character map and names are the same tables, byte for byte where the format allows, and the tests compare every glyph with the original using fontTools.
FormsQuestions and responses8
Can I build a form without a service collecting the responses?
You can build and fill one locally, which suits a checklist, an intake sheet, or a questionnaire completed on the same device. What a local tool cannot do is collect responses from other people over the internet, because that needs a server, and a server means somebody holds the answers.
Where do the responses go?
Into this browser's storage on this device. Nothing is transmitted, which is the point when the questions are sensitive, and it also means you have to export the results to get them anywhere else.
Is it safe to use an online form for sensitive questions?
It depends who runs it and where the answers land. Health, financial and identity questions put into a free form service mean the answers sit in that company's database under their terms. Read where the data is stored, for how long, and who can see it, before you ask anyone anything.
How do I get the answers out?
Read them as a table on the page, or export them as CSV. The answers are kept in this browser and nothing is uploaded, so the export is how they get anywhere else. There is no account and nothing to pay.
Can a question appear only when an earlier answer says so?
Yes. Each question can carry rules against the answers above it: show it when a choice is one thing, is not another, is answered, or contains some text, matching all the rules or any of them. A question hidden by its rules is not asked and its answer is not kept.
Can I break a long form into pages?
A page break splits it, and the person filling it in walks the pages with Next and Back. What they have typed stays as they move.
What do I get back when people answer?
A summary that counts each answer, averages a scale, and draws the counts as a bar, a pie or a line, with a PNG of each chart. The chart is drawn by the same code Sheets uses, so a bar here and a bar in a spreadsheet are the same picture in the same colours.
Where are the responses kept?
In this browser, on this device. There is no server to collect them, so a form you share is filled in and the answer comes back only when the person filling it in is on the same device, or hands you the file. Send them to Sheets to work with them as a table.
FRAMESCrop, resize, speed up, reverse or split a GIF4
How do I make a GIF smaller?
In order of effect: a smaller width, fewer colours, and dropping every second frame. Halving the width makes the file about a quarter of the size. Dropping every second frame keeps the speed the same by showing each remaining frame for twice as long.
Why is my edited GIF larger than the original?
Some GIFs are optimised so that each frame stores only the part that changed. This page puts every frame together into a whole picture before editing, and writes whole frames back. The new size is shown next to the old before you save, so you can pick fewer colours or a smaller width if it has grown.
Can I get the frames out as pictures?
Yes. Save the frames as PNGs gives a zip with one picture per frame, numbered in order, each as the GIF shows it at that moment, with any crop and resize applied.
What does there and back do?
It plays the frames forward, then backward, then loops, so the animation never jumps from its last frame to its first. It is sometimes called a boomerang.
GEDCOMOpen a .ged family tree file: who is in it, their families, and what does not add up5
How do I open a GEDCOM file without family tree software?
Drop the .ged file on this page. It is read in the browser, and lists everybody in it with their dates and places; choose a name to see their parents, partners and children. Nothing is installed and the file is not uploaded.
How do I get a GEDCOM file out of a family tree website?
Most of them have an export: look in the tree's settings or its menu for Export, Download or Share, and choose GEDCOM. RootsMagic, Family Tree Maker, Legacy and Gramps write one from their File menu. The file that arrives ends in .ged.
Why do the names in my GEDCOM file show strange characters?
Older programs wrote GEDCOM in ANSEL, a character set in which an accent comes before its letter, and a reader that takes the file for something else shows the wrong characters. This page reads the character set the file says it uses (ANSEL, UTF-8, UTF-16 or Windows-1252) and, when a file says UTF-8 and is not, reads it as Windows-1252 and says so.
What counts as an impossible date?
A death before a birth, a burial before a death, a child born before a parent or after the mother died, a parent under twelve at a birth, a marriage before the person was born or after they died, and a life of more than 122 years. Dates marked about, estimated or calculated are left out, since a guess set against a guess proves nothing.
Can I edit the tree here?
No. This reads a GEDCOM file and changes nothing in it. OBSCURA Roots, the family tree application on this site, opens the same file for editing, sources, charts and books, and keeps the tree on your computer.
GRIDCut one picture into a grid of pieces3
What does naming them in the order to post them do?
A profile shows the newest post first, in the top left. So to see the picture whole, the bottom-right piece has to be posted first and the top-left piece last. With this chosen, the pieces are numbered post-01, post-02 and so on in exactly that order.
Why are some pieces a pixel bigger than others?
Because the picture's width or height does not divide evenly by the number of pieces, and a piece cannot hold part of a pixel. The extra pixels are spread out one at a time rather than stretched. The page says when this happens.
Will the pieces line up when printed as a poster?
Yes, edge to edge, with nothing lost between them. Print each at the same scale; if your printer cannot print to the edge, leave a margin and trim it off each sheet before taping them together.
HANDOUTTurn a PowerPoint deck into a PDF5
Will the slides look exactly as they do in PowerPoint?
Close, not exact. Each slide's layout, backgrounds, text boxes, bullets, sizes and colours are read from the deck, its layout and its master the way PowerPoint reads them. The text is set in DejaVu Sans rather than the deck's fonts, so a line can wrap in a different place, and the PDF has one page for each slide.
What is not drawn?
Charts, SmartArt, video and sound, pictures in Windows' own EMF and WMF formats, and shapes other than rectangles, rounded rectangles, ellipses and lines (their words are still drawn). Turned boxes are drawn upright, and animations have nothing to show on paper. The result counts each of these for your deck, so you know what to check.
Is the text in the PDF real text?
Yes. Every word is written into the PDF in the font it was laid out in, where it was laid out, so it can be selected, searched and copied. It is not a picture of the slide.
What happens to hidden slides?
They are left out, as PowerPoint leaves them out when it saves a PDF. Tick the box to include them.
Is the deck uploaded?
No. It is unzipped and read in your browser, laid out by the browser, and written into a PDF by pdf-lib, all loaded from this site.
HANDOVERHand over a shift without losing an item4
What does the carry count actually do?
It makes visible the thing everybody has stopped hearing. An item on its fifth handover is not a live issue any more; it is a decision the organisation has not taken, and putting the number on the screen is generally enough to get it taken.
Why close an item instead of deleting it?
Because how something stopped being carried is worth as much as that it was. Closing records the time and the reason; deleting leaves a gap that nobody can explain three weeks later.
Why does it insist on naming who is receiving?
A handover with nobody at the receiving end did not happen. It is the single most common way an item is lost: passed to the room rather than to a person.
Is this a log book?
No. It is the state of play at the moment of handover. If you need a running record of events with times, that is a different job and THREAD does it.
HOUSESTYLECheck a document against your own style sheet5
Does it have opinions of its own?
None. It ships with an example sheet you can delete in one go, and after that everything it says came from rules you wrote. That is deliberate: a checker that argues with your house style is worse than no checker, because people learn to ignore it and then ignore the real findings too.
Which rules can it apply automatically?
The ones with a single right answer: prefer-this-word and capitalisation. A banned phrase has no replacement (the right wording depends on the sentence), so those are marked and left for you. It also keeps a capital letter at the start of a sentence when it swaps a word in.
Why does it list rules that found nothing?
Because a sheet that has grown to eighty rules, sixty of which never match anything, is a sheet nobody maintains. Knowing which ones are earning their place is how a style sheet stays short enough to be read.
Can a rule be a phrase?
Yes. Spaces in a rule match any amount of whitespace, so a rule about “at this moment in time” still matches across a line break.
Does the document go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page, which is the other reason the checkers that already exist are unusable for a draft.
INCIDENTWork an incident through its phases and keep the record as you go5
What playbooks are built in?
Six of the situations that need the first hour handled well: a device seized or found, a device or account that may be compromised, a cover identity that may be blown, a lost or stolen device, a phishing or social-engineering attempt, and a personal-data exposure. Each has its steps grouped into the phases they belong to, in a sensible order.
Are the steps official procedure?
No. They are a sound default order to work from, not law or your organisation's policy, and they say so. Where your own procedure differs, follow it; the value here is that the record of what was actually done is kept as you do it, which is the thing that is otherwise never captured at the time.
How does hashing evidence work?
A step that preserves something offers to hash a file. The SHA-256 is computed here in the browser and recorded against the step with the file's name and the time, so the exhibit can later be tied to the moment it was taken. The file itself is never stored in the tool and never uploaded.
What is the timeline?
Every timestamped thing in one place, in order: the declaration, each step as it was ticked or skipped, and each action as it was closed. It is assembled for you, because reconstructing the order of events afterwards from memory is exactly what the review cannot rely on.
Where is it kept?
In this browser only, and nothing is uploaded. Seal the record with a digest, export it, and clear it from the browser once it is filed. Related: BREACH runs the notification clock for a data breach, CHAIN keeps the continuity record for an exhibit, and RENDEZVOUS holds the extraction plan a blown cover needs.
IWORKSee inside a Pages, Numbers or Keynote file and get its pictures out4
How do I open a .pages file on Windows?
Drop it here to see the preview of its first page and to save every picture in it. To get the text as a Word document, sign in to icloud.com with any Apple Account, open Pages there, upload the file and download a copy as Word or PDF. iCloud's web apps are free and run in any browser, but the file is uploaded to Apple.
Why can it not show the whole document?
Since 2013 the document itself is stored in Apple's IWA format: compressed protocol buffers whose layout Apple has never published and changes between versions. A reader built by guessing would show a document that is subtly different from the one in the file, which is worse than not showing it. The preview and the media are stored as ordinary files, so those are exact.
Can I get the photos out of a Keynote or Pages file?
Yes. Every picture, film and sound put into the document is inside it as the original file, and IWORK lists them with a Save button each, or saves them all as one zip.
My Pages file is a folder. What do I do?
Older versions of Pages on the Mac could save a document as a package, a folder that looks like one file. On the Mac, right-click it and choose Compress, then open the zip here.
KINSHIPName the relationship between two relatives, from second cousins to great-great-aunts5
What is a second cousin once removed?
Either your second cousin's child, or your parent's second cousin. Second cousins share great-grandparents; once removed means one of you is a generation further from those ancestors than the other.
What is the difference between a second cousin and a first cousin once removed?
Second cousins are the same generation and share great-grandparents. A first cousin once removed is your first cousin's child, or your parent's first cousin: you share grandparents, with one of you a generation lower.
Is a great-aunt the same as a grandaunt?
Yes. Your grandparent's sister is called a great-aunt by most people and a grandaunt by many genealogists, by analogy with grandparent. Her daughter is your parent's first cousin, which makes her your first cousin once removed.
How much DNA do second cousins share?
On average a thirty-second, about 3.1%, because the generations between them through the shared couple each halve what is passed on. Real pairs share more or less than the average, and this page does not give centimorgan figures.
What is a half first cousin?
The child of your parent's half-sibling. You share one grandparent rather than a couple of them, and on average half the DNA full first cousins share: a sixteenth rather than an eighth.
LABELSPrint a sheet of labels, measured in millimetres4
Why not a list of brand codes?
Because the codes change, the same code means different things in different countries, and the numbers you need are printed on the packet you are holding. Common layouts are offered as starting points and every one of them is a set of boxes you can correct in ten seconds.
Why does it keep telling me to print at 100%?
Because “fit to page” scales everything by a per cent or two to allow for the printer's unprintable margin, and a per cent over a 297 mm sheet is three millimetres. Over twelve rows that is most of a label.
Can I use a part-used sheet?
Yes. Set the starting label number and the first labels are left blank, so the sheet with four missing from the top left is not wasted.
Does my address list go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page. An address list is personal data about other people, and it never leaves the machine it is printed from.
LEAVELeave balances, and the day everybody booked4
Why hold everything in hours?
Because a day is not a unit. Twenty-five days for somebody on nine-hour shifts and twenty-five days for somebody on seven-hour ones are not the same entitlement, and every part-time arrangement makes it worse. Hours underneath, whichever unit you prefer on the screen.
What does the cover check do?
It walks every working day in every booking and counts how many people are away. Any day where fewer than your minimum are left is listed. That is the check nobody does, because leave is approved one request at a time and nobody is looking at the whole team on that date.
Why show carry-over that will be lost?
Because the person losing it is always the last to find out, and by then it is too late to book it. Capping quietly is the unkindest way to run a leave year.
Is this employment advice?
No. Entitlement, accrual, bank holidays and carry-over are whatever your contract and your jurisdiction say. This is arithmetic with the figures you give it.
LIFTTake the pictures out of a PDF as JPEG and PNG files5
Are the pictures the same quality as in the PDF?
Yes. A picture stored as a JPEG is handed back byte for byte, so it is the very file that was put into the PDF, with nothing recompressed. Every other kind is decoded pixel for pixel and saved as a PNG, which loses nothing.
Why did some come out as PNG when they look like photographs?
Because they were not stored as JPEGs. Many programs store pictures packed losslessly, and scanners often use fax-style compression, JBIG2 or JPEG 2000 without a JPEG version to hand back. A JPEG with a transparency mask also comes back as PNG, because a JPEG cannot carry the mask. A JPEG 2000 without a mask comes back as the .jp2 it is.
Why are there fewer pictures than I can see on the pages?
Only pictures stored as pictures are found. Charts, logos and diagrams are often drawn with lines and shapes rather than stored as a picture, and a scanned page may be drawn as a whole. PLATES turns whole pages into pictures instead.
What about a picture used on every page, like a logo?
It is stored once in the PDF, and it is taken out once, named for the first page it appears on.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is read by pdf-lib and the pictures are decoded by pdf.js, both loaded from this site, in your browser tab.
LOANWhat a loan really costs, and what a flat rate hides5
Why is a flat rate about double?
Because it is charged on the whole amount for the whole term, and you do not have the whole amount for the whole term: you are repaying it as you go, so on average you have had about half of it. Paying 1,500 for the use of an average balance near 5,000 is not five per cent. Five per cent flat over three years is 9.31% nominal and 9.72% effective.
Which rate should I compare two offers on?
The effective rate including fees, which is what this solves for. A nominal rate ignores compounding, a headline rate ignores the fee, and a flat rate ignores the repayments. Only the effective rate against what you actually received describes both offers in the same terms.
Why is the effective rate higher than the nominal one?
Because a nominal annual rate is the periodic rate multiplied by the number of periods, and money compounds rather than multiplying. One per cent a month is 12.68% a year, not 12%. Both figures are shown so it is clear which is which.
Will my lender's figures match exactly?
Close, not identical. Real agreements round payments to the penny, may apply interest daily rather than per period, and may charge fees this page does not know about. The purpose here is to understand the shape of the cost, not to reproduce a statement to the penny.
Is this financial advice?
No. It is arithmetic on figures you typed, with the method written out beside the answer. It does not know your circumstances, your agreement or your jurisdiction, and it has no opinion about whether you should borrow.
MATRIXA decision matrix that shows how fragile it is4
What is the sensitivity figure?
How far one weight would have to move, on its own, before the leading option changes. A criterion where half a point flips the result is the one worth arguing about; a criterion where nothing you do to it changes the answer is one you can stop discussing. It is found by searching rather than by algebra, because the weights are normalised and the closed form is longer than it is worth.
Why call a close result equivalent?
Because it is. Two options within a few per cent of the scale are separated by less than the error in every judgement that went into the table. Reporting that as a winner is a false precision, and the matrix has actually told you something useful: choose on grounds it does not contain.
Does a matrix make the decision?
No, and the sheet says so. What it does is make the reasoning visible and reviewable, which is worth more than the number. Its whole value depends on the weights being set before the scores.
Can I use it for anything else?
It is just a weighted average with a sensitivity analysis, so yes: supplier selection, recruitment shortlists, options appraisals, where to go on holiday. Nothing in it knows what the rows mean.
MEMEPut top and bottom text on your own picture3
Where are the meme templates?
There are none, on purpose. The well-known meme pictures are other people's photographs and film stills, and this site does not hand them out. Use a picture of your own, or one you have the right to use.
Why does my text not look like Impact?
Impact comes with Windows and macOS, but it is not licensed for a website to send to your browser, so it cannot come from here. If your device has it, it is used. If not, the page says so and uses the heaviest weight of the site's own typeface, which looks close.
What happens to a long line?
It wraps onto more lines and gets smaller until it fits the width of the picture and about a third of its height. Press Enter in the box to break a line where you want it.
MENDRepair a damaged PDF that will not open5
What kind of damage can it repair?
The common kinds: an index at the end that points to the wrong places, a file that was cut short in downloading, bytes added before the start by an email program or a server, a missing trailer, and a broken list of pages. In each case the pages that are still in the file are found and kept, with their text.
What can it not repair?
Anything that is not in the file any more. If a download stopped halfway, the pages after that point are gone, and the result says how many could not be recovered. An encrypted PDF cannot be rebuilt without its password.
Why does it offer to turn the pages into pictures?
As a last resort, for a file whose objects cannot be read at all but which a forgiving reader can still partly draw. The pictures keep how each page looks; the text is lost, though OPTIC can read it back.
How do I know the repair worked?
Before and after, the file is opened by pdf.js and every page it lists is drawn; the result gives both counts. Look through the result before you rely on it.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is read and rebuilt by pdf-lib, and checked with pdf.js, both loaded from this site, in your browser tab.
MERGEOne letter per row, from a template and a list9
Does the list get uploaded?
No. The file is read by this tab with the browser's own file reader, the rows are held in memory, and the letters are written here. There is no server side to this page, and a Content Security Policy on this site forbids it talking to any other origin. Turn the network off and it still works.
What happens if a row has an empty cell?
If the letter uses that field on an ordinary line, the check lists the row and refuses to produce anything until it is filled or the line is made conditional. If the field is used only inside an {{#if}} line, the line is dropped for that row and nothing else changes.
Which bits of markdown does it understand?
Headings with one to three #, paragraphs, bullet lists with - or *, numbered lists with 1., bold with **stars** and italic with *one star* or _underscores_. Every line break in the template is a line break in the letter, which is not standard markdown but is what an address block needs.
Can I use it for labels on a sheet I already have?
Yes, that is why the grid is a set of numbers rather than a list of brand names. Measure the sheet: how many across, how many down, the margin at the top and at the side, and the gap between labels. The label size follows from those. Print one sheet on plain paper and hold it up to the light against a real one.
Why only one kind of conditional?
Because the second one is never the last. A merge template is read by whoever inherits the letter, often a year later and often not a programmer, and a language with nesting and expressions in it stops being readable at about the third feature. A line that is there when the field has something in it covers the case that actually comes up, which is the second address line.
My list has names that are not in the Latin alphabet. What happens?
In the three PDF outputs, each character those fonts cannot draw comes out as a question mark, and the page says how many did after it writes the file. That is a limit of the fourteen fonts built into the PDF format, not a decision made here. The zip of text files is UTF-8 and carries every name exactly, so for a list in Greek, Cyrillic, Arabic, Hebrew or a CJK script, produce the text files and set them in something that has the fonts.
Where did the letter go after I closed the tab?
The template, address block and settings are still there, saved on this device. The list is not, by design. Keep the CSV where you got it and open it again.
What does the check look for before it produces anything?
Three things: placeholders in the letter that have no column in the list, columns in the list that the letter never uses, and rows whose value for a needed field is empty, which would leave a hole in a letter. Nothing is produced while the check is unhappy.
How is the address block different from the letter?
Labels and envelopes are printed from the address block, not from the letter. It takes the same placeholders and the same
{{#if field}}conditional, but no markdown: one line in the block is one line on the label. Every line break in the letter template is a line break in the letter too, so an address block written there stays an address block.
MOCKUPPut a screenshot in a browser or phone frame3
Does the frame look like a particular phone or browser?
No, deliberately. Every frame is drawn from plain shapes: a window with three coloured dots and an address bar, a dark rounded phone body. There is no maker's artwork and no logo, so the picture does not suggest a product or an endorsement.
Will the text in my screenshot stay sharp?
Yes. At its own size the screenshot is drawn pixel for pixel, with nothing resampled, and saving as PNG keeps it exact. JPEG makes a smaller file but can blur fine text a little.
What is twice its size for?
For a screenshot taken on an ordinary screen that will be shown on a high-resolution one, such as a slide on a modern laptop. It doubles every pixel so the frame and the shadow are drawn finely; it cannot add detail to the screenshot itself.
MONEYAccounts that reconcile, kept on this device9
Is any of this sent anywhere?
No. There is no server side to this page. Open your browser's network tab and use the whole tool: nothing goes out. That is also why there are no live exchange rates, no bank connections and no sync between your devices, and why a file export is the only backup.
Why will the reconcile not let me finish?
Because the book and the statement do not agree yet, and finishing while they disagree records a balance that is wrong and carries the error into every reconcile after it. The difference is on screen the whole time, and the page suggests what a difference of that shape usually means. If the statement is genuinely right and the book is missing something, add it with the button there and the entry joins the list.
My bank's CSV has separate paid-in and paid-out columns. Will that work?
Yes. Switch the amounts setting to two columns and pick them. A value in the money-out column becomes a negative amount and a value in the money-in column a positive one, whichever way round the file writes the signs. If the file signs them the other way, the signs setting turns them round.
What happens to a transaction I import twice?
It is flagged, not blocked. A row whose date, amount and payee all match something already in that account is shown with the flag and left unticked, and you decide. For OFX the bank's FITID is checked first, which is more reliable than the three fields, because a coffee really can be bought twice in a day for the same amount at the same shop.
Can I get my data into something else?
Yes: CSV of every transaction, JSON of the whole book, and QIF for one account at a time. The JSON is the complete book, minor units and all, and is what to keep if you may come back to it. QIF dates are written month first, as Quicken wrote them, because QIF never agreed on an order.
What if I lose the passphrase on an encrypted backup?
The file is gone. There is no recovery, no reset and no copy, which is what makes the encryption worth anything. AES-GCM checks the file against its own tag, so a wrong passphrase fails outright rather than quietly producing nonsense.
What can I type in the search box?
Plain words are matched against the payee, the note and the category. For anything narrower there are prefixes:
payee:tesco,cat:foodandacct:currentpick a payee, category or account;>100,<50and=9.99pick by amount;cleared:nofinds what has not cleared;after:2026-01-01,before:2026-04-01and2026-01-01..2026-03-31pick by date. They can be combined in one search.Why can I not delete an account or a category?
Because something still depends on it. An account with no transactions can be deleted; one with transactions cannot, so that a figure never loses the entries behind it. A category in use stays until the transactions using it are moved to another category.
Which statement files can I import?
CSV from a bank or a spreadsheet, and OFX or QFX as most banks and Quicken write them. The file is read in this tab and is not uploaded. For CSV you choose which column is which and see the result before anything is written.
MONOTONETurn a PDF black and white, keeping its text as text5
Does the text stay selectable?
Yes, with the first setting. Each instruction on a page that sets a colour is rewritten to set a grey instead, and pictures are stored again in grey; the text, fonts, links and form fields are not touched. Only the second setting, which draws every page as a picture, loses the text.
How is a colour turned into a grey?
By its lightness, using the same weighting a black and white television and most printers use: 30% of the red, 59% of the green and 11% of the blue. A yellow comes out light and a navy comes out dark, as they look.
How do I know it worked?
After rewriting, every page is drawn and checked pixel by pixel for colour, and the result names any page that still has some. Spot colours, gradients built from sampled tables and a few other things cannot be rewritten; for a file with those, draw every page as a grey picture instead.
Will it make the file smaller?
Usually a little. Photographs stay JPEGs, now grey; other pictures are stored as one channel instead of three. It is not a compressor; PRESS is.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is rewritten by pdf-lib and checked with pdf.js, both loaded from this site, in your browser tab.
OFFICEKEYUnprotect a sheet, or open or add a password on your own Office file5
How do I unprotect an Excel sheet without the password?
Sheet and workbook protection are not encryption: the workbook is readable, and Excel only honours a flag with a hash of the password beside it. OFFICEKEY takes the flag out of a copy, so every sheet can be edited again. Use it on your own workbooks, or ones you have the right to change.
Can it remove a password to open that I have forgotten?
No. A password to open encrypts the file with AES, with the key made from the password by 100,000 rounds of SHA-512, and without the password the contents cannot be read by anyone. The page does not guess or try lists of passwords. If you know the password, it opens the file and can save a copy without one.
How do I put a password on a Word or Excel file without Office?
Open it here, type the password twice under Put a password on it, and save. The copy is encrypted as Office 2010 and later encrypt, and Word, Excel, PowerPoint and LibreOffice will ask for the password to open it.
What is the difference between a password to open and a password to modify?
A password to open encrypts the file. A password to modify, like restrict editing and read-only recommended, leaves it unencrypted and only asks Office to open it read-only. The second kind is a courtesy, not security, and OFFICEKEY lists and removes it.
Does it work on .doc and .xls files?
No. The formats from before 2007 use RC4 and other older schemes this page does not handle. Open the file in Office or LibreOffice with its password, save it as .docx or .xlsx, and bring that here.
ONCALLAn on-call rota that is demonstrably fair4
Why does determinism matter?
Because a rota somebody can reproduce is a rota they can argue with, and one that came out of a shuffle nobody can repeat is one you have to be trusted about. The same people, the same dates and the same blackouts always give the same answer here, and that is worth more than a cleverer algorithm.
What happens to a skipped turn?
It goes to the next person, and the skipped person keeps their place in the order for next time rather than losing it. Losing it is how somebody who was unavailable once in January ends up doing two extra weeks in the autumn.
What are named dates?
The ones people actually mind about: Christmas, New Year, a religious festival, a birthday. They are counted separately from weeks, because a rota that is even on weeks and lopsided on named dates is the one that causes trouble, and it is invisible unless somebody counts.
Can I swap weeks after generating?
Yes, and you should: the generator does not know about anything it was not told. Every count is recomputed from what is actually on the rota rather than from what the generator intended, so a swap is reflected immediately in the fairness figures.
ORGCHARTA structure chart from an indented list4
Why an indented list rather than dragging boxes?
Because the list is the artefact people actually keep and update. It diffs, it pastes into an email, and anybody can edit it. A drawing that has to be maintained separately is out of date within a month, and everybody knows it, which is why nobody looks at it.
What is a tidy tree?
A layout where a subtree takes exactly as much width as its own leaves need and parents are centred over their children. The naive alternative gives every leaf a fixed slot, which is why the charts everybody recognises are three metres wide with one enormous gap in them.
Can I put a job title under the name?
Yes: put a vertical bar after the name and the rest of the line becomes a second, smaller line in the box.
Does my list go anywhere?
No. A structure chart is a list of everybody who works somewhere and who they answer to, which is not a document to paste into a free web service. This one is drawn in your browser and there is no network call.
OUTLINEAn outliner you drive from the keyboard4
Why is moving a line with its children the default?
Because a heading that moves without what is under it has lost it, and in a real document that is a paragraph orphaned four screens away. Every outliner that got this right did it this way, and every tool that treats a bulleted list as flat text gets it wrong.
Why a flat list rather than a tree?
Because it makes impossible structures impossible. A line cannot be indented more than one level past the line above it, a subtree cannot be moved inside itself, and the whole outline is one block of text you can paste into anything.
Can I bring in an existing list?
Yes. Any indented list works (tabs or two spaces a level, with or without bullets), which covers what comes out of a notes app, a document or a plain text file.
Does it save?
In this browser, as you type. There is no account and no upload; clearing site data for this page clears it, so download it if it matters.
PAPERGraph paper you can prove is to scale5
Why does printed graph paper come out the wrong size?
Because two things resize it and neither tells you. The browser fits the drawing to the printable area, and the printer driver applies its own “shrink to fit” on top. A 5 mm grid arrives at 4.8 mm, every square wrong by the same amount, which is precisely why it looks right.
How does the ruler prove anything?
It is drawn a hundred millimetres long in the same units as the grid. Put a real ruler against the printed one: if it reads 100 mm, everything else on the sheet is to scale too. If it reads 97, your printer is at 97% and the setting to change is scale or fit-to-page. It is the only check that does not require trusting the software.
What makes this different from a PDF of graph paper?
A PDF carries a page size a driver is free to override. This sets the sheet with a page rule, draws in millimetre units, and prints the ruler so the result is verifiable rather than asserted. You can also change the spacing, the weight and the ink and see the effect before using a sheet of paper on it.
What is isometric paper for?
Drawing three dimensional things without perspective, which is how a lot of engineering sketches, board game maps and pixel art are laid out. The triangles have equal sides, so a cube drawn on it has three faces of the same size and every edge is measurable.
Does anything I type get sent anywhere?
No. The drawing is generated in the page, and there is no network call here at all.
PASSPORTHead height in millimetres, not by eye5
Why do I have to place the markers myself?
Because the crown of the head is not where a face detector thinks it is. Detectors find the face; the specification measures from the top of the hair to the bottom of the chin, which is a different distance and one that varies with a haircut. Two markers take four seconds, are exact, and mean the number on the page is a measurement rather than an estimate.
Is the head height really what gets these rejected?
It is the most common reason, yes, and the one people never suspect, because a photograph with the wrong head height looks perfectly normal. The rule is in millimetres of print (29 to 34 on a British passport, 32 to 36 on a Schengen one), and nothing in an ordinary photo editor measures in millimetres of print.
What does eight on a six by four save?
Most of the cost. A booth charges around ten pounds for four photographs; a supermarket print counter charges pennies for a six by four, and eight British-sized photographs fit on one with room to cut. The layout is generated as a single file, so there is nothing to explain at the counter.
What is the real resolution figure?
How much detail your original actually has at the print size, as opposed to how many pixels the file has. Enlarging a small photograph produces a file with the right pixel count and no more detail than it started with. Most print counters want 300 dots to the inch, so the page tells you whether you have them.
Does my face get uploaded?
No, and this is the page where that matters most. The picture is decoded in the browser, the cropping is done on a canvas, and there is no network call on this page at all.
PGPEncrypt, decrypt, sign and make keys with OpenPGP, GnuPG-compatible5
How do I encrypt a message with someone's PGP public key?
Open Encrypt, paste their public key (the block starting -----BEGIN PGP PUBLIC KEY BLOCK-----), type the message or choose a file, and press Encrypt. Copy the result into an email or save it. Only their private key can open it.
Is it safe to paste my private key into a web page?
Only into a page that does nothing with it but the job, which is what this one is: OpenPGP.js runs in the tab, nothing is sent, and nothing is kept after the tab closes. The page is a static file you can read. For a key you use every day, GnuPG or your mail program's own OpenPGP support is still the better home.
Will GnuPG read the keys and messages?
Yes. Keys are made as Curve25519 version 4 keys, the kind GnuPG 2.2 and later, Kleopatra, GPG Suite, Thunderbird and Proton all use, and the tests exchange keys, encrypted messages and signatures with GnuPG in both directions.
What is the revocation certificate for?
If the private key is lost or someone else gets it, publishing the revocation certificate tells everyone who has your public key to stop using it. Save it when you make the key, and keep it somewhere apart from the key itself.
Can it tell me who sent a message?
Only if they signed it, and only if you give it their public key. The page then says whether the signature is good and whose it is, or that it does not match. A message that is only encrypted could have been written by anyone who has your public key.
PHOTOCrop, straighten and mark up an image9
Is my photograph uploaded anywhere?
No. It is decoded by the browser, drawn onto canvases in this tab, and encoded back to a file by the same tab. Nothing is sent anywhere, there is no account, and the page works with the network switched off. The site's Content Security Policy forbids every third-party origin, so it could not send it even if it wanted to.
Does the exported file still contain the GPS location?
No. A canvas never receives it: the decoder reads EXIF to apply the orientation flag and then hands over pixels alone. What you save is the image plus the container's own housekeeping, which for a JPEG is a JFIF header and usually an sRGB colour profile, and for a PNG is nothing but the header, the image data and the end marker. If you want to prove it to yourself rather than take our word for it, open the saved file in EXIF.
What happened to the edits when I press undo?
Undo steps back through a stack of whole states rather than a list of inverse operations, so it is exact and it reaches everything: a crop, a quarter turn, a slider, a mark. Ctrl+Z on Windows and Linux, Cmd+Z on a Mac, and Shift with it to go forward again.
Why does the JPEG size change when I move a slider?
Because the size shown is the real encoded file, produced by actually encoding it rather than guessed from the dimensions. More contrast and more sharpening mean more detail for the compressor to keep, so the file grows. It is measured again a quarter of a second after you stop moving.
Can somebody recover what is under a black box?
Not from the exported file. The shape is drawn into the pixels and the file is flattened, so the information is genuinely gone. Keep the original somewhere else if you need it, because this cannot be undone once the file is saved. What can often be recovered is text hidden behind a blur or a pixelation, which is why neither is offered here.
What is the temperature slider actually doing?
Moving red and blue in opposite directions by the same amount. It is the cheap stand-in for a white balance rather than a real one, which would need to know the illuminant and work in a proper colour space. It is enough to take the blue cast off a photograph taken in shade, and it is not a substitute for a raw converter.
Why does the grid get finer while I straighten?
So there is something to line a horizon up against. Straightening turns the picture inside its own frame and scales it up just enough to cover the corners, which is why a degree or two always costs a little of the edge.
Will a mark I place on the preview land in the same place on the saved file?
Yes. Marks are stored as fractions of the frame rather than as pixels, so one placed on the preview lands in exactly the right place on the full-size export. Tap any mark to pick it up, drag it to move it, and press Delete or use the button to remove it. A box or an ellipse is solid, so it hides what is under it for good once the file is saved.
Why can I move a slider back to zero and get the original pixels back?
Because nothing in the adjust panel touches the picture. Every slider is a number held to one side and replayed over the decoded original each time the view is drawn. Move one back to zero a hundred edits later and you get exactly the pixels you started with. Hold the eye in the toolbar to see the picture as it came in.
PLAINFind the sentence your reader stops at5
Should I write to hit a score?
No, and doing so makes prose worse. The scores are arithmetic on syllables and clause lengths; they cannot see meaning. Chopping a clear sentence in half to move a number produces something that scores well and reads like a leaflet.
So why show them at all?
Because they disagree with each other in useful ways, and because a very bad score is a real signal even if a good one is not. What they are genuinely reliable at is the list underneath: the specific sentences that are too long, which the person who wrote them cannot see because they know what they mean.
What is wrong with the passive voice?
Nothing, in itself. It is the right choice when the actor is unknown or irrelevant. It is flagged because in a procedure, an account or an instruction it is almost always hiding the person who has to do something, and that is the fact the reader needed.
What is a nominalisation?
A verb turned into a noun: “made a decision” for “decided”, “carried out an assessment” for “assessed”. The noun needs a weak verb to carry it and the actor tends to fall out of the sentence entirely, which is why official prose is full of them.
Does my draft go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page. Every other readability checker on the web takes your text, which is worth knowing before pasting something unpublished into one.
PLATESTurn the pages of a PDF into JPG or PNG pictures5
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. The page loads pdf.js from this site, and pdf.js draws each page onto a canvas in your browser tab. The pictures are made from that canvas and handed to your browser's own download. Nothing about the file is sent anywhere, and it works with the network off once the page and the PDF reader have loaded.
PNG or JPEG?
PNG keeps every pixel exactly and is the right choice for pages of text, diagrams and forms, where JPEG blurs the edges of the letters. JPEG makes much smaller files and suits pages that are mostly photographs. At the default quality of 90 a JPEG of a text page is readable but not crisp.
What resolution should I choose?
150 dpi is clear on any screen and keeps files a sensible size. Choose 300 dpi if the picture will be printed, or if the page has small print you need to zoom into, and 600 dpi only for very fine detail: the files grow with the square of the resolution, so 300 dpi pictures are four times the size of 150 dpi ones.
Why is one page at a lower resolution than I asked for?
Browsers limit how large one canvas can be, at about sixteen million pixels in Safari. A poster-sized page at 300 dpi goes past that, so it is drawn at the highest resolution that fits, and the result names every page this happened to.
Are form fields, comments and signatures drawn?
Filled-in form fields and the appearance of comments and stamps are drawn as they show in a PDF viewer. Anything a viewer hides is not. Layers a PDF marks as off are left off.
POSTEROne picture across several sheets of paper4
Why insist on an overlap?
Because a poster tiled edge to edge cannot be assembled. No printer prints to the paper edge, and no two sheets feed through identically, so edge-to-edge tiles leave white hairlines that no amount of care removes. Ten millimetres costs almost nothing and is the difference between a poster and a pile of paper.
How do I put it together?
Print at 100%. Trim each sheet along the dashed line on its right and bottom edge (those are the overlap boundaries), then lay the sheets out row by row, using the label in the corner, and tape them from the back.
Does it lose quality?
Each tile is drawn on a canvas at about 150 dots per inch, which is more than enough for something viewed from a metre away. If the original picture is small, blowing it up across six sheets will look soft, and no tool can fix that.
Is the picture uploaded?
No. It is decoded by the browser, cut up on a canvas in this page, and printed from there. Nothing goes out.
PROJECTORTurn the pages of a PDF into PowerPoint slides5
Can I edit the text on the slides?
No, and this is deliberate. Each slide is a picture of its page, so it looks exactly right. Turning a page's drawing back into PowerPoint text boxes breaks every line into a box of its own and never quite matches the fonts, which is harder to work with than a picture. The page's words are attached to each picture as alternative text, so they can be searched and read aloud, and REFLOW turns a PDF into an editable Word document.
What shape are the slides?
The shape of the first page, ten inches wide. A landscape presentation exported to PDF comes back at 16:9 or 4:3 as it was. A page of a different shape is centred on its slide.
JPEG or PNG?
JPEG makes a much smaller deck and suits most pages. PNG keeps every pixel, which is sharper for small text and fine lines, at several times the size.
Does it open in PowerPoint, Keynote and Google Slides?
It is a standard .pptx: a presentation, one master, one blank layout, a theme, and a slide with a picture for each page. It was checked by opening it in LibreOffice Impress.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is drawn by pdf.js, loaded from this site, and the deck is written in your browser tab.
PSDOpen a Photoshop file and save its layers as PNG4
Is the picture exactly what Photoshop shows?
Yes, when the PSD was saved with Maximise compatibility on, which is Photoshop's default: that stores a flattened copy in the file and this page shows it. When you untick layers, the page flattens them itself with normal blending and opacity only, so blend modes, layer effects, masks and adjustment layers are not drawn in that view. The caption under the picture always says which one you are looking at.
Can I get a logo out of a PSD?
Yes. Find its layer in the list and press Save as PNG. The layer comes out at its own size with a see-through background, as it was drawn in Photoshop, without its layer effects.
Which PSDs will not open?
CMYK, Lab, indexed and 16- or 32-bit documents, and the large-document PSB format. The page says which one a file is. In Photoshop, Image, Mode converts the document to 8-bit RGB, which opens here.
Can I edit the PSD here?
No. This page reads the file and saves pictures from it. Layered editing is what the Photo Editor is for, and it is part of OBSCURA Pro.
QRSCANScan a QR code with the camera and see where it goes before opening it4
How do I scan a QR code on my laptop?
Press Use the camera and hold the code up to the webcam, or drop a screenshot or photo of it onto the page, or paste one. The contents appear as soon as the code is read; nothing is opened.
Is it safe to scan a QR code?
Scanning only reads it. The risk is opening what it points to, and a sticker over the real code on a parking meter or a menu is the common trick. The page shows the address, flags plain http, an @ that hides the real host, a raw IP address, a link shortener, lookalike characters and sign-in pages, and opens nothing unless you press the button.
Does it send the camera picture anywhere?
No. Frames are read from the video in the tab and nothing is recorded, kept or sent. The camera turns off when you press Turn the camera off or leave the tab.
Can it read barcodes as well?
Where the browser has its own reader (Chrome and Edge on Android, macOS and ChromeOS), yes: EAN, UPC, Code 128 and the rest. Elsewhere it uses jsQR, which reads QR codes only.
QTAXWork out your 2026 quarterly estimated tax, and catch up a missed one4
How much should I pay in quarterly estimated taxes?
Enough that withholding and your four payments together reach the smaller of 90% of this year's tax and 100% of last year's (110% if last year's adjusted gross income was over US$150,000). Divide what is left after withholding by four. On $100,000 of profit, single, with no other income, the year's federal tax is about $22,365, so $5,591 a quarter clears it and about $5,032 a quarter avoids the penalty.
When are 2026 quarterly estimated taxes due?
April 15, June 15 and September 15, 2026, and January 15, 2027. A payment due on a weekend or a federal holiday is on time on the next business day.
What happens if I miss a quarterly estimated tax payment?
The IRS charges a penalty figured like interest, at its underpayment rate, on the missed amount from the due date until it is paid. It is worked out instalment by instalment, so paying the shortfall straight away stops it growing. Missing one does not change what the later instalments should be.
Do I have to pay estimated tax if I also have a job?
Only if withholding from the job falls short. You must pay estimated tax when you expect to owe $1,000 or more after withholding and credits, and withholding is less than the smaller of 90% of this year's tax and 100% of last year's. Raising the withholding at the job is another way to cover the side income.
RASTERDraw an SVG as a PNG, JPEG or PDF at any size4
Why is part of my SVG missing in the PNG?
Almost always because the SVG links to something outside itself: a font on another site, or a picture it points at rather than holds. A browser draws an SVG as a picture without fetching anything, so those parts are left out. The page counts such links when the file opens. Convert text to outlines, or embed the picture, in the program that made the SVG.
What width should I choose?
The 2× button gives twice the size the SVG says it is, which is sharp on a phone or a high-resolution screen. For print, work out inches × 300: an icon printed 2 inches wide wants 600 pixels.
Is the PDF a vector PDF?
No. The PDF holds the drawing as a picture at the width you chose, on a page the size the SVG says it is. At 4× or 8× that prints cleanly, but it cannot be edited as shapes. For a vector PDF, print the SVG from a browser or a drawing program.
Can an SVG run code when it is converted here?
No. The SVG is drawn as an image, and a browser never runs scripts or follows links inside an SVG drawn that way. The page tells you if the file contains script, since that is worth knowing before you put the SVG anywhere else.
RAWTurn CR2, NEF, ARW and DNG raw files into JPEGs4
Should I develop the raw data or take the camera's JPEG?
The camera's JPEG is instant and looks exactly as the photo did on the camera's screen, but on many cameras it is smaller than the full picture. Developing uses the whole sensor at full size with neutral, accurate colour; it takes a few seconds a file and will not match a camera's own picture style.
Which cameras does it read?
Everything LibRaw reads, which is over a thousand models: Canon CR2 and CR3, Nikon NEF, Sony ARW, Fujifilm RAF, Olympus ORF, Panasonic RW2, Pentax PEF, Leica, Hasselblad, Phase One and DNG from any camera or phone. A very new model can take a few months to be added to LibRaw.
Why does my photo look flatter than in Lightroom?
Lightroom and the camera add contrast, colour and sharpening to their own taste. A straight conversion gives you the neutral picture the sensor recorded, which is the best starting point for editing. To develop a raw file by eye, with exposure, curves and the rest, use the Photo Editor, which is part of OBSCURA Pro.
How long does it take?
A few seconds for a 24 megapixel file on a laptop, longer on a phone. Tick Work at half size for a quick look at a whole card; it is about four times faster.
READERRead a PDF or an EPUB and keep your highlights7
Does the book get uploaded?
No. The file is opened by this tab with the browser's own file reader; a PDF is drawn by pdf.js and an EPUB is unzipped by fflate, both pinned on this site. There is no server side to this page and a Content Security Policy forbids it talking to any other origin. It works with the network off.
Where are my highlights kept?
In this browser, under one key in localStorage, alongside the shelf. They never leave the device. Export them as markdown to get them out, and use BACKUP to carry the whole of this site's data to another machine.
Why does it ask for the file again?
Because it never had a copy. The shelf is a record of books, not a store of them: it knows the name, the size, the cover and where you stopped, and the file stays wherever you keep it. That is also why the shelf survives being moved to a machine that has the books in a different folder.
What happens to a book's own fonts?
They are dropped, along with the @font-face rule that asked for them. An embedded font is a fetch, and in an EPUB it is frequently a fetch from a server that then knows a book was opened. The book's other typography, its headings, its italics and its indents, is kept.
Can I read a book with pictures in it?
Yes. Images inside the zip are shown, resolved from the zip itself. An image the book points at on another server is not fetched and is not shown, because fetching it would announce that the book had been opened.
What does the markdown export look like?
A heading for the book, then one section per chapter or page, each highlight as a block quote with its colour and its position under it and your note beneath that. It is written to be pasted straight into NOTES or into anything else that reads markdown.
Does it work on a phone?
Yes. Select text with a long press to get the four colours, and the arrow keys, space, Page Up and Page Down turn pages on a keyboard. Without a mouse at all, control or command with A inside the reader selects the chapter or the page you are on, and Tab from there reaches the four colours.
REFITChange a PDF's page size, or put two or four pages on a sheet5
Does resizing make the text blurry?
No. Each page is placed on the new paper as a drawing, scaled, the way a printer's fit-to-page setting does it. The text stays text and is as sharp at any zoom as it was before, and it can still be selected and searched.
What order do the pages go in when there are several to a sheet?
Left to right, then top to bottom, the order you read in. The sheet is turned whichever way lets the pages be largest unless you choose portrait or landscape yourself: two portrait pages go side by side on a landscape sheet.
What is lost?
Links, comments and form fields. They sit beside a page's content rather than in it, so a page placed as a drawing leaves them behind, and the result says how many there were. Flatten a filled-in form with FLATTEN first to keep what was typed into it.
Is this the same as making a booklet?
No. A booklet needs the pages in a folding order, eight and one on the first sheet; BOOKLET does that. This keeps the pages in reading order.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is read and rewritten by pdf-lib, loaded from this site, in your browser tab.
REFLOWRebuild an editable document out of a PDF8
How do I convert a PDF to Word without uploading it?
Drop the PDF on this page. The file is read in the tab by the same PDF engine a browser uses to display one, the paragraphs and headings are rebuilt from the positions and sizes of the text, and the Word file is written here too. Nothing is sent anywhere, and you can turn the network off after the page loads and watch it still work.
Why does a PDF need converting at all? It has the text in it.
It has the glyphs, each one placed at a coordinate. It does not record where a paragraph starts or ends, which lines are a heading, or which text is a list. Those are things your eye puts back when you read it. Every converter, this one included, is reconstructing them from the geometry: lines from the baselines, paragraphs from the gaps and the ragged right edge, headings from how much of the document is set at each size.
Will it keep my tables?
Where the columns genuinely line up, yes: three or more rows whose text lands on the same two or three positions come back as a table you can edit. A table drawn with ruled lines, merged cells or wrapped text inside a cell will come back as paragraphs. This is the honest state of the art rather than a limitation of doing it in a browser.
What happens to a scanned PDF?
Nothing useful, and the page says so rather than handing you an empty document. A scan is a picture of a page with no text in it at all. Read it with OPTIC first, which recognises the words and can save the scan back as a PDF with the text behind the picture; bring that here.
Does it keep the fonts and the layout?
No, deliberately. What comes back is the document (the words, their structure, their emphasis and their pictures) rather than a facsimile of the page. Converters that try to reproduce the layout exactly do it with text boxes pinned to coordinates, which looks right until you edit one word and the whole page moves.
What are running heads, and why were mine removed?
The title and the page number repeated at the top or bottom of every page. They are furniture: in a document they would land as a stray line between every section. Lines that appear at the same height on most of the pages are dropped, and the count is in the report so you can see it happened.
Can it read a two-column page in the right order?
Yes. A page whose lines leave a clean vertical gap down the middle is split at that gutter and read down the left column and then the right, rather than straight across, which is what turns an academic paper into nonsense. The report says how many pages were treated that way.
It will not open my PDF.
If the file is locked with a password, take the password off with PADLOCK first; nothing can read an encrypted PDF without it, this page included. If it is damaged, X-RAY will say what is actually in the file.
REGEXWrite a regular expression and see what it does16
Why does my pattern only find the first match?
Because it has no
gflag. Withoutg, JavaScript's matching stops at the first result. Tick g in the flags row and the whole subject is scanned. Withgthe sameRegExpobject also carries alastIndexbetween calls, which is the source of most surprising bugs when a pattern is reused in code.Why does the dot not match my newline?
Because it never does by default. In JavaScript
.means any character except a line terminator. Tick s (dotAll) and it matches newlines too. If you want the opposite, use an explicit class such as[^\n]so the intent is on the page rather than in a flag.What is the difference between greedy and lazy?
a.*btakes as much as it can and then gives characters back until the pattern fits, so ona1b2bit matches through to the lastb.a.*?btakes as little as it can and stops at the firstb. Neither is right; they answer different questions. Switch the quantifier in the box above and watch the highlight move.Is my pattern safe to run on untrusted input?
This page can tell you when a pattern backtracks badly on the subject you gave it, and it names the construct most likely to be responsible. It cannot prove a pattern is safe on every input, because that is undecidable in general. If a pattern runs against text a stranger supplies, prefer one with no nested quantifier over an overlapping class, and put a length limit on the input.
Does it support named groups and lookbehind?
Yes, because your browser does.
(?<year>\d{4})appears in the match list by name as well as by number, and(?<=\$)\d+works in every current browser. Lookbehind arrived late in Safari, so a very old iOS will throw on it; the error is shown rather than swallowed.Can I use this on a whole file?
Paste it in. The subject box will hold a few megabytes without complaint, and the match list is capped so a pattern matching a hundred thousand times does not build a hundred thousand rows of markup. The cap is stated when it is reached.
Why does \b not find a word boundary in café?
Because
\wis exactly[A-Za-z0-9_], and\bis defined in terms of it. So a word boundary sits betweencafandé: oncaféthe pattern\bcafé\bfails and\bcaf\bsucceeds. Theuflag does not change this.For text that is not ASCII, match on properties instead.
\p{L}withumatches a letter, and(?<!\p{L})and(?!\p{L})do the job of the boundaries.Is a lazy quantifier faster than a greedy one?
Not in general. It just fails in the other direction.
<.*>runs to the end of the string and hands characters back until a>can be found;<.*?>takes as little as it can and tries again each time it is wrong.The fastest of the three is usually neither.
<[^>]*>can never overshoot, so it never has to come back.Why does my validation pattern accept a second line?
Because the
mflag is on. Withoutm,^and$anchor to the start and end of the whole subject. Withm(multiline) they anchor at every line break as well, so a second line of anything gets through.JavaScript is stricter than Perl here. Without
m,$matches only at the very end and not before a trailing newline, so/^admin$/rejects"admin\n". Turnmon and it accepts it.Why does .test() return true and then false on the same string?
A
RegExpwithgorykeeps alastIndexbetween calls. The second call starts where the first one stopped, finds nothing, and returns false. That is not a bug, it is the cursor moving.Build the expression fresh, reset
lastIndex, or useString.matchAll, which does it for you.What is the difference between the y flag and the g flag?
Sticky matching (
y) only succeeds if the match starts exactly atlastIndex. It never scans forward. That makes it the right tool for a tokeniser walking a string, and the wrong tool for finding something somewhere in it.gscans forward fromlastIndexto find the next match.What does the u flag change?
Without
u, a pattern works on UTF-16 code units, so an emoji is two characters and.matches half of one. Withuit works on code points,\p{...}properties become available, and unknown escapes such as\qbecome errors instead of meaning a literalq.Turning
uon can therefore break a pattern that was silently wrong before.Why does the i flag not match some accented or non-Latin letters?
Case-insensitive is not the same as case-folded.
ialone will not match the Kelvin sign againstk, and will not fold the Turkish dotlessıthe way a Turkish reader expects. Withuthe folding follows Unicode simple case folding, which is closer but still not the locale-aware answer. Normalise the text before matching when this matters.Can a regular expression match nested brackets or HTML?
No. Nested brackets, HTML, and anything that has to count depth cannot be matched by a regular expression, however clever. JavaScript has no recursion and no atomic groups to soften this.
Where a pattern almost works on nested structure, it will be the malformed input that breaks it, which is exactly the input you were trying to catch.
Why is a library pattern loaded with the m flag?
The patterns in the library are the practical versions, not complete ones, and each says what it misses. A pattern anchored with
^and$is loaded with themflag so every line of the sample is tested on its own. When you use it against a single value, drop themand theg.What can I write in the replacement box?
The same things JavaScript's
replaceunderstands.$1is a numbered group,$<name>a named group,$&the whole match,$`the text before it,$'the text after it, and$$a literal dollar sign.
RETAGChange a photo's date, location and credits4
My camera's clock was wrong. How do I fix the date?
Open the photo, set the date and time it was really taken, and keep Set the digitised and modified dates to match ticked, so every program that sorts by date agrees. If you know the time zone, add it as, say, +01:00; photo libraries use it to place the picture on a timeline correctly.
Does editing the EXIF re-save my photo?
No. A JPEG keeps its EXIF in a block before the picture data. Only that block is written anew; the picture data is copied across byte for byte, so there is no loss of quality.
Why would a field be left out?
The EXIF library used here, piexifjs, knows the tags of the EXIF 2.3 standard, and the three time-zone tags added later are taught to it on this page. A rarer tag it does not know is left out when the block is rewritten. The page names any such tag before you save, so nothing disappears unannounced.
How do I remove everything instead?
Use CLOAK, which takes every kind of metadata out of a photo in one go, not only EXIF. This page is for changing what a photo says, and it removes only the location if you ask it to.
RISKAssess a risk and record what was known at the time4
Why enter the score twice?
Because that is the only way a control can be shown to do anything. An assessment with one score and a column of control sentences scores beautifully and protects nobody. If the residual is the same as the initial, either the control does nothing or nobody reassessed, and both are worth seeing.
What is the acceptance threshold?
The score above which somebody has to put their name to carrying the risk anyway. Acceptance is a thing a person does, and a high residual with nobody's name against it has not been accepted, it has just been written down. The default is twelve; set it to whatever your organisation uses.
Are the bands official?
No, and no bands anywhere are. High, medium and low on a five by five are a convention for talking about the number. The page says so on the sheet it produces, because a printed band tends to acquire an authority the arithmetic never had.
Why keep the earlier assessments?
Because a dynamic risk assessment is a sequence and an inquiry asks what you thought at each point, not what you think now. Overwriting is how an organisation loses the only record of a decision being reasonable when it was made.
ROSTERBuild a rota and see the rules it breaks4
Why rolling seven days rather than weeks?
Because a calendar week hides the worst seven days in almost every rota ever written. Finish a run on Saturday, start the next on Sunday, and each calendar week looks fine while the fourteen days in the middle are brutal. Every seven-day window is checked, not just the ones that start on a Monday.
Are the default thresholds the law?
No, and nothing on this page is legal advice. Eleven hours of rest, six consecutive days and a forty-eight hour average are common starting points in some places and wrong in others. Every one of them is a box, because what applies to your people comes from your agreement and your jurisdiction.
What does a code with no times mean?
It is a marker rather than work: rest, annual leave, a course. It occupies the day, it counts nothing towards hours, and it breaks a run of consecutive days. That distinction is the reason the legend has a times column that can be left empty.
Why show the spread of nights and weekends?
Because nothing else does, and it is what people actually complain about. A rota can satisfy every rule and still give one person six nights and another one, and that version is the one that ends up in a grievance.
ROUTEConvert GPS tracks between GPX, KML, GeoJSON, TCX and FIT4
How do I convert GPX to KML?
Drop the GPX here, choose KML, and save. Tracks with a time at every point are written as gx:Track, so Google Earth can play them back; waypoints become placemarks. The reverse, KML or KMZ to GPX, works the same way.
Can it read a FIT file from my Garmin?
Yes, the position, height and time of every record in an activity's FIT file, with the file's CRC checked. Heart rate, power and cadence are not carried across into GPX, KML or GeoJSON.
Why is there no map?
A map is made of pictures fetched from a map server for every place the track goes, which tells that server where you ran, rode or live. The page draws the shape of the track on its own instead, so the file never leaves the tab.
Why is the climb different from my watch?
The page adds up every rise between one point and the next, as recorded. Watches and apps smooth the height first to take out barometer noise, which gives a lower figure. The distance is measured along the great circle between each pair of points.
SAMPLEDraw a random sample you can defend5
Why a seed?
Because it makes the draw reproducible, and reproducible is what defensible means here. Anybody given the seed and the population can produce the identical sample and check it. A spreadsheet's random function cannot be seeded, so nobody, including you, can ever demonstrate that the sample was drawn the way you say it was.
Should the seed be secret?
No, the opposite. Publish it. Its value is that somebody else can repeat the draw. What matters is that it was fixed before the draw, which is why the record includes it and why the page suggests writing it into the file note first.
Is the generator cryptographically secure?
No, and it does not need to be. The requirement is reproducibility, not unpredictability. It is mulberry32, a small published generator, and it is named in the record so anybody can implement it and check the result.
When would I use systematic sampling?
When the population is a list and you want even coverage across it: an inspection regime, every nth file in date order. Its one failure mode is a list with a repeating pattern of the same period as the step, which would systematically hit the same kind of item. Check that the order of the list is not meaningful before using it.
What does stratified do?
It takes a share from each value of a column in proportion to that group's size, with at least one from each. It exists so that a sample of a hundred from a population where one category holds two per cent does not come back containing none of them, which simple random sampling will do regularly.
SAVOpen an SPSS .sav file without SPSS5
How do I open a .sav file without SPSS?
Drop it on this page. It is read in the browser, and you see the cases in a grid as SPSS's Data View shows them and the variables as its Variable View does: names, labels, types, value labels, missing values and measurement level. PSPP, which is free, and R or Python with the right packages will also open one.
Can I convert a .sav file to Excel or CSV?
Yes, with OBSCURA Pro: the Save buttons write a CSV, or an Excel workbook with the data on one sheet and the variable view on another. Dates come out as dates. Tick 'Show value labels' first to save the labels ('Agree') instead of the codes (4). Looking at the file is free.
What is a .zsav file?
A .sav file whose data are compressed with zlib, which SPSS has written since version 21 when asked for a compressed file. It is often a third of the size. This page reads it the same as a .sav.
Why are some values underlined?
They are missing values as the file defines them: codes such as 9 for 'No answer' or -1 for 'Refused' that SPSS leaves out of analyses. The data keep the code, and the page marks it. A blank cell is system-missing, where nothing was recorded at all.
Why will my .sav file not open?
Three reasons are common. It is password-protected (SPSS 25 and later can encrypt a .sav); save it again without a password. It is a portable file (.por) renamed, which is a different format. Or it was cut short when it was copied, in which case the page shows the cases it could read and says how many it expected.
SCREENPLAYRead a Final Draft or Fountain script formatted, with scenes, cast and page count5
How do I open a .fdx file without Final Draft?
Drop it on this page. A .fdx file is XML, and this reads it in the browser and lays the script out in screenplay format, with the scene list and the characters. Nothing is installed and the script is not uploaded.
Is one page of a screenplay really one minute?
As an average across a whole script, roughly, and it is what producers and competitions quote. Any one page can run well over or under a minute: action takes longer than it reads and fast dialogue less. It is a way of comparing scripts rather than a prediction of the cut.
What is a Fountain file?
A screenplay written as plain text with a few conventions: scene headings start INT. or EXT., a character's name is in capitals above their dialogue, and transitions end in TO:. Highland, Slugline, Fade In, WriterDuet and Beat read and write it, and any text editor can open it.
What is a scene's length in eighths?
Schedules measure a scene in eighths of a page, so a scene that fills one and a half pages is 1 4/8. This works it out from the lines each scene takes on the printed page, rounded to the nearest eighth, with at least one eighth for any scene.
Why does my page count differ a little from Final Draft's?
Final Draft's own settings (the space before a scene heading, the lines on a page, how it breaks dialogue) can differ from script to script, and this uses the standard ones. Expect the count to be within a page or two.
SEATINGA seating plan with who must not sit together4
How does the automatic arrangement work?
It seats the most constrained people first (the ones with the most rules attached) while there is still room to honour them, which is the heuristic that works for this kind of problem. It does not always succeed, and when it cannot satisfy everything it says which rules it broke rather than quietly dropping one.
Can I move people afterwards?
Yes, and the breaches update as you do. That is really the point: the value is not the arrangement, it is that moving a name to fix one thing immediately shows you what it broke somewhere else.
What if a rule names somebody who is not on the list?
It says so. A misspelled name in a rule is the commonest way a constraint silently stops applying, and it is invisible unless something checks.
Does the guest list go anywhere?
No. A list of names with who-must-not-sit-with-whom attached is not a document for a free web service. There is no network call on this page.
SEPCALCWork out the most you can put in a SEP IRA or solo 401(k) for 20263
How much can I contribute to a SEP IRA if I am self-employed?
Up to 20 per cent of your net profit after the deduction for half of your self-employment tax, and no more than $72,000 for 2026. The plan's 25 per cent rate is reduced to 20 per cent for your own contribution because the contribution is itself deductible. On a net profit of $100,000 that comes to $18,587.04.
Is a solo 401(k) or a SEP IRA bigger?
At most incomes a solo 401(k) allows more, because on top of the same 20 per cent employer contribution you can defer up to $24,500 as the employee in 2026, plus a catch-up from age 50. Both stop at $72,000 before catch-up contributions, so at high profits they meet.
What are the 2026 SEP IRA limits?
The most that can be contributed for one person is $72,000, and contributions are worked out on at most $360,000 of pay. Both figures are from IRS Notice 2025-67 and appear in Publication 560.
SETTLEWho owes whom, in as few payments as possible5
Why does it matter who gets the odd penny?
Because it has to go to somebody or the total is wrong, and most tools drop it silently. Over one dinner that is a penny. Over a year of a shared house, with a division every week, it is pounds, and if the rule is arbitrary rather than stated, it is always the same person paying them without anybody noticing.
How does it get the number of transfers down?
By settling from net positions rather than individual debts. It does not matter who owed whom, only that everybody ends up square, so the tangle collapses to a list of people who are up and a list who are down. Pairing the largest of each repeatedly finishes in at most one fewer transfer than there are people.
Is that the fewest possible transfers?
Usually, and it does not claim to be always. Finding the guaranteed minimum means looking for subsets that cancel exactly, which is a partitioning problem with no fast general solution. The greedy answer is never worse than one fewer than the number of people, which is the bound that matters in practice.
Can one person pay for something they are not part of?
Yes. Set the split to some of the group and leave them out. They will show as being owed the whole amount, which is correct.
Does it work in other currencies?
It works in whatever unit you type, held as hundredths. The rounding rule is the same in any currency with two decimal places.
SHEETFEDTurn an Excel workbook into a PDF5
Will the numbers look the way they do in Excel?
Yes, for the formats people use: thousands separators, decimal places, currency signs, percentages, dates and times, negatives in brackets or in red, and custom formats built from those. Each cell is shown from its own format code, the way Excel reads it. A formula shows the value Excel last worked out for it, which is stored in the file.
What about a sheet that is too wide for the page?
It is scaled down to the width of the page, the way Excel's fit-to-width setting does it, and the result says by how much. Untick the box to print at full size, in which case columns past the page edge are cut off. For a very wide sheet, landscape or A3 paper keeps the text readable.
What does not come across?
Charts, pictures and shapes, conditional formatting, and Excel's own fonts: it is set in DejaVu Sans, which is wider, so a column is widened rather than let a number be cut off or turned into hash signs. Hidden rows, columns and sheets stay hidden unless you tick a hidden sheet.
Can it open an old .xls file?
No. The older .xls format is a different, binary format. Open it in Excel, LibreOffice or Sheets here, save it as .xlsx, and open that.
Is the workbook uploaded?
No. It is unzipped and read in your browser, laid out by the browser, and written into a PDF by pdf-lib, all loaded from this site.
SKETCHTurn a photo into a pencil sketch or cartoon3
Is this AI?
No. The four styles are long-standing darkroom and image-editor recipes worked out with arithmetic on the pixels: a pencil sketch is the photo divided by a blurred negative of itself, ink lines are the places where brightness changes sharply, and a cartoon is smoothed colour cut into a few steps with those lines on top. The same photo and settings always give the same result.
Which photos work best?
A clear subject against a plain or blurred background, in good light. A busy background gives busy lines, because the page finds every edge and cannot tell which ones matter. Raising the stroke softness, or lowering the detail, quietens it.
Is the saved picture full size?
Yes, up to 3,000 pixels on its longest side. The preview is drawn smaller so it can update as you move the sliders; the saved one is drawn again at full size with the same settings.
SLAWhen a response is actually due, in open hours5
Why is this not just adding hours?
Because a target in working hours is spent against the minutes a desk is open, and those minutes are not evenly spread. Four working hours from 16:45 on a Friday spends fifteen minutes before closing and the rest on Monday morning. Adding four hours reports a breach that never happened; adding a working day hides one that did. Both errors are silent, and both tend to land in favour of whoever built the spreadsheet.
What does the stopped clock do?
It extends the deadline by that many minutes of open time. A ticket waiting three hours for a customer to reply, on a desk that closes in one, does not lose three hours of its target overnight: it gets an hour back today and two tomorrow. Adding the pause to the wall clock instead is the second most common way these figures come out wrong.
How do I know it is right?
Because the two things it does are inverses of each other. Ask it for the instant four working hours from now, then ask it how much working time lies between now and that instant, and it must answer four hours, from any starting point, including the middle of a night, a weekend or a holiday. That round trip is what the site's test suite checks, not the wording on the page.
What about the day the clocks change?
Working hours are wall-clock hours. A desk open 09:00 to 17:00 is open 09:00 to 17:00 on the morning the clocks go forward, which is seven real hours and eight hours of service. Both the deadline and the measurement use wall-clock minutes, so they agree with each other and with the rota.
Does a ticket reference go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page, and what you type stays in this browser.
SLIMMake a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file smaller, and save its pictures4
How do I reduce the size of a PowerPoint file?
Almost all of a large .pptx is pictures stored at their full camera resolution. Drop it here, choose the longest side a picture needs (1600 pixels is plenty for a screen), and save the smaller copy. Only the pictures change.
Will it change how the document looks?
The pictures are shown at the same size on the page; they have fewer pixels and are compressed harder, which you may see if you zoom right in or print large. Choose 2400 pixels and a higher quality for print. Text, tables, charts and layout are copied across byte for byte.
Why does a PNG become a JPEG?
Photographs are often pasted in as PNG, which stores every pixel losslessly and can be ten times the size of a good JPEG. A PNG with no transparency is turned into a JPEG, and every reference to it in the file is updated so Office finds it. A PNG with transparent parts, such as a logo, stays a PNG.
How do I get the pictures out of a Word document?
Open it here and every picture in it is listed with a Save button, as the original file that was put in, or all of them at once as a zip. Nothing is changed or recompressed for that.
SOPWrite a procedure somebody can actually follow4
Why a role rather than a name?
Because a procedure with names in it is out of date the day somebody leaves, and everybody knows it, which is how a procedure stops being read. A role survives the person.
What is wrong with "as appropriate"?
Nothing, in conversation. In a procedure it is the place where the writer stopped deciding and handed the decision to whoever is reading it at three in the morning. Either put a number in, or say plainly that it is a judgement and name who makes it.
Why flag a decision with one branch?
Because the unexpected branch is the one the procedure existed for. "If the vehicle is insured, release it" tells nobody what to do when it is not, and the reader goes and asks somebody, which is precisely what the document was written to prevent.
Does it rewrite my steps?
No. It marks four mechanical things and leaves the words alone. A procedure has to be in the words of whoever owns it or nobody will defend it.
SPEECHHow long a talk really is, section by section4
What pace should I use?
A hundred and thirty words a minute for a considered delivery, a hundred and sixty for a brisk one. Read a paragraph aloud at the speed you actually intend and check it against the number; most people find they are slower than they think, especially in a room.
Why sections rather than one figure?
Because a talk is never uniformly too long. It has an introduction that has grown to six minutes, and cutting everything by ten per cent leaves the introduction at five and a half. Sections next to their lengths make the swollen one obvious.
Why the be-here-by times?
Because a total tells you nothing while you are standing up. Knowing that you should be starting the third section at seven minutes is actionable; knowing the whole thing is eighteen minutes is not.
Should I fill the whole slot?
No. Leave a couple of minutes: a question, a slide that does not appear, and one person arriving late will use them. A talk that exactly fills its slot always overruns.
SPLITCut a CSV about without a spreadsheet4
Why not just use a spreadsheet?
Because a spreadsheet converts things. It will read an identifier like 03-04 as a date, drop the leading zero from a postcode or a part number, and turn a sixteen-digit reference into scientific notation, and it will not tell you it did any of it. This treats every cell as text from start to finish.
Is the parser a real one?
Yes. Quoted fields containing commas, quoted fields containing newlines, and doubled quotes inside a quoted field are all handled. A naive split on commas silently ruins any file with an address or a quoted name in it, and the damage is invisible until somebody reads row 400.
What does splitting into files do?
It writes one CSV per distinct value of a column (one per team, per region, per month), each with the header row. It is the job that takes a macro in a spreadsheet, and downloads are staggered because a browser asked for twenty at once quietly drops most of them.
Why keep a log of operations?
Because a transformed file with no account of the transformation cannot be checked by anybody, including you next week. Each operation says what it did and how many rows it affected.
SSHKEYMake an SSH key pair, Ed25519, ECDSA or RSA, in OpenSSH's own format5
Is it safe to make an SSH key in a browser?
The key is made by the browser's own cryptography, WebCrypto, using the operating system's random number generator, the same source ssh-keygen uses. Nothing is sent anywhere and nothing is kept once the tab closes. The page is a static file you can read. For a key that guards something important, a hardware key is better than any software key, from here or from ssh-keygen.
Which type should I choose?
Ed25519, unless a system tells you otherwise. It is short, fast and has no weak parameters to get wrong. Some older servers and network equipment accept only RSA; use 3072 or 4096 bits there. ECDSA is offered for systems that ask for it.
Why set a passphrase?
Without one, the private key file is the key: anyone who copies it can log in as you. With one, the file is encrypted the way ssh-keygen encrypts it (bcrypt_pbkdf and AES-256 in counter mode) and is useless without the passphrase. ssh-agent or the macOS keychain can remember it so you type it once.
How do I use the key?
Save both files into ~/.ssh, make the private one readable only by you (chmod 600), and put the one line of the public key into ~/.ssh/authorized_keys on the server, or paste it into GitHub or GitLab under SSH keys. ssh-keygen -lf on the .pub file prints the same fingerprint the page shows.
Does it work with PuTTY?
PuTTY uses its own .ppk format. Open the private key in PuTTYgen (Conversions, Import key) and save it as a .ppk. Windows' built-in OpenSSH reads the file as it is.
SUBSEdit, retime and convert subtitles10
Is the subtitle file uploaded?
No. It is read by this tab with the browser's file reader, parsed here, and written back here. The page works with the network off, which is the simplest way to check that claim.
My subtitles are exactly two seconds late. What do I do?
Put -2 in the shift box, leave the scope on all of them, and press Shift. If they are late from a certain point only, select the cue where the drift starts and change the scope to that cue and everything after it.
The subtitles drift further out as the film goes on.
That is a frame rate mismatch rather than an offset. Pick the pair in the frame rate change list, which fills in the exact ratio, and press Stretch or compress. 23.976 to 25 is the common one.
Can it open a .sub or .idx file?
No. Those are bitmap subtitles: pictures of text, with no text in them. Turning them back into text needs optical character recognition, which is a different job from this one and not one this page does.
Why can the video not play in Chrome?
Chromium-based browsers ship without the H.264 and AAC decoders in many builds, so an ordinary MP4 gives an error. The file is fine. Try Firefox, or make a WebM copy to check the timing against.
Does it keep my cue numbering?
Yes, as long as you have not inserted, split, merged or deleted a cue. After a structural change the numbering has to be rebuilt, so it is renumbered from one.
How far back does undo go?
Eighty steps. Typing inside one cue counts as one step, not one step per character, so eighty is a long way back.
What kinds of subtitle problems can SUBS fix?
Subtitles go wrong in a small number of ways: everything is half a second late, the file was cut for 23.976 and the picture runs at 25, two cues sit on top of each other, or a line is too long to read. SUBS shifts or stretches the timing, lets you edit every cue in place, counts what is wrong against limits you set, and writes the file back.
Which subtitle formats does SUBS open?
SubRip (.srt), WebVTT (.vtt), and the dialogue lines of SubStation Alpha (.ass, .ssa). It saves as SubRip or WebVTT, or as a plain transcript with or without timestamps.
Is the video I open beside the subtitles uploaded?
No. The media file is handed to the player as a local object URL. It is not read, copied or uploaded. Timing is a thing you hear, not a thing you calculate, so play the video beside the cues and check them by eye and ear.
T-TESTRun a t-test from data or from means and SDs5
Should I use Student's t-test or Welch's?
Welch's, unless you have a reason not to. Student's test assumes the two groups have the same variance; Welch's does not, and when the variances are in fact equal it gives almost the same answer. When they are not, and especially when the smaller group has the larger spread, Student's p-value can be badly wrong. Both are shown here side by side, with Levene's test, so the choice is visible.
What is the difference between a one-tailed and a two-tailed p-value?
A two-tailed p asks how surprising a difference this large would be in either direction; a one-tailed p asks only about the direction you predicted, and is half the size when the result goes that way. A one-tailed test is honest only when the direction was fixed before the data were seen, which reviewers often doubt. The page gives both and labels which is which.
Can I run a t-test from a paper's means and standard deviations?
Yes. Choose 'The n, mean and SD' and type them in. That is enough for Student's and Welch's tests, the confidence interval and Cohen's d. Levene's test needs the raw scores, so it is left out. For a paired test from a paper you need the mean and SD of the differences, which are not the same as the two means and SDs.
What does Cohen's d mean here?
The difference in means divided by a standard deviation, so it says how big the difference is in units of spread rather than in the units of the scale. For two groups it is the pooled SD; for paired data it is the SD of the differences (often written d_z); for one sample, the sample's SD. Cohen's labels of 0.2 small, 0.5 medium and 0.8 large were offered as a last resort, not a rule.
Are the numbers right?
Each figure is checked against SciPy, the standard scientific library for Python, on a set of data sets including skewed ones, tiny ones and one whose p-value is about one in a quadrillion: t, degrees of freedom, both kinds of p, the confidence interval, Cohen's d and Levene's test agree to at least nine significant figures.
THRESHOLDCheck whether my turnover has gone over the VAT threshold5
What is the VAT registration threshold?
£90,000 of VAT taxable turnover in any twelve months, from 1 April 2024. Before that it was £85,000, from 1 April 2017. The figure is set by the government and can change, so check GOV.UK for the one in force. The page tests each month against the threshold that applied on its last day.
Is the threshold measured over the tax year?
No. It is any rolling twelve months, looked at again at the end of every month. A business can stay under it in every tax year and still go over it in the twelve months to, say, the end of November. That is why the page gives every month its own twelve-month total.
When do I have to register once I go over?
Within 30 days of the end of the month in which the twelve-month total went over the threshold. Registration then takes effect, and VAT has to be charged, from the first day of the second month after that month. Going over at the end of March means registering by 30 April, with VAT from 1 May.
What counts as taxable turnover?
Everything you sell that is not exempt from VAT or outside its scope. Zero-rated sales count, even though they carry no VAT; exempt sales, such as most residential rent, do not. Type the taxable figure for each month, not the money that came into the bank.
What if a single month is very large?
There is a second test: if you expect the turnover of the next 30 days on their own to go over the threshold, you must register by the end of those 30 days. The page cannot know what you expect, so it says this rather than testing it. If you went over only for a moment, HMRC can agree not to register you when turnover for the next twelve months will be no more than £88,000.
TIFFOpen a TIFF, and save its pages as JPEG, PNG or PDF4
Why will my TIFF not open in the browser or on my phone?
Only Safari shows TIFF files, and even it shows just the first page of a multi-page one. Other browsers do not read the format at all. This page reads it with its own decoder, so every page shows in any browser.
Which kinds of TIFF does it read?
Uncompressed, LZW, PackBits, Deflate, JPEG and the CCITT fax codings, in black and white, grey, colour, palette colour and CMYK. That covers scanners, fax software, archives and image editors. Rare codings, and pages larger than a browser can draw, are named when they cannot be read.
How big are the PDF pages?
The size the TIFF says it prints at: a 300 dpi scan of an A4 page becomes an A4 PDF page. A TIFF with no resolution is taken as 72 dpi, one point for each pixel.
Should I save as PNG or JPEG?
PNG keeps every pixel exactly and is right for text, fax pages and drawings. JPEG is much smaller for photographs and is fine for colour scans, but softens sharp text a little.
TIMESHEETHours, breaks and what they come to4
Why count night hours by the minute?
Because a shift is not a band. A shift from 21:00 to 05:00 is not a night shift by most definitions and contains seven hours of night. Counting by the shift either overstates or understates it every time, and by the minute it is simply right, including when the band wraps midnight.
Can an hour be night and weekend at once?
Not here. The weekend takes it, which is the ordinary convention and is stated on the sheet. Counting it in both bands is the easiest way to overstate a claim by accident, and the easiest to be accused of doing on purpose.
Does it work out my tax?
No. The figure it gives is gross, before anything is taken off, and the page says so. Tax depends on your jurisdiction, your code and the rest of your year, and a web page that guessed at it would be worse than no figure at all.
What is the break flag for?
A long day with no break recorded is almost always a break that was taken and not written down. Finding that now, while you remember, is much easier than finding it at the end of the month when somebody queries it.
TRIMCrop the pages of a PDF, or trim the white margins off5
Does cropping delete what is outside the box?
No, and it is important to know that. Cropping sets the page's crop box, which is the part a viewer shows and a printer prints. Everything outside it is still in the file, and an editor can widen the box and show it again. That is how Acrobat crops too. To remove something from a page for good, redact it with SEAL instead.
Will the text still be selectable?
Yes. The page is not turned into a picture; only its crop box changes. Text, links, form fields and bookmarks are carried through as they were.
How does fitting to what is on the page work?
The page is drawn small in your browser and read for the first and last pixel that is not white, in each direction, and three millimetres are left around that. A page with a faint grey background or a scanned page with a dark edge will not have a white margin to find; set the margins by hand for those.
What if my pages are different sizes?
Margins are measured from each page's own edges, so ten millimetres off the top is ten millimetres off every page whatever its size. To fit each page separately, choose to crop each page to what is on it.
Is the PDF uploaded?
No. It is drawn by pdf.js and rewritten by pdf-lib, both loaded from this site, in your browser tab.
TYPESETTurn a Word document into a PDF5
Will the PDF look exactly like the document does in Word?
Close, not exact, and it is worth knowing why. A browser has no copy of Word's fonts, so the PDF is set in DejaVu Sans, which is wider than Calibri or Times New Roman. Lines break in different places and a long document can run to more pages. The paper, margins, headings, alignment, text sizes and colours, spacing, lists, tables, pictures and page breaks are the document's own. Choose a slightly smaller text size to bring the line breaks closer to Word's.
What does not come across?
Headers and footers (the pages can be numbered instead, and the box is ticked for you when the footer numbered them), text boxes and shapes in their exact places, columns, and footnotes at the foot of their own page: they are gathered at the end instead. Tracked changes appear as if accepted, and comments are left out. For an exact copy, save as PDF from Word itself.
Is the text in the PDF real text?
Yes. Every word is written into the PDF in the font it was laid out in, where it was laid out, so it can be selected, searched and copied, and links still work. It is not a picture of the page.
Can it open an old .doc file?
No. The older .doc format is a different, binary format. Open it in Word or LibreOffice, save it as .docx, and open that here.
Is the document uploaded?
No. It is unzipped and read in your browser by mammoth and by this page, laid out by the browser, and written into a PDF by pdf-lib, all loaded from this site. Nothing about it is sent anywhere.
TYPEWRITERMake a PDF from plain text, Markdown or a web page5
Is the text in the PDF real text?
Yes. Your browser lays the document out, and each word is written into the PDF in the same font at the place the browser put it. It can be selected, copied, searched and read by a screen reader. Nothing is turned into a picture.
Which Markdown does it understand?
The common kind with GitHub's additions, read by marked: headings, emphasis, links, lists, block quotes, code blocks, tables and horizontal rules. Raw HTML inside the Markdown is kept if it is safe and removed if it is not.
What happens to a web page's styles and pictures?
Scripts and style sheets are removed before the page is laid out, so it is set in this tool's own clean style. Pictures stored inside the file are kept; pictures the page links to on the web are left out, because fetching them would tell those sites you opened the page. The result says how many.
Which languages work?
Everything DejaVu Sans covers, which is Latin, Greek and Cyrillic in full and many symbols. Chinese, Japanese and Korean characters are not in it and are left out, and the result names them. Arabic, Hebrew and the Indic scripts are written letter by letter without the joining they need, and the result warns about that too.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The text is laid out and the PDF written in your browser tab, with the fonts and the PDF writer loaded from this site.
UNITSTurn time entries into six-minute units at each fee earner's rate5
What is a six-minute unit?
A tenth of an hour. Time is recorded in whole units, so a unit at £250 an hour is worth £25, and an hour is ten units. Any part of a unit counts as a whole one: a call of seven minutes is two units.
Should each entry be rounded up, or the total?
That is the firm's choice and the client's agreement, not a rule this page applies. Rounding each entry up means every short call or email costs at least a unit; adding the time first and rounding the total once is cheaper for the client when there are many short entries. The page shows both on every matter, with the difference in pounds.
Can I paste times from a spreadsheet?
Yes. One entry a line, with the matter, the fee earner, the time and what was done, separated by tabs or commas. The time can be a start and a finish such as 09:12-09:47, hours and minutes such as 1:05, or 35m, 1h 5m or 0.5h. A plain number is minutes.
How is VAT worked out?
On each matter's net total, at 20% or not at all, rounded down to the penny, which VAT Notice 700 section 17.5 allows on the total of an invoice. The net itself is the units times the rates, added up exactly and then rounded to the nearest penny.
Does it record time or send bills?
No. It turns time already recorded into units and values, and nothing else. It does not run a timer, keep a ledger, issue a bill, or say what may be charged or recovered. Nothing typed into it leaves the browser.
UNPACKOpen RAR, 7z, tar.gz and ISO archives and take out what is inside4
How do I open a RAR file without WinRAR?
Drop it here. The list of files inside appears first; press Save beside any of them, or Save everything as a .zip to get them all in a format every computer opens. RAR 4 and RAR 5 archives both open.
How do I extract a .tar.gz or .7z on Windows or a phone?
The same way: drop it here. tar with gzip, bzip2, xz or lzma over it, 7-Zip and ISO disc images are all read by libarchive running in the tab, with nothing to install.
Is it safe to open an archive here?
Nothing in the archive is run, only read. A file whose name would write outside the folder is refused, and the sizes are added up before anything is taken out, so an archive that expands to more than the tab can hold says so instead of crashing it. The archive is not uploaded anywhere.
What if the archive has a password?
A zip with a password, ZipCrypto or AES, opens once you type it. A 7-Zip or RAR archive with a password cannot be opened here, because libarchive does not decrypt those formats; the page says so, and 7-Zip or Keka will open it. Nothing guesses passwords.
VATAdd or take off UK VAT, with the rounding shown5
How do I take VAT off a price that includes it?
Multiply by the VAT fraction rather than by the rate: the rate over a hundred plus the rate. At 20% that is one sixth, so £120 includes £20 of VAT and £100 net; at 5% it is one twenty-first. Taking 20% off £120 gives £96, which is wrong, because the 20% was charged on the net amount, not the gross one. Choose 'Gross: take the VAT out' and the page uses the fraction.
Should VAT be rounded up, down or to the nearest penny?
VAT Notice 700, section 17.5, lets a business round the total VAT on an invoice down to a whole penny. If it works VAT out line by line instead, each line can be rounded down to the nearest 0.1p, or to the nearest 1p or 0.5p, and the total then rounded down to a whole penny. Whichever method is chosen has to be used consistently. The page works out all three and marks the one chosen. HMRC says the round-down concession is meant for invoicing traders and is not generally right for retailers.
Why does my invoice software give a penny more or less than this?
Because it uses a different one of the allowed methods. VAT worked on each line and rounded to the nearest penny can come out a penny or two higher than VAT worked on the total and rounded down. The table of the three methods shows the difference for your own figures.
What does the flat rate scheme part work out?
What a business on the VAT flat rate scheme pays HMRC for a period: its VAT-inclusive turnover times its flat rate percentage, less one point in the first year of registration. It runs the limited cost test from what was spent on goods: under 2% of turnover, or over 2% but under £1,000 a year (£250 a quarter), means the 16.5% rate applies whatever the trade. The percentage for each trade is not built in; type yours from HMRC's table on GOV.UK.
Can I put lines at different rates on one invoice?
Yes. End a line with its own rate, as '45.00 5%', and that line is worked at 5% while the rest use the rate chosen above. With the total method, the exact VAT of every line is added before the one rounding down.
VECTORTrace a picture into an SVG that scales4
Why does my photo come out looking like a poster?
Because tracing finds areas of one colour and draws their outlines. A logo is made of a few such areas; a photograph is made of millions of slightly different pixels, so it becomes a few dozen flat patches at best. There is no way to turn a photograph into a true drawing by tracing, here or anywhere else. For a photo you want at a larger size, keep it as a JPEG.
How do I get a transparent background?
Tick Leave out the background colour. The colour that makes up most of the picture's border is taken to be the background, and every shape in that colour is left out of the SVG, so what was behind the logo shows through wherever you place it.
Why is the SVG bigger than the PNG?
Each shape is written out as text, point by point. A picture with fine texture or gradients makes thousands of shapes. Fewer colours, a looser fit and a larger speck size all make it smaller; the black and white setting is the smallest of all.
Can I open the result in Illustrator, Inkscape or Figma?
Yes. It is a plain SVG of filled paths, one colour per path, with no scripts, links or fonts, so anything that reads SVG opens it and you can recolour or edit the shapes.
What a mile actually costs you11
What is the IRS mileage rate for 2026?
It changed mid-year. Business miles driven between 1 January and 30 June 2026 are claimed at 72.5 cents a mile, and miles driven from 1 July at 76 cents. It was the first mid-year adjustment since 2022, made because the average price of gasoline rose 38 per cent over the first half of the year.
Should I use the standard mileage rate or actual expenses?
Whichever is larger, subject to the rules. Actual expenses win exactly when your vehicle costs you more per mile than the rate does, so the comparison comes down to your true cost per mile against roughly 74 cents. The standard rate also needs far less record keeping: a mileage log rather than every receipt for the year.
Can I switch between the two methods later?
Only if you used the standard mileage rate in the first year that vehicle was used for business. Claim actual expenses in year one and you are shut out of the standard rate for that car permanently. On a leased vehicle, using the standard rate in year one locks you into it for the whole lease.
Can I deduct my car payment?
No. Loan principal is never deductible. The interest on the loan is, and so is depreciation on the vehicle, but the payment itself is not an expense. This is the most common mistake in working out actual expenses.
What does a car actually cost to run?
AAA put the average for a new vehicle at $11,577 a year over 15,000 miles in its September 2025 study, which is about 77 cents a mile across 45 models. A small sedan came in at 55.87 cents. An older paid-off car is far cheaper because depreciation, the largest single cost, has already happened.
Is anything I type here sent anywhere?
No. The whole calculation runs in your browser. There is no email box, nothing is stored when you close the tab, and there is nowhere for the page to send anything. Open your network tab and watch.
Why does it ask for business miles in two halves of the year?
Because the business rate changed on 1 July 2026, from 72.5 cents a mile to 76 cents. A 2026 return needs your business miles split at 30 June. A calculator that multiplies your whole year by one figure will be wrong by up to three and a half cents on every mile driven in the second half. On ten thousand second-half miles that is $350 of deduction you either lose or overclaim.
What are the medical, moving and charitable mileage rates for 2026?
Medical and moving miles are 20.5 cents from 1 January to 30 June 2026 and 23.5 cents from 1 July. The charitable rate is 14 cents all year; it is fixed by statute, which is why it never moves. The business rate is 72.5 cents for the first half and 76 cents for the second. For comparison, the 2025 business rate was 70 cents for the whole year.
Can I claim parking, tolls and loan interest on top of the standard rate?
Yes. Three things stack on either method: interest on a car loan, business parking and tolls, and personal property tax paid on the vehicle's value. Because they apply either way, they never change which method wins. Business parking and tolls only, never a ticket.
Depreciation is the exception. It is already inside the standard rate, so it cannot be deducted separately on top of it.
My cost per mile came out well under 50 cents. Is that right?
Check it. Either you are driving something old and paid for, which is genuinely cheap, or you have left depreciation out. The standard rate is not a windfall: at 76 cents it is close to what an average new car genuinely costs to run, and well below that cost for anything large or new.
Is this tax advice?
No, and it is not a substitute for someone who knows your return. It is the shape of the rules, so that the number the calculator gives you means something when you take it to your accountant.
What to charge as a copywriter8
Should I charge per word or per project?
Per project, with the per-word figure kept privately as a check. Per-word pricing pays you least exactly when you are doing your best work, because the thinking that makes copy short and sharp takes longer and produces fewer words. Quote the project, deliver the project, then divide afterwards to see whether the price held up.
What if a client insists on a per-word rate?
Give them one, calculated from the piece rather than the market. Estimate the hours the piece genuinely takes including research and revisions, multiply by your floor, divide by the word count, and quote that. The number will often be higher than the going rate, and the honest answer to why is that the going rate assumes somebody writing faster and researching less.
Is a low rate worth it to get started?
For a short, deliberate period with a specific purpose, sometimes. As a strategy it fails, because a rate is far harder to raise with an existing client than to set correctly with a new one, and low rates attract the clients who are hardest to work with. If you need portfolio pieces, it is usually better to do a small number of jobs at a proper rate than a large number at a bad one.
Do the numbers I type go anywhere?
No. It all happens in this tab, there is no email box and nothing is stored. Most rate calculators online are lead capture with arithmetic attached; this one has nowhere to send anything, which you can confirm by turning off your wifi and using it anyway.
What do copywriters actually charge?
Useful as a sanity check on your own figure, not as a target. These come from published surveys of different sizes and methods, so treat them as the shape of the market rather than precise values. A survey of 500 freelancers in January 2026 put the average per word at $0.42, and AWAI's 2026 survey put professional copywriting at around $0.70 a word. A 450-writer survey gave blog posts $0.25 a word (range $0.10 to $0.50), SEO articles $0.35 ($0.15 to $0.60), whitepapers $0.80 ($0.50 to $1.50) and technical documentation $1.00 ($0.60 to $2.00).
By the hour, 350 writers in the US and Europe averaged US$53 in 2025, the US Bureau of Labor Statistics median for writers and authors was $34.75 in May 2024, and the most common band was $25 to $49, where 34.9 per cent of writers sit. For a 1,500-word blog post the most common price was $250 to $399, from 27 per cent of 213 writers surveyed by Peak Freelance.
One finding is worth more than all of that. In the survey of 500 writers, 78 per cent were charging around 40 per cent below the market rate for their level of experience. If your own number comes out well above what you charge now, you are the norm rather than the exception.
Why are the same 800 words worth different amounts?
Because of what the words are for. The same 800 words are worth very different amounts as a blog post, a landing page that carries a product launch, or a sequence that goes to a list of 200,000 people. Technical and regulated writing pays two to four times general content in every survey, and the reason is risk and scarcity, not effort.
How many rounds of revisions should the quote include?
Say it in the quote, in a number. Two rounds of revisions within the agreed brief, further rounds at the hourly rate. Almost all copywriting that loses money loses it in round three, on a brief that changed after the work started.
Should I charge for working out the brief?
Yes. A clear brief from someone who knows what they want is a different job from extracting the brief yourself through four meetings. If you are doing the second one, that is strategy and it is billable, and quoting it as writing is how a good rate becomes a bad one.
What to charge as a graphic designer9
Day rate or project fee?
Quote projects, cost them in days. A client buying a project is buying an outcome and a known price, which is what most want, and a day rate invites them to manage your time rather than the result. You still need the day rate, because it is the only way to know whether the project fee you quoted was any good.
Should I put prices on my website?
A starting figure filters out the enquiries that were never going to become work, which is worth a great deal when the invoiceable share of your week is the thing setting your rate. A full price list is harder, because design work varies too much for a menu to be accurate, and a menu invites people to compare on price alone.
How do I raise rates with existing clients?
Set a date, give notice well ahead of it, apply it to new projects rather than work in progress, and do not apologise or explain at length. The most common outcome is that the client agrees. The second most common is that you lose the client who was paying least, which usually raises your effective rate on its own.
Are my figures uploaded?
No. Everything is worked out in this tab, there is no email box and nothing is stored when you close it. Turn off your wifi and the page still works, which is the quickest way to check.
What do freelance graphic designers actually charge an hour?
PayScale, from 234 US freelance graphic designer profiles updated June 2026, put both the average and the median at $38.06 an hour, with the tenth percentile at $20.68 and the ninetieth at $85.11. Treat that as a sanity check rather than a target. Rates vary enormously by specialism, city and client size, and a single average hides most of what matters.
The spread is the useful part. A four-times gap between the tenth and ninetieth percentile is not mostly explained by skill. It is explained by who the client is, whether the work is priced by the hour or by its value to the business, and whether the designer is selling execution or judgement.
How many revision rounds should the quote include?
A number. "Reasonable revisions" is not a term, it is an argument waiting to happen. Two rounds within the agreed brief, further rounds at a stated figure, and a definition of what counts as a new brief rather than a revision. A project fee is a bet on how many days the work takes, and the bet is lost in the revision rounds nobody wrote down. Put the extra-round price in the quote as a number rather than a warning, because a number is what stops the fourth round happening.
What do I do when the client keeps adding small extras?
Price the deliverables as a list, and treat anything not on the list as a new quote rather than a favour. The logo becomes the logo plus social variants plus a one-page brand sheet plus a favicon, each request small enough that refusing feels petty. That is where the money goes missing.
Should source files be included in the fee?
Decide up front what the client receives and what they do not, and say whether source files are included and at what price. This is a normal commercial term, not a trick, and it is far easier to state at the start than to negotiate on the last day.
What is a kill fee?
A stated cancellation term. A project cancelled halfway has still cost you the days. A cancellation fee, commonly a percentage of the fee depending on the stage reached, is standard in the trade and costs nothing to include.
What to charge as an illustrator7
Where do these multipliers come from?
They are a common working model in illustration rather than a published standard, and they are here to give you a defensible starting position rather than a correct answer. Rates vary by sector, by country and by client, and a well-known agency will have its own grid. Use these to structure the conversation, then adjust to what you know about your own market.
What if the client insists on buying the copyright?
Price it properly and let them decide. Full assignment means you can never license that image again, cannot reuse elements of it, and may need permission to show it in your own portfolio. A multiple of the creation fee in the region of three times is a normal starting point. A surprising number of clients who ask for copyright as a default withdraw the request once it has a price attached, because what they actually wanted was certainty that a competitor would not use the image.
Should I quote a day rate or a project fee?
A project fee, in almost every case, with the day rate used privately to cost it. The survey above found most illustrators do the same. A day rate invites the client to count your days, and it caps you at the speed you can draw, which is the wrong thing to be paid for once you are good.
Do my numbers leave this page?
No. It is all worked out in the tab, there is no email box, nothing is stored, and you can confirm it by turning off your wifi and using the page anyway.
What do illustrators actually charge a day?
The most useful recent data is a survey of 403 illustrators run in July 2026, 146 of them in the UK. Of the 90 UK illustrators who gave firm figures, the median day rate was £350 and the middle half sat between £280 and £450. Over a quarter charged under £300 a day and 9 per cent charged over £500.
Two things stand out. Most illustrators do not price by the day at all: 41 of 342 priced by day rate and 174 by project fee, so a day rate is a costing tool rather than a quote. And only one in five felt fairly paid, with the people who felt worst about it clustered at the bottom of the range, which suggests the problem is pricing confidence rather than the market.
Why should the quote show the creation fee and the licence fee as separate lines?
Because clients routinely believe they are one thing, and quoting only the creation fee is the most common and most expensive mistake in the trade. In the July 2026 survey, more than a fifth of written responses raised licensing as the central problem, and the recurring complaint was that clients assume paying once buys everything forever. It does not, unless you let it. One respondent put the commercial reality plainly: full copyright roughly triples the final fee.
Distinct "creation fee" and "licence fee" lines make the conversation about scope instead of about whether you are expensive, and they make it obvious what the client is buying when they ask for worldwide rights in perpetuity as though it were a formatting preference.
What do scope, duration and exclusivity mean on the licence?
Scope is where the work appears: one magazine is not the same as every billboard in the country. Duration is how long the right lasts, and unlimited is a real cost because it forecloses every future licence of that image. Exclusivity is whether you can license it to anyone else. Full assignment means you cannot even use it in your own portfolio without asking, which is worth pricing accordingly and often worth refusing.
On this page the three terms add rather than compound, and the scale is set so that a full copyright assignment on its own lands at roughly three times the creation fee, which is where the trade generally puts it. It is a working model for opening a negotiation, not an industry tariff.
What you actually need to charge7
Should I charge by the hour at all?
Often not. Hourly pricing caps what you can earn at the hours you can stay awake, and it penalises you for getting faster, which is the opposite of how expertise should pay. The hourly number is still worth knowing, because it is what tells you whether a fixed project fee was any good once the work is finished. Work out the floor, price by the project, then check the project fee against the floor afterwards.
What should the invoiceable percentage really be?
Track it for a month rather than guessing. Note the hours you could put on an invoice against the hours you worked. Most people who do this for the first time find the figure is lower than they assumed, often between forty and sixty per cent, and that the difference explains why the money never quite adds up.
Does this account for tax properly?
No, and it does not try. It applies one percentage you supply to cover income tax, self-employment or national insurance contributions, and anything else you set aside. Real tax is progressive, varies by country and by how you are structured, and depends on deductions this page knows nothing about. Use a figure your accountant gives you. This is arithmetic, not tax advice.
Is my income sent anywhere?
No. The calculation runs in this tab, there is no account, no email box and no analytics on the numbers you type, and nothing is kept when you close it. You can check that: open the network tab and watch, or turn off your wifi and use the page anyway.
Why does the invoiceable share move the rate so much?
Because a freelancer who works forty hours does not bill forty hours. Some of that week goes on quoting for work that never lands, writing proposals, invoicing, chasing invoices, bookkeeping, updating a portfolio, answering enquiries that go nowhere, and the admin of running a business that has no admin department.
Sixty per cent is a realistic figure for someone established with steady clients. Newer freelancers, or anyone doing a lot of pitching, are often nearer forty. At forty per cent you need to charge half as much again as you would at sixty for exactly the same take-home. That single number moves the rate more than anything else on the form.
Why 46 working weeks and not 52?
Holiday and illness are unpaid. Nobody covers them, and if you price at fifty-two weeks you have quietly decided to work every week of the year or take a pay cut. Forty-six is a normal working year with four weeks off, a week of illness, and a week lost to the parts of the year that are not work but are not holiday either.
Is the number it gives me the rate I should charge?
Treat it as a floor, not a price. It is the point below which you are subsidising the client out of your own time. It says nothing about what the work is worth to them, which is usually the more important question and always the more profitable one. Value, scarcity, urgency and how much money the work makes or saves are all reasons to charge more than the floor. There is no good reason to charge less than it.
If the floor comes out higher than what you currently charge, that is the useful outcome. The gap is not a sign you are doing something wrong; it is the amount you are currently absorbing.
WORDCOUNTWords, manuscript pages and reading time, set against the usual lengths5
How many pages is 80,000 words?
About 320 manuscript pages at the usual 250 words a page in standard manuscript format. A printed book of the same length is usually fewer pages, since a book page holds more words; how many depends on the trim size and the type.
How many words is a novel?
The Nebula Awards count anything of 40,000 words or more as a novel. For a first novel, agents and publishers commonly give ranges such as 70,000 to 100,000 words for general and literary fiction and 90,000 to 120,000 for science fiction and fantasy. They are guides rather than rules.
Why is a manuscript page counted as 250 words?
Standard manuscript format, 12-point Courier, double-spaced with one-inch margins, holds about 250 words on an average page, and publishers have long estimated length that way. Dialogue-heavy pages hold fewer and a proportional font fits more.
Does it count the words in a Word file the same way Word does?
Usually to within a few words. Both count what sits between spaces; they can differ on a dash or a symbol standing on its own between spaces, which this never counts as a word. Footnotes and text boxes in a Word file are not counted here.
How long does a book take to read?
At 250 words a minute, a common pace for reading prose silently, an 80,000-word novel takes about five hours and twenty minutes. Readers vary a good deal, so the pace can be changed on the page.
AIRGAPMove data across a camera5
How do you move a file to a computer with no network connection?
Display it as a sequence of codes on one screen and read them with the camera on the other. Nothing is plugged in and no network is involved, so the only channel between the two machines is light. It is slow, and that is rather the point: bandwidth that low is hard to abuse.
Why not just use a USB stick?
A USB device is a two-way channel that the receiving machine has to mount and parse, which is exactly how several well-documented air-gap compromises worked. A camera reading a screen carries only pixels, and the receiving machine decides for itself what to do with them.
How much data can realistically cross this way?
Kilobytes comfortably, a few megabytes with patience. It suits keys, configuration, signed documents and text. It is not how you move a video, and a file that large is usually a sign that the air gap is not really the constraint.
How does the receiver check what it has read?
Frames are reassembled in memory by sequence number and the result is verified against a CRC32 checksum before anything is shown to you. Nothing is written to disk and nothing leaves this tab.
What does the loopback self-test prove?
That the codec works on this machine. It does not use the camera: it renders the frames and reads them straight back through the same decoder. It is not a test of the optical hop.
ALIASMask the names before you paste into an AI4
Is it safe to paste work documents into an AI chatbot?
Read the terms of the specific product. Consumer tiers frequently retain conversations and may use them to improve the service; business and enterprise tiers usually do not. Beyond the terms, the practical risk is ordinary: the text sits in a history that syncs across devices, and a shared or compromised account exposes it.
How do I use an AI tool without disclosing client names?
Substitute consistently before you paste. Replace each real name, company and identifier with a stable placeholder, keep the mapping locally, and put the real values back in the output. The model can still reason about the structure of the problem, which is usually what you wanted from it.
What should never be pasted into a chatbot?
Credentials and keys, anything under a confidentiality agreement you have not checked, personal data about other people that you have no basis to share, and material subject to legal privilege. If a disclosure would be a problem in an email to a stranger, it is a problem here.
Do I need to download the key?
Only if you will need to restore a reply later, or on another machine. The key exists only in this tab and is gone when the tab closes. Treat the downloaded file as the sensitive one: it is the list of who is who.
AMBEROpen a Safari .webarchive on any computer or phone, and save it as one .html6
How do I open a .webarchive file on Windows?
Drop it on this page. AMBER reads the Safari web archive in your browser and shows the page as it was saved, with its pictures, stylesheets and fonts. Save it as one .html file and it opens in any browser on Windows. Nothing is uploaded and nothing needs installing.
Can I convert a .webarchive to HTML?
Yes. Save it as one .html file. Every picture, stylesheet and font the archive holds is written into that single file, so it does not depend on the internet or on the site still existing. Scripts are left out and it carries a policy that allows no network, so it is also safe to keep and share.
How do I convert a .webarchive to PDF?
Save it here as one .html file, open that in any browser and print it to PDF. On the Mac that saved it, Safari's File, Export as PDF gives the closest copy of how it looked.
Why does my .webarchive look like gibberish in Word or Notepad?
Because it is not text. It is a binary property list, Apple's structured file format, holding the page and every file it used. It has to be taken apart by something that reads that format, which is what this page does.
Why are some pictures missing?
A web archive holds what Safari had loaded when it was saved. Anything the page asked for that is not in the file is left out and listed rather than fetched from the internet, because fetching it would tell the site that the page was opened. Pictures that load as you scroll are only there if Safari had already loaded them.
Is it safe to open a .webarchive from someone else?
Here, yes: nothing in it runs. Scripts, event handlers, javascript: links, plugins and redirects are taken out before the page is shown, and it is shown in a sandboxed frame with no network. The archive itself can carry every script the page had, which is why none of them is kept.
ASSERTRead a SAML response and check it without sending it anywhere6
Is it safe to paste a live SAML response here?
It is decoded and checked in this tab, and nothing is sent anywhere; the page works the same with the network off. A live response is still a working login until it expires, so treat the screen it is on the way you would treat a password.
What is XML signature wrapping?
An attack on the way SAML signatures point at what they sign. The attacker keeps the genuinely signed assertion in the message so the signature still checks, moves it somewhere the application does not read, and puts a forged assertion where it does. ASSERT reports the shapes that gives a message: a signature pointing at an element other than the one it sits in, a reference to an ID that is not there, duplicate IDs, and more than one assertion.
Does it verify the signature?
No, and on purpose. Doing it correctly needs exclusive XML canonicalisation reproduced exactly and the identity provider's certificate from configuration, not from the message. A verifier that is nearly right is worse than none. ASSERT shows the shape of every signature and the fingerprint of the certificate that came with it, for comparison with the one the service provider trusts.
Why does a SAMLRequest in a URL look like random letters?
The redirect binding compresses the XML with deflate, then base64-encodes it, then URL-encodes that. ASSERT undoes all three. A SAMLResponse posted in a form is base64 without the compression.
Why is a comment in the NameID serious?
Because several SAML libraries read an element's text only up to the first comment. An attacker registers [email protected]<!---->.attacker.test, gets it signed by the identity provider, and the application reads it as [email protected]. No legitimate identity provider has a reason to put a comment there.
Can it read an encrypted assertion?
No. An EncryptedAssertion opens only with the service provider's private key, which should never leave its server. ASSERT says the assertion is encrypted, which is good, and reads everything around it.
AVSCRUBStrip the metadata from a video or an audio file10
Is the file uploaded anywhere?
No. It is read into memory by this tab, parsed here and rewritten here. Nothing is sent, which is why the page works with the network turned off.
Will the stripped video still play?
That is the whole point of the offset repair, and there is a Play it here first button so you can check before you save. If anything about the rewrite does not add up, the file is not offered to you at all.
Does it remove the GPS location from a phone video?
Yes, and both copies of it. A phone writes a QuickTime location tag into
udtaor into the Apple keys, and those are removed; the page lists the entry so you can watch it go.That is often not the only copy. iOS also records location into a timed metadata track: a whole track alongside the picture, with a reading every second or so for the length of the clip, so what it carries is a route rather than a place. Those samples sit in the media data rather than in a metadata box, and they are taken out too: the track goes out of the movie header, its samples come out of the media data, and every remaining track's chunk offsets are repaired for the bytes that left. What comes back is a file that still plays, with the route gone.
What is a timed metadata track, and how is it taken out?
A track, like the video track and the audio track, whose samples are recorded metadata rather than pictures or sound. iOS uses one for location, and a clip of any length carries a reading every second or so.
Removing it is two jobs, and doing either alone is worse than doing neither. Taking the track out of the movie header leaves every coordinate in the media data with nothing pointing at it, and the page would then say the location had gone. Taking the samples out without repairing the offsets gives you a file that is the right length, parses box by box, and plays in nothing, because every chunk offset in the remaining tracks still names a position the bytes have moved from. So both happen together: the track's byte ranges are worked out from its own sample tables, those ranges come out of the media data, the
mdatbox shrinks by what left, and every surviving offset is rewritten. If a track's sample table does not read the way the format describes, none of it happens and the page says so rather than guessing.Why does it say it cannot rewrite my file?
The common reasons are a container it does not read, a metadata box sitting inside the media data, an offset table that points into something being removed, or an Ogg file holding several streams. In each case it refuses rather than hand you a broken file.
What about the creation date in mvhd?
It is shown but not removed, because zeroing it changes no box size and would be a silent edit to a structural field some players read as the duration anchor. If it matters, note that it is there; a re-encode is the reliable way to lose it.
Can it strip a .mkv or .webm?
No. Matroska is an EBML container with a different shape, and doing it properly is its own piece of work rather than a corner of this one.
What happens to album art?
It is metadata, so it goes: a cover in an MP4 ilst box, an APIC frame in ID3, a PICTURE block in FLAC. The before and after list shows it going.
Does it remove the encoder's fingerprints from the video or audio?
No. Metadata is a labelled field in a box, a chunk or a frame, and those are what this removes. The compressed picture and sound underneath carry their own marks: the choice of quantisation tables and slice layout, the exact group-of-pictures structure, the padding in the last frame, the LAME or Xing header that lives inside the first MPEG audio frame rather than beside it. A laboratory comparing two files can often say they came from the same encoder, the same settings and sometimes the same device, with every metadata field gone.
Removing that would mean decoding and re-encoding the media, which is a different job, costs a generation of quality, and is not what this page does. If that matters to your situation, re-encode the file with a tool you have chosen and then run the result through here.
Why was I not offered the stripped file?
Because the check failed. The new file is read back with the same parser before it is offered, and the bytes removed are compared with the difference in file size. If the sizes do not add up, or the new file no longer parses, nothing is offered and nothing on your disk has changed. The before-and-after list is built by parsing the new file, not by assuming what the strip did.
BASTIONArmor an ID scan before you send it6
Is it safe to send a photo of my passport or driving licence?
It is one of the most useful documents an identity thief can obtain, and once it is sent you have no control over where the copy travels. When it is genuinely required, send the least you can, mark the copy for its specific purpose, and follow up on deletion.
What does writing across a scanned ID achieve?
A clear diagonal mark naming the purpose and the date makes the copy obviously unsuitable for reuse elsewhere and makes any later misuse easier to trace. It has to be part of the image itself rather than an annotation layer, and it must not obscure whatever the recipient legitimately needs to read.
What should be covered up?
Anything not needed for the check being made. The machine-readable strip at the foot of a passport encodes the number, date of birth and expiry in one line and is rarely required. The same goes for a document number when only the name and photograph are being verified.
Why black out the barcode on the back of a driving licence?
That dense square or rectangle is a 2D barcode holding your full record in plain, unencrypted form, often more than the front of the card shows. A human reviewer never needs it. Black it out.
Which parts of an ID does a check actually need?
Most checks need your face, name, date of birth and expiry, and nothing else. Leave those and cover the rest: document, licence or social-insurance numbers you were not asked for, and the passport MRZ. The MRZ is the two lines of monospaced text and chevrons at the bottom of the photo page. They encode your number, dates and a checksum that automated systems read in bulk, so cover it unless a specific process truly needs it.
Why does a clean scan of an ID matter so much?
Landlords, rental desks, hiring platforms and marketplaces ask for one constantly, and when their inbox or portal is breached a clean scan is gold for a thief. BASTION prepares a copy bound to one purpose instead: the high-risk data blacked out, a heavy watermark tying it to the recipient and the date, and the whole thing flattened with the metadata gone.
BEARINGConvert coordinates and work out a bearing6
What forms of coordinate does it read?
Decimal degrees (51.4778, -0.0015), degrees and decimal minutes (51°28.668′N 000°00.090′W), degrees minutes and seconds (51°28′40.1″N 0°00′05.3″W), and MGRS references at any precision from one to five digits. Hemisphere letters may come before or after, and a minus sign works instead. Latitude always comes first. Whichever form it settled on is printed with the answer, and anything it cannot read unambiguously it refuses rather than guesses.
Why are the starting and finishing bearings different?
Because the shortest path between two points on a globe is a great circle, and a great circle crosses each meridian at a different angle. Setting off from London to New York on the initial bearing and holding it will not get you there. Over short distances the two bearings are almost identical; over long ones they differ by tens of degrees, and both are given so that neither is mistaken for the other.
Which is the right distance, Vincenty or haversine?
Vincenty, essentially always: it models the earth as the flattened ellipsoid it is and is accurate to well under a millimetre. Haversine is shown beside it because it is what most tools give you and because seeing the gap is instructive: a few centimetres across a town, tens of metres across a continent. The one case where Vincenty is not available is two points almost exactly opposite each other on the earth, where the iteration does not converge; the page says so plainly rather than quietly falling back to the spherical figure.
Why no Ordnance Survey grid reference?
Because doing it correctly requires OSTN15, the grid of corrections the Ordnance Survey publishes, and the seven-parameter Helmert transformation that free converters actually use is roughly five metres out. Almost none of them tell you that. Five metres is irrelevant for a walk in the hills and quite relevant for a scene, a boundary or a search area, so the honest options were to ship OSTN15 or not to offer it, and this does not offer it.
Is MGRS exact here?
Yes. MGRS is a lettered way of writing a UTM coordinate, and UTM is a projection of WGS84 rather than a different datum, so there is no approximation involved, only the truncation you choose. A five-digit reference is to the metre, four to ten metres, three to a hundred, and the page tells you which. The zone exceptions and the twelve-degree X band are implemented, and a reference converted out and back returns the same square.
Does it work without a network?
Yes. It is arithmetic, and once the page has loaded it needs nothing. That matters for the people most likely to want it, who are frequently somewhere with no signal.
BLINDDe-identify resumes for a fair review5
What is blind recruitment and does it work?
Removing names, addresses, schools, dates and other identity signals from applications before anyone reads them. Evidence from field experiments is mixed but points the same way as the audit studies that prompted it: identical CVs with different names get called back at measurably different rates, and removing the signal removes that specific effect at that specific stage.
Which fields should be removed from a CV?
Name, contact details, photograph, date of birth, nationality, marital status, and the names of schools and universities. Graduation dates are worth removing too, since they reveal age. What stays is the work: roles, responsibilities, achievements and skills.
Does anonymising CVs fix hiring bias?
It addresses one stage. The interview that follows is not anonymous, and the criteria being applied may themselves favour one group. Blind screening is a useful intervention with a narrow scope, not a solution to the whole problem.
Who keeps the unblinding key?
The reviewers get the packets. The person running the process keeps the key, a CSV that maps Candidate #N back to the source file and the name that was detected, so a shortlist can be un-blinded when the review is done. Your reviewers stay blind and you lose nothing.
What does BLIND take out of a resume?
The things that trigger unconscious bias: the name, the contact details, the home address, the personal links, the graduation years that hint at age, the photo and the gendered pronouns. Removing dates, neutralising pronouns and removing postal codes are each a tick box you can turn off. What comes back is a clean packet labelled Candidate #1, #2 and so on.
CABINETOpen an Outlook .pst or .ost without Outlook, and save its email as .eml or .mbox6
How do I open a PST file without Outlook?
Drop it on this page. CABINET reads the .pst in your browser and lists every folder, and any email opens with its text, pictures and attachments. Nothing is installed, it works on a Mac, a Chromebook or Linux, and the file is not uploaded.
How do I convert a PST file to MBOX?
Open the .pst here and choose Save every email in the file as one .mbox, or save one folder at a time. Thunderbird and Apple Mail import an .mbox, and POSTBAG opens one in the browser.
Can I open a PST file on a Mac?
Yes. Apple Mail does not open a .pst, but CABINET reads one in any browser on a Mac, and each email or folder can be saved as .eml or .mbox, which Apple Mail opens and imports.
How do I get attachments out of a PST file?
Open the email and save each attachment on its own. An email attached to an email saves as an .eml with its own attachments inside it.
Can it open an OST file?
Yes, including the 4 KB page format recent versions of Outlook write .ost files in. An .ost is a copy of a mailbox that lives on a server, so what it holds is what had been downloaded to that computer.
Does it need the PST password?
No. A password on a .pst is checked by Outlook and does not encrypt the file. Files made with Outlook's high encryption setting are the exception, and CABINET says so rather than showing nothing.
CADENCECheck the writing habits that identify you4
Can writing style identify an anonymous author?
It can narrow a field. Stylometry compares a text against writing by a set of candidates, using the habits nobody thinks to edit: how often ordinary function words appear, sentence-length rhythm, punctuation preferences, spelling conventions. It needs candidates to compare against, so in practice it identifies people who were already suspected rather than producing a name from nowhere.
What gives an anonymous writer away most often?
A reused phrase. A distinctive turn of words that also appears in something published under your own name is searchable, and it needs no statistics at all. After that: spellings that place you geographically, formatting habits such as two spaces after a full stop, and knowledge of a subject that only a few people have.
How do I write anonymously?
Normalise the habits, then have someone else read it. Standardise the spelling to one convention, remove the punctuation you favour, vary the sentence lengths, and search your distinctive phrases against everything already published in your name. Then remember that the metadata in the file, the account you post from and the hours you post at are usually easier to trace than the prose.
Can CADENCE tell me whether I would be identified?
No, and it does not try. Real authorship analysis compares a text against writing by a set of candidate authors, and the whole point is the comparison; this tool has no corpus and never sees anything but the text you paste. What it can do is point at habits that are distinctive enough to be worth normalising, and at phrases you should search for in anything already published under your name. Treat a clean result as nothing obvious, never as safe. The measurements get noticeably less reliable below a few hundred words. Everything is computed in this tab and nothing is stored.
CALSCRUBClean a calendar invite before you share it5
What does a calendar invite actually reveal?
More than the time and the place. An .ics file lists every invitee's email address and the organiser's, along with the dial-in number, the meeting passcode and the join link sitting in the description, the software that produced it, and a unique identifier that often contains an internal hostname. Forwarding one hands all of that over.
Is it safe to post a meeting invite publicly?
Not without editing it first. The join link and passcode let anyone into the meeting, and the attendee list is a ready-made map of who works with whom. Both have caused real intrusions into public-body meetings. Strip the attendees and the join details before the file leaves your hands.
Can properties be removed without breaking the file?
Some, not all. The calendar format requires a few properties to be present, so a cleaner has to replace those rather than delete them: removing the unique identifier means generating a fresh random one, and the same goes for the producing software and the timestamp. Everything else can simply go.
Can it clean an invite that has already been sent?
No. CALSCRUB reads and rewrites the file you give it, in your browser. It cannot reach the copy already sitting in someone else's calendar, in the original email or on the server that sent it. Once an invite has gone out, this cleans the copy you are about to share, not the ones already delivered.
Does the cleaned file still open as a calendar entry?
Yes. Properties the calendar format requires are replaced rather than deleted, so removing the UID gives you a fresh random one instead of a broken file, and the same goes for the producing software and the timestamp. Everything else you tick is removed outright.
CANARYFind out who leaked it3
How do you find out who leaked a document?
Give each recipient a copy that differs in a way they will not notice but you can recognise later. Traditionally that meant slightly different wording; in a digital file it can be invisible characters, spacing, or small differences in formatting. When a copy surfaces, the variant tells you which recipient it came from.
Is this the same as a watermark?
A visible watermark deters. A per-recipient marker attributes. They do different jobs and are often used together. A marker only works if it survives whatever the leaker does, and a screenshot destroys invisible characters while retyping destroys everything, so no marking scheme is reliable against a careful leaker.
Is it legal to track a document this way?
Marking your own documents is generally unremarkable. What can matter is whether the recipients were told, particularly where they are employees, and whether any personal data is being processed in the tracking. Practice and law vary by jurisdiction, and this is not legal advice.
CAPSULEAn encrypted file anyone can open in a browser5
How do I send an encrypted file to someone who has no software?
Wrap the encrypted file in a small self-contained page that any browser can open. The recipient opens it, types the passphrase, and the file is decrypted on their machine. Nothing to install, no account, and the passphrase travels by a different route from the file.
Is password-protecting a zip file good enough?
It depends entirely on the format. Modern zip encryption using AES is sound; the legacy zip cipher that older tools still produce by default is broken and recovered in seconds. You often cannot tell which one a file used from looking at it, which is reason enough to use something where the algorithm is not in doubt.
What makes a passphrase strong enough for a file?
An encrypted file is the worst case: the attacker has the whole thing and can guess offline at their own speed, forever, with no rate limit. That calls for several unrelated random words rather than a single word with substitutions, and it has to reach the recipient by a different channel from the file itself.
I have lost the passphrase. Can the capsule be recovered?
No. The passphrase is the whole strength and there is no recovery. Send it by a different route from the capsule, for example say it on a call or use a different app, and never in the same email as the file.
Does the recipient need anything installed?
No. A capsule opens on its own in any browser, offline if they like. They type the passphrase and save the originals. No software on their end, no account, no server holding a copy. It is AES-256-GCM with a PBKDF2 key, all done with the browser's own cryptography. If you would rather open a capsule on this page, the last panel takes the file and the passphrase.
CERTLENSTake a certificate or a chain apart and check it8
What can I put in?
A certificate as PEM text, a whole chain of them pasted one after another, a binary DER file, or a .p7b bundle as Windows exports a chain. Certificate signing requests and bare public keys are read too. A private key is recognised and refused rather than parsed.
Does it check the certificate is trusted?
It checks the chain you give it: each certificate against the one above, the dates, the names, the key and the extensions. It cannot tell you whether the top of that chain is in your operating system's trust store, because a page in a browser is not allowed to read that list. It will tell you when the chain does not reach a self-signed root, which is the usual reason a certificate works on one machine and not another.
Why does it say my certificate is missing a name?
Because the hostname is only in the common name field. Browsers stopped reading that in 2017 and now require a subject alternative name entry. A certificate like that will be rejected as having the wrong name for the site, which is a confusing error given the name is plainly there.
What counts as a key too short?
RSA under 2048 bits, which is below what public certificate authorities have been allowed to issue since 2014 and is refused outright by current browsers. Elliptic curve keys are flagged below 256 bits. A short key is not weak in a way you would notice day to day; it is weak in a way that fails suddenly when something updates.
It says the chain is out of order. Does that matter?
Often yes. A server is supposed to send the leaf first and each issuer after it. Some clients repair the order and some do not, so a chain that works in a browser can fail in a payment library or an old phone. The order is worth fixing even when nothing has complained.
What is the tree view for?
It shows the same file as a tree, for when a field is not where it should be. Tags, lengths and decoded values, straight out of the parser. Copy what was read puts the decoded text on the clipboard.
Why read a certificate that already says valid?
A certificate is a signed statement about who holds a key, what they may use it for, and until when. Everything in it is public by design and most of it is never looked at, which is how a chain goes out with the wrong intermediate, a wildcard nobody meant to issue, or a key too short to be worth the ceremony. CERTLENS takes one apart, checks each signature against the certificate above it, and says what is wrong in words.
How do I open a .p7b file?
Drop it on CERTLENS. A .p7b (or .p7c) is a PKCS #7 bundle that only carries certificates, usually a whole chain exported from Windows. Every certificate in it is read, put in order from the leaf up, and checked against the one above it. OpenSSL's equivalent is openssl pkcs7 -print_certs -in file.p7b.
CHECKSUMVerify a download was not tampered with6
What is a SHA-256 checksum for?
It is a fingerprint of a file. The publisher computes it and posts it, you compute it on the file you downloaded, and you compare. If a single byte differs the two values differ completely, so a truncated, corrupted or substituted download shows up immediately.
Does a matching checksum mean the file is safe?
It means the file matches the value you compared it against. If you took that value from the same page that served the download, then whoever controlled the page controlled both. A checksum is only as trustworthy as the channel the expected value arrived on, which is why publishers sign their checksum files.
Should I use MD5, SHA-1 or SHA-256?
SHA-256. MD5 and SHA-1 are both broken for this purpose: it is practical to construct two different files with the same MD5 or SHA-1, so a match no longer proves the file is the one intended. They will still catch accidental corruption, but not a deliberate substitution.
Is my file uploaded to compute the hash?
No. CHECKSUM reads the file in this tab and computes the hash with your browser's built-in cryptography. Nothing is sent anywhere.
What does it mean when the hashes do not match?
A matching hash means the file is byte for byte the one the source published. A mismatch means the file was changed or corrupted in transit, or that you are comparing against the wrong value. Check that the published hash is for the same file, version and algorithm before you assume the download is bad.
Which sites publish a hash for their downloads?
Sources that publish apps, ISOs and installers often post a hash beside the download link so you can confirm the file arrived exactly as intended and was not swapped or corrupted. Only compare against a hash from a source you trust: a hash confirms integrity, not safety.
CIPHEREncrypt a message to paste anywhere5
How can I send a message securely when neither of us wants to install anything?
Encrypt the text into a block of characters and send that block through whatever channel you already use. The recipient pastes it into the same page and gets the message back. What has to travel by a different route is the passphrase, or in key mode only the public key, which is safe to send in the open.
What does encryption in a browser actually protect?
The contents of the message, in transit and wherever it comes to rest. It does not hide that you sent something, who you sent it to, when, or how long it was, and it cannot help if the device at either end is already compromised. Encryption protects the message, not the fact of the message.
Should I use a passphrase or a key pair?
A passphrase is simpler and is right for a one-off to someone you can reach by another route. Its weakness is that anyone who copies the encrypted block can guess at the passphrase offline for as long as they like, so it needs to be several unrelated words. A key pair removes the shared secret: the recipient publishes a public key, you encrypt to it, and only their private key opens the result.
What encryption does CIPHER use?
The encryption built into your browser. Messages are sealed with AES-256-GCM. In passphrase mode the key comes from PBKDF2 with 310,000 rounds of SHA-256. In key mode the pair is ECDH on P-256. Nothing is stored here: not the message, not the passphrase, not the keys.
What happens if I lose my private key?
The messages encrypted to it can never be read again, by you or by anyone. The private key is the only thing that can open what was sent to its public key, and it is not stored anywhere, so keep your own copy. The public key is safe to give to anyone who writes to you.
CLEANROOMOne pass to strip everything before you send a file3
What should I do to a file before sending it outside the organisation?
Remove the metadata, remove anything hidden or tracked, and remove anything active. In practice that means the author and revision history, comments and tracked changes, hidden rows and slides and layers, embedded objects and macros, and for images the EXIF block. Then reopen the result and look at it before it goes.
Does saving as PDF remove everything?
No. A PDF carries its own metadata, usually inherits the author from the application that made it, and can retain layers, annotations and embedded files. It does remove tracked changes and hidden cells, which is genuinely useful, but it is not a sanitiser.
What gets missed most often?
The filename, and the properties dialog nobody opens. After that, in order: comments left in a document, hidden columns in a spreadsheet, presenter notes in a deck, and the original photograph behind a cropped image. All four have caused public embarrassments.
CLEANSHEETScrub hidden data from a spreadsheet6
What hides inside an Excel file?
Hidden rows, columns and entire worksheets. Cells that are only white text on white. Filters that hide rows without deleting them. Defined names pointing at ranges you thought you removed. Comments and notes. The author and last-modified-by fields. And cached values from external links and pivot tables, which keep a copy of the source data.
Does deleting a sheet remove its data?
Deleting the worksheet removes it, but a pivot table built from it keeps a cached copy of the source inside the file, and formulas elsewhere may hold the last calculated values. A pivot cache can be double-clicked to regenerate the underlying rows.
Is hiding a column the same as removing it?
No. A hidden column is still in the file with every value intact, and one right-click unhides it. Anything you would not hand over has to be deleted and the file saved again.
What does sanitizing do, exactly?
Formulas are replaced by the values they currently show, so the numbers stay and the maths behind them is gone. Hidden and VeryHidden worksheets are deleted outright, not just re-hidden. Pivot tables and their cached data are removed, so no one can drill back into the raw source rows. Cell comments and notes are stripped. Links to other files, and the folder paths they reveal, are removed.
Does sanitizing change my original file?
No. The sanitized copy is a new file, so your original is never changed. Sanitizing does its best to keep the visible content and layout intact. Always open the clean copy to confirm it looks right before you send it.
Is my spreadsheet uploaded?
No. CLEANSHEET runs entirely on your device. Nothing about your spreadsheet is uploaded anywhere, and scanning it is free.
CLOAKStrip metadata from a photo5
Does a photo contain my location?
If it was taken on a phone with location services enabled for the camera, yes. The JPEG carries an EXIF block, and inside it GPS coordinates to roughly five decimal places, which is a few metres. It usually also holds the exact time to the second, the camera or phone model, and on some cameras a serial number. None of it is visible when you look at the picture.
Does posting to a social network remove it?
Most large platforms strip EXIF from the copy they serve publicly, but not all of them do and not on every upload path. A file attached to a message, uploaded to a forum, sent by email or put in cloud storage normally keeps everything. Relying on the platform means relying on a behaviour that is undocumented and changes without notice.
Does cropping or screenshotting remove the metadata?
A screenshot does, because it produces a new file from pixels. Cropping in most editors does not: the editor rewrites the image data and copies the EXIF block across unchanged, so the GPS coordinates survive the crop.
What is the second picture this page found in my photo?
The thumbnail EXIF keeps inside the file. Your camera wrote it when the shutter fired (a complete JPEG of its own, usually 160 by 120 pixels) so that a picture browser could show a preview without decoding the whole image. Cropping or redacting the photo afterwards does not oblige an editor to redraw it, so it can still show the frame you removed. This page displays it beside the photo, at its own size, rather than telling you one exists; why a cropped photo still shows what you cropped out goes through where it sits in the file. Exporting a cleaned copy removes it with everything else.
Is the redaction permanent?
Yes. Redaction replaces the pixels themselves, so there is no hidden original layer underneath, unlike a black box drawn over a PDF. What was under the box is gone from the exported file.
CONTRASTCheck colour contrast and find the nearest passing colour7
What counts as large text?
WCAG 2.1 puts the line at 18 point, which is 24 CSS pixels, or 14 point bold, which is about 18.66 CSS pixels. Below that a pair needs 4.5:1 for AA and 7:1 for AAA; at or above it, 3:1 and 4.5:1. Bold counts because a thicker stroke puts more coloured pixels on the page.
Why does my other checker say a different number?
Almost always rounding. This page truncates at two decimals so a failing value cannot print as a passing one, and some checkers round. If the gap is larger than a hundredth, check whether the other tool is applying alpha: a colour with transparency has no contrast ratio until you say what is behind it, and this page ignores the alpha channel rather than guessing.
Does a 3:1 pass mean my buttons are fine?
It means the visual boundary of the component meets 1.4.11. The label inside it is text and still needs 4.5:1, the focus indicator has its own requirement, and a control that is only distinguishable by colour fails 1.4.1 no matter what the ratio is.
Can I check a colour with transparency?
Not directly, and no honest checker can. Contrast is measured between two solid colours; a colour at 60 percent alpha has a different luminance over white than over a photograph. Composite it against its real background first and check the result.
Where do the palette colours come from when I drop a file?
Every hex value, rgb() and hsl() in the text is pulled out with a pattern match and the duplicates dropped. It does not understand your stylesheet, so a colour built from a variable at runtime will not appear, and a hex string that is not a colour at all, such as a commit hash, might.
Is the image I drop uploaded anywhere?
No. It is decoded by the browser, drawn onto a canvas no larger than 160 pixels on its long side, and counted. Nothing leaves the tab, and the page works with the network switched off.
Why show the pair through colour blindness at all?
Because a pass that rests on hue is not a pass. The three panels show the pair as the common kinds of colour blindness would see it, so a pair that separates by hue and not by lightness gives itself away.
COOKIEAUDITSee which cookies are tracking you5
What is the difference between a first-party and a third-party cookie?
A first-party cookie is set by the site you are on, and is usually how it keeps you signed in or remembers a preference. A third-party cookie is set by a different domain embedded in the page, such as an ad network, an analytics provider or a social widget. Because the same domain is embedded across many sites, it can follow you between them.
Does rejecting cookies stop tracking?
It stops the cookie-based part of it. Sites also fingerprint the browser itself from fonts, screen size, timezone and graphics behaviour, and they store identifiers in localStorage and elsewhere, none of which a cookie banner covers. Rejecting is worth doing and is not the whole picture.
Which cookies can I safely delete?
All of them, at the cost of being signed out and losing preferences. Nothing breaks permanently. If you want to keep your sessions, delete third-party cookies and anything with a multi-year expiry, which is a strong hint about what it is for.
How does it decide what a cookie is for?
By matching the cookie's name against a maintained list of known advertising and analytics cookies. An "unknown" cookie is not necessarily safe, just unrecognised. A site can set dozens of cookies, and most of them are not there to keep you logged in.
Does it change or delete my cookies?
No. It reads only the names, never the values, and it runs entirely in your browser without uploading anything. Use it to understand a site, then manage the cookies in your browser's own settings.
DATASCANFind personal data hiding in a spreadsheet5
How do I check a spreadsheet for personal data before I share it?
Look for patterns rather than reading every cell: email addresses, phone numbers, national insurance or social security numbers, card numbers, dates of birth, postcodes and full names. Check every sheet including the hidden ones, and read the header row, because column names often describe the personal data even when the visible sample looks harmless.
What counts as personal data?
Under GDPR it is anything that identifies a living person, directly or in combination with something else. That is wider than most people expect: an IP address, a device identifier, a staff number, and a postcode together with a date of birth all qualify. A tool can flag likely candidates, but whether a field is personal data in your context is a judgement rather than a pattern match.
Is removing the names enough to anonymise a dataset?
Usually not. Combinations of ordinary fields re-identify people: date of birth, sex and postcode together identify a large share of a population on their own. Real anonymisation means aggregating, generalising or suppressing those combinations, not deleting the name column.
How does it decide that a column is personal data?
By the shape of the values, and by the column name for free-text fields like names and addresses. That means it can miss an unusual format and can occasionally over-flag. Treat it as a safety check before you email a spreadsheet or hand a CSV to a contractor, not a guarantee that a file is clean.
Is my file uploaded?
No. DATASCAN runs entirely in your browser. It reads only the structure and values you give it, and forgets everything when you close the tab.
DEADBOLTClear your traces on a shared computer5
What traces do I leave on a shared or public computer?
More than most people expect. Browser history and cache, cookies and site storage, saved form entries and passwords, downloaded files still sitting in the downloads folder, recently-opened lists in applications, clipboard contents, and thumbnails generated from anything you opened. Signing out of a website clears almost none of it.
Does private browsing cover it?
It covers the browser, and only for that window. It does not stop files you download from being saved, it does not touch what other applications recorded, and it does nothing about monitoring installed on the machine itself. On a computer you do not control, assume anything you type can be recorded and act accordingly.
What should I do before walking away from a public machine?
Sign out of everything, clear browsing data for all time rather than the last hour, delete anything you downloaded and then empty the recycle bin, clear the clipboard by copying something harmless, and close every application rather than just its window. Then, for anything that mattered, change the password from a device you trust.
What does DEADBOLT clear?
Everything OBSCURA OS has stored in this browser: notes you saved, a board you drew, settings. That is data for obscuraos.com only, which is all a website is allowed to touch. It does not include files you downloaded to the device, so export anything you want to keep first. It cannot reach other sites or your browser history. To clear those, use your browser's own settings.
How does the panic cover work?
Arm it, then tap the button or press the Escape key twice, and a plain, boring screen drops over everything at once. Tap the cover to bring your work back.
DEALBOOKModel a round without leaking the cap table6
Why not model a funding round in a shared spreadsheet?
Because a cap table is one of the most sensitive documents a company holds, and shared spreadsheets leak by default: link sharing, download history, cached copies, and a version history that preserves every earlier scenario you modelled. A model that runs locally leaves no copy anywhere.
What does dilution actually mean?
Your percentage falls because new shares are issued, and the value of what you hold can still rise because the company is worth more. The two questions worth keeping separate are how much of the company you own and what that stake is worth. Option pools complicate it, because a pool created before the round dilutes the existing holders rather than the incoming investor.
Pre-money or post-money?
Pre-money is the valuation before the new investment, post-money adds it. The same headline number implies different ownership depending on which was meant, and that ambiguity is the single most common source of surprise when the documents arrive. Confirm which is intended, in writing, before agreeing anything.
How do I give a preferred holder a liquidation preference?
Add a fourth value to that holder's line: the amount they invested. For example
Series A, 2000000, preferred, 3000000. That amount gives the holder a 1x non-participating preference in the exit waterfall, so they take back their investment before the common holders are paid, or convert if their share of the exit is worth more.How do I enter a SAFE or a convertible note?
One per line: name, amount, valuation cap, discount percentage and type, where type is
safeornote. For exampleAngel, 250000, 5000000, 20, safe. Leave the cap or the discount as 0 if the instrument has none. They convert into shares when you model the new priced round.Does my cap table leave the browser?
No. The holders, the SAFEs and the round are worked out in this tab and never sent to a server, so your ownership never lands on a service that shares it with investors. The CSV download is the only copy, and you choose where it goes.
DECODEWork out what something is encoded as and unwrap it5
What can it recognise?
Base64 in both alphabets, base32, hexadecimal in several layouts, URL escapes, HTML entities, quoted-printable, JSON web tokens, backslash escapes from most programming languages, gzip and raw deflate, UTF-16, decimal and binary byte lists, international domain names, Caesar shifts including the common one, and numbers that are timestamps. It also chains them, which is where most of the work is.
Why does it show more than one answer sometimes?
Because some strings genuinely are more than one thing. A run of letters and digits can be valid base64 and valid hex at once, and only the result tells you which was meant. Rather than guessing quietly, the most likely reading is shown and the others are offered next to it.
Can it decode something encrypted?
No, and nothing can without the key. If a result looks like noise with no structure in it, that is what it is: either encrypted, or compressed in a way not recognised, or simply random. The page says which of those it looks like rather than pretending.
What does it tell me about the result?
Whether it is text and in what script, whether it is JSON or XML or a known file type, how random it looks, whether it contains invisible characters, and whether any part of it is a date, an address, a key or something that looks like a credential.
Is a token safe to paste here?
Safer than anywhere else that offers to decode it, because this page has no server. It is still a token: if it is live, it is a login, and the safest thing remains not to move it around at all. What this removes is the part where a stranger also gets a copy.
DELTASee exactly what changed between two texts5
Can I compare two Word documents or PDFs?
Not here. Use REDLINE for those; it reads .docx and PDF and shows what moved in a contract. DELTA is for text you can paste or open as a text file.
What does 'ignore spacing' do?
It treats any run of spaces or tabs as one space and ignores space at the ends of lines, so reformatted code or re-wrapped prose does not show as changed. 'Ignore capitals' does the same for case.
Why are some unchanged lines hidden?
'Show only the changes' keeps two lines of context around each change and folds the rest, the way a code review does. Untick it to see every line of both texts.
Is anything uploaded?
No. Open the network tab in your browser's developer tools and paste anything you like; nothing goes out.
What is wrong with the online diff sites?
They keep a copy of what you paste. Here the comparison is made in this tab and both texts stay in it; nothing is sent anywhere.
DISARMStrip macros, scripts and beacons from a document6
What is a macro and why is it dangerous?
Code stored inside a document that the application can run. It was designed for automation and it remains one of the most durable ways to deliver malware, because the file arrives looking like an ordinary document and the code runs when you enable it. Office now blocks macros in files from the internet by default, which helps and is not universal.
What else in a document can be active?
Embedded objects and linked files, remote images that report back when the document is opened, fields that fetch content from an address, and in some formats scripts attached to actions. A document that phones home does not need a macro to tell the sender you opened it.
How do I make a document safe to open?
Strip the active parts rather than trusting a prompt. Remove macros, embedded objects and remote references, and where the content allows it convert to a format that cannot carry code at all. For something you only need to read, a PDF rebuilt from page images carries nothing.
What exactly does it remove from a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file?
VBA macro projects and their signatures, ActiveX controls, Excel 4.0 macro sheets, embedded OLE objects and executables, attached-template references, DDE and DDEAUTO fields, INCLUDEPICTURE and INCLUDETEXT fields, and any image, object, frame or data connection that loads from an external address.
A macro-enabled file (.docm, .xlsm, .pptm) comes back as the ordinary format (.docx, .xlsx, .pptx) so it cannot carry macros again by accident.
What exactly does it remove from a PDF?
Document-level JavaScript, the open action, page and document actions, launch, submit-form, import-data and remote go-to actions, embedded files, file attachment and rich media annotations (video, sound, 3D, screen), the XFA form layer, and form field scripts. Web links are kept unless you tick the box to remove them.
Does it remove hyperlinks?
Not unless you ask. Ordinary links stay. Tick the box under the file drop to remove links to web addresses as well: hyperlinks in Office files and URI links in PDFs.
DOCSCRUBClean metadata and comments from a Word file5
What personal information is inside a .docx file?
A .docx is a zip archive. docProps/core.xml stores the author name, whoever saved it last, the creation and modification times and the revision count. docProps/app.xml stores the total editing time and the template it came from. Alongside those, the body can carry tracked changes, comments, and text that was deleted but never accepted.
Does Inspect Document in Word remove everything?
It removes most of it and is worth running. It does not touch everything: embedded objects, some custom XML parts, and the original author recorded inside earlier revisions can survive it, and it has to be run again after any save that reintroduces them.
Can someone see what I deleted from a Word document?
If track changes was ever on and the changes were not accepted, yes. The deleted text is still in the file along with the name of whoever deleted it, and turning the display off only hides it on screen. Accepting all changes and deleting all comments before you send is the minimum.
What does DOCSCRUB remove from the document?
It removes the author and company metadata, deletes the comments, and accepts all tracked changes, keeping inserted text and removing deleted text, so the revision history is gone, including the redlines you thought you had accepted. Review the cleaned file before sending, especially if the document relied on tracked changes being visible.
Is my Word document uploaded?
No. The .docx is read, inspected and rewritten in your browser. It handles standard .docx files; unusual or heavily customised documents may need a look afterwards.
DOTSFind, read and remove a printer's hidden tracking dots7
Does my printer really do this?
Most colour laser printers and colour copiers do, from most makers, and have since the 1990s. Inkjet printers do not. A black and white laser printer cannot, since it has no yellow. The only way to know for your own is to print a page and scan it here.
Why can I not see the dots?
They are pale yellow, a tenth of a millimetre across, on white paper, which the eye cannot separate. Under a blue light, or a magnifier with the scan's blue channel turned up, they show. This page finds them by colour: high red and green with the blue well below, which is yellow and not paper.
What can it read?
The Xerox DocuColor layout, which the Electronic Frontier Foundation worked out and published in 2005: a block of fifteen columns by eight rows carrying the date, the time and the serial number, with parity to check the reading. Other makers use other layouts that nobody has published. For those the page finds the dots, shows the pattern, says how big its repeat is, and removes them; it does not pretend to read them.
Does removing the dots make a page untraceable?
It removes that one mark from that one scan. The paper itself, if you hand it over, still carries the dots. A page can also be traced by its wording, its fonts, or the printer's own quirks in how it lays down toner. Removing the dots takes away the mark that was designed to trace it; it does not take away every way.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The scan is decoded and read in this tab, on your machine, and the cleaned copy is written by your browser. The page works with the network switched off.
What kind of scan do I need?
A colour scan of the printed page at 600 dpi, as PNG or JPEG. A black and white or greyscale scan drops the dots, and a photo from a phone is usually too soft. The scan is decoded here and never leaves this tab.
How are the dots removed?
The cleaned copy is a PNG in which every dot, and a one-pixel ring round it, is painted over from the paper beside it. Check it before you rely on it: a dot printed over ink, rather than paper, may leave a mark where it was.
ENVSHIELDHide secrets before you share a config file6
How do I share a config file without leaking the secrets?
Replace the values, not the keys. Whoever receives it needs to know which variables exist and what shape their values take; they do not need the live credentials. Keep the names and substitute obvious placeholders, so the file still documents the configuration and carries nothing that works.
I committed an API key to git. Is deleting it enough?
No. A commit that removed the key leaves the earlier commit containing it in the history, and anyone with the repository, or a fork, or a cached copy, can still read it. The only reliable response is to revoke and rotate the key immediately, and treat rewriting the history as tidying up afterwards rather than the fix.
Which values in a config file are actually secret?
Anything that grants access or identifies you: tokens, passwords, private keys, connection strings with credentials in them, webhook URLs, and signing secrets. Hostnames, ports, feature flags and log levels are usually safe, but an internal hostname still tells a stranger about your network, so it is worth a second look.
How does ENVSHIELD decide what to mask?
Three ways. By known secret shapes: AWS, GitHub, Stripe, Slack and Google keys, JWTs, PEM private keys and basic-auth URLs. By secret-looking key names such as password, token, secret and api_key. And by high entropy, for values that look random. Readable settings such as ports, hostnames and flags are left alone.
Is the masked output guaranteed to be clean?
No. ENVSHIELD is a safety net, not a guarantee. Always review the output before sharing it, and rotate any secret that has already been exposed.
Is my config file uploaded?
No. ENVSHIELD runs entirely in your browser and never uploads or transmits your file. The redacted copy is written in the tab for you to copy or download.
EPOCHWork out what time a number is6
Which formats does it cover?
Unix in seconds, milliseconds, microseconds and nanoseconds; Windows FILETIME; Chrome, WebKit and Edge; Apple Cocoa absolute time in seconds and in nanoseconds; HFS and HFS+; .NET ticks; NTP and Bluetooth; OLE automation dates as used by Excel and COM; packed MS-DOS and FAT date-time; the time field of a version 1 UUID; GPS seconds; and Twitter and Discord snowflakes. Seventeen in all, each with its epoch and tick size printed beside the answer.
How does it tell a FILETIME from a .NET tick?
It does not, and nor can anything else: both count 100-nanosecond intervals, so a given moment is a valid value in both and the numbers differ only by the constant between their epochs. What it does is show you both readings with their dates, and you decide from where the number came: a value out of an NTFS record is a FILETIME, a value out of a .NET application's database is probably ticks. Presenting one and hiding the other would be the tool deciding something it has no basis to decide.
Why does the GPS offset matter?
GPS time does not take leap seconds, so it runs ahead of UTC by a whole number of seconds that has grown over the years. The current offset is set on the page and applied to both directions. If you are decoding something from an earlier period the offset was smaller, so change it, and it is on the page rather than buried precisely so that the assumption is visible and adjustable rather than baked in.
Does it handle a whole column?
Yes. Once you know what the format is, which is usually the case after decoding one value, paste the column, pick the format, and every line is read at once, with anything that will not read marked rather than silently dropped. It comes out as a CSV with the original value beside the UTC and local readings, so it can go straight into a schedule or an exhibit.
What about local time versus UTC?
Every format here except two counts from a UTC instant, and both readings are shown: the UTC one, and the same moment in this browser's own time zone. The two exceptions are called out where they appear: classic HFS wrote local time while HFS+ writes UTC and the number alone does not say which, and packed DOS and FAT timestamps are always local with no record of the zone. Those are properties of the formats, not of this tool, and pretending otherwise would be the sort of quiet assumption that gets an exhibit challenged.
Is anything sent anywhere?
No. It is a page of arithmetic. Nothing is uploaded, there is no account, and once the page has loaded it works with the network off, which matters, because forensic workstations frequently have none.
EXIFSee the GPS and camera data inside a photo8
Do photos really contain my location?
Often, yes. Most phones write GPS coordinates into the photo file itself unless you have turned location off for the camera. Anyone who receives the original file can read those coordinates, which is usually accurate to within a few metres of where you stood.
Is my photo uploaded anywhere?
No. The file is read by JavaScript inside your own browser tab. It is never sent to a server, and nothing about it is stored or logged.
Does posting to social media remove the GPS data?
Most large platforms strip metadata when they re-encode an upload, but this is not guaranteed and does not help you when you send the original file directly by email, message or cloud link. Those keep everything.
How do I remove the metadata?
Re-encoding the image from its raw pixels drops every metadata block. The CLOAK tool in the OBSCURA OS Sovereign Suite does this and also lets you permanently redact faces or documents in the frame.
What does a camera serial number give away?
Cameras embed a body serial number in every photo they take. The same number appears in every picture that camera has ever produced, which links otherwise unrelated photos to one device, and to whoever registered or sold it.
Which image formats does it read?
JPEG files carry EXIF, which is where GPS and camera details live, so those give the fullest reading. PNG and WebP store metadata differently and usually carry less.
Nothing was found. Does that mean the photo is safe to share?
It means this particular file carries no readable EXIF, which is good. Metadata is only half the story, though. Street signs, storefronts, window views and reflections identify a place perfectly well on their own.
Does taking a screenshot of a photo remove the metadata?
Yes. A screenshot is a new file with none of the original EXIF. It also degrades the image, and the screenshot itself may record when and on what device it was taken.
EXPUNGEGet yourself off the people-search sites5
How do people-search sites get my address and phone number?
They buy and scrape it. Voter rolls, property records, court filings, marketing lists, loyalty schemes, brokers reselling to each other, and old social profiles. None of it requires a breach. The same record is then sold on, which is why removing it from one site does not remove it from the others.
Does opting out actually work?
Usually for that site, for a while. Most will honour a removal request, and most repopulate from their original sources some months later, so it is a recurring chore rather than a one-off. Keeping a list of which sites you have contacted and when is most of the work.
Is a paid removal service worth it?
They run the same opt-outs on a schedule, which is real convenience, and they need your personal details in order to do it, which means handing more data to one more company. Doing it yourself costs an evening and a diary reminder.
What happens when I mark a request as sent?
The tracker starts the 45-day clock the CCPA gives the broker to respond. Open each opt-out page and follow its steps first. Most make you find your own listing before they will remove it, then mark it here so you keep your place.
What does EXPUNGE do that a paid removal service does not?
Search your own name and you will find your home address, a photo of your house, your phone number and a list of your relatives on a dozen public directories. The paid removal services charge every year and make you upload your whole identity to their servers first. EXPUNGE gives you a direct link to each broker's opt-out page, a deletion letter filled in with your details, and a tracker that keeps your place, all in this tab. Your details are never uploaded.
FAUXRealistic fake data for demos and tests5
Is it safe to use real customer data for testing or a demo?
It is the most common way personal data ends up somewhere it should not be. Test databases are backed up less carefully, shared more widely, and shown on screens in public. Most data protection regimes treat using live personal data for development as a purpose it was never collected for, which needs its own justification.
What is the difference between fake data and anonymised data?
Anonymised data is real data with the identifiers removed, and it can often be re-identified by combining fields. Synthetic data is generated from nothing and corresponds to no real person, so there is nothing to re-identify. For demos and test fixtures, synthetic is both safer and easier to reason about.
Will generated data look realistic enough to test with?
For structure, yes: names, addresses, phone numbers and identifiers in the right formats will exercise validation and layout properly. What it will not reproduce is the messiness of real records, so keep a small set of deliberately awkward cases alongside it: missing fields, very long names, unusual characters, duplicates.
Can the generated data reach a real person?
No. Email domains are the reserved example.com, example.org, example.net and .example names, phone numbers use the 555-01xx block set aside for fiction, and card numbers are the standard published test numbers. Nothing here can reach a real inbox, phone or account. It is for testing and demos, not for deceiving anyone.
How many rows can FAUX generate, and in what format?
Up to a thousand rows at a time, with the fields you tick. Copy them as CSV, or download them as CSV or JSON. Everything is generated in your browser and nothing is uploaded.
FINGERPRINTSee what your browser tells every site you visit6
Does this work if I block cookies?
Yes, entirely. None of it uses cookies or storage of any kind. That is the point: refusing cookies does nothing about any of this, and a site that wants to follow you between visits does not need them.
What is canvas fingerprinting?
A page draws some text and shapes onto an invisible canvas and reads back the exact pixels. The result depends on your graphics hardware, drivers, fonts and operating system, and is stable for you and different for most other people. It takes a few milliseconds and there is nothing to notice.
Can I stop it?
You can reduce it a great deal. A browser that blocks canvas and audio reading, reports a rounded window size and ships its own fonts removes most of what is on this page. Perfect is not available in a general-purpose browser, and a browser that tries too hard to be unusual becomes easy to recognise for exactly that reason.
Is the number at the top my permanent identifier?
It is the fingerprint of this browser as it is right now. Change something that feeds into it, such as a window size that is measured or a font you install, and it changes. Most of what feeds it does not change often, which is exactly why it works as an identifier.
Why does a privacy site collect all this?
Because seeing your own is the only way the argument lands. Reading a list of techniques is abstract; a page that tells you your own graphics card, your own font list and how many people share your screen size is not. It is read and shown, and it is never stored or sent.
What do the bits next to each line mean?
A rough estimate of how much that one detail narrows you down. Ten bits is one person in a thousand; twenty is one in a million. The numbers come from published measurements of how varied each detail is across the web, not from checking yours against a database.
The group totals do not add up to the number at the top, and are not meant to. Many of the lines read the same underlying fact twice, so counting them all separately would say every browser on earth is unique.
FLATTENBurn a filled-in form into the page so it cannot be changed8
Why can people still edit the form I sent them?
Because a PDF form stays a form. The values are stored as field data and drawn on the page separately; a reader shows the drawing and lets anyone change the value. Flattening removes the fields and leaves the drawing, so there is nothing left to type into.
Can somebody read my answers without opening the file properly?
Yes, until it is flattened. Field values are plain objects in the file, so any library, any command-line tool and any indexing system can list them. That is also how a value in a field marked hidden gets found.
What happens to a field that was hidden?
It is removed, and the result says which ones and what was in them. It is not drawn onto the page, because that would take something the document was not showing anybody and print it across the middle of it. If you wanted that answer visible, put it in a visible field before flattening.
Does flattening change how the document looks?
It should not. Each field's drawn appearance becomes page content in the same place. The one thing to check is a form that never had appearances drawn, where a standard font is used to make them; open the result and look before sending it.
Will my signature survive?
A drawn or image signature in a field becomes part of the page, which is usually what you want. A cryptographic signature does not: flattening changes the file, so any digital signature over it stops matching. Flatten first and sign afterwards, in that order.
What about a password-protected PDF?
It cannot be opened without the password, and the page says so rather than failing obscurely. Remove the protection in whatever you use to open it, then flatten.
Why are the answers in a PDF form still editable?
A PDF form does not contain its answers where you see them. It holds a set of fields with values, and a drawn appearance on the page. So the answers stay editable by whoever opens the file, they can be read straight out without looking at the page, and a field that was cleared or marked invisible can still be carrying what was in it. Flattening draws each answer onto the page for good and takes the fields away.
What does FLATTEN always remove?
Visible fields are drawn in and removed. Fields that are not on the page are removed without being drawn. Left-over objects holding the old answers are discarded, and code attached to the document always goes. Those are the point of it. Comments, links and document properties are handled by the three options above the button.
FORMAUDITSee what a PDF runs and collects5
Can a PDF contain a virus or run code?
A PDF can carry JavaScript and actions that fire when the document opens or when you click into a field, and it can carry other files embedded inside it. Whether any of that reaches something harmful depends on the reader, and modern readers sandbox it heavily, but the active content is genuinely in the file, and most of it lives inside compressed sections where a quick look at the raw bytes would miss it.
Can a PDF form send what I type somewhere?
Yes. A submit action can post the field values to an address chosen by whoever built the form, and that address does not have to have anything to do with the letterhead. Filling in a form and pressing submit inside the reader is not the same as emailing it back to the sender.
What are hidden form fields in a PDF for?
Usually something innocent: a calculated total, a version marker, a value the template needs to work. They are worth knowing about because a hidden field can be pre-filled with something you never saw and is submitted along with everything you typed.
Can FORMAUDIT remove the script or the fields?
No. It reports what it finds and does not remove anything. If you need a PDF with the active content genuinely gone, SEAL rebuilds each page from a bitmap, which leaves no script, no fields and no attachments because it leaves no document structure at all.
Does finding JavaScript mean the PDF is dangerous?
Not on its own. Everything here is a description of what the file contains, not a judgement about intent: plenty of legitimate forms use JavaScript for validation and plenty of legitimate documents carry links. Equally, finding nothing is not a clean bill of health. FORMAUDIT reads structure, not behaviour: it cannot tell you what a piece of script would actually do, it does not execute anything, and it does not follow a single link. Encrypted PDFs will hide most of their contents from it. Nothing is uploaded.
GLYPHHide a note inside ordinary text, or reveal one6
Can text be hidden inside other text?
Yes. Unicode contains characters that render as nothing at all, and sequences of them can encode a message inside ordinary-looking writing. The carrier text looks completely normal in any editor, and the payload survives copy and paste, which is precisely why it is worth being able to detect as well as create.
Would hidden characters survive being posted somewhere?
It depends on the platform. Anything that normalises or sanitises Unicode strips them, and plenty of sites do. Somewhere that passes text through untouched keeps them. Treat it as unreliable for delivery and reliable as a marker to check for in text you receive.
Is this a good way to keep something secret?
It hides that a message exists, which is a different thing from making it unreadable. Anyone who suspects it and knows the method reads it straight off. For anything that matters, encrypt the message first and then hide the result, so discovering the channel is not the same as reading the contents.
How does GLYPH hide the note?
It encodes the note as invisible zero-width characters mixed into the cover text. The text looks completely normal but quietly carries the note. Paste text someone sent you into the reveal box to pull a note back out, or to check whether a message carries an invisible watermark. Revealing and hiding are both free.
Is GLYPH a security tool?
No. It is obfuscation, not encryption. Anyone who knows to look can detect and extract the hidden text, and copying the text through some apps will strip it. It is a lightweight way to watermark your own writing or leave a note in plain sight. Do not use it for anything that needs to stay secret, and do not use it to slip content past a filter or a person. For real secrecy, use encryption.
Does GLYPH upload my text?
No. It runs entirely in your browser and never uploads anything.
HEADERPROOFCheck if an email is really from who it says6
How can I tell whether an email really came from who it claims?
Read the headers rather than the From line, which anyone can write. Authentication-Results records three checks: SPF, whether the sending server was allowed to send for that domain; DKIM, whether the cryptographic signature over the message verifies; and DMARC, whether those results line up with the domain shown in the From address. DMARC is the one that matters.
SPF passed but the email is still fake. How?
SPF checks the envelope sender, not the From address you see on screen. A message can be sent from a domain the sender controls, pass SPF for that domain, and still display a From line naming your bank. That mismatch is exactly what DMARC alignment tests, which is why a DMARC pass rather than an SPF pass is the useful signal.
Where do I find the full headers?
In Gmail, open the message and choose Show original. In Outlook, View message source, or File and then Properties. In Apple Mail, View, then Message, then All Headers. Copy the whole block including the headers, because the useful lines are near the top.
Does a "looks authentic" result mean the email is safe?
No. It means the message passed the checks your receiving mail server recorded in the headers, not that its contents are safe or true. When in doubt, do not click links or reply. Contact the sender through a channel you already trust.
Why is one of the checks missing from the result?
HEADERPROOF reads the SPF, DKIM and DMARC results your receiving server already wrote into the headers. A missing result usually just means your provider did not record one.
Do I need to paste the whole email?
Only the headers are needed. HEADERPROOF runs entirely in your browser and never uploads anything you paste.
HEXRead any file as bytes8
How big a file can it open?
Larger than you will want to scroll. Only the visible rows are ever read, so the viewer itself does not care about size. Searching and the entropy graph do read the whole file, which on a very large one takes time and shows progress while it happens. Both can be stopped.
What do the numbers in the status bar mean?
The bytes you selected, read as every integer and floating-point type they could be, in both byte orders. Little-endian puts the least significant byte first and is what x86 and ARM use; big-endian is the other way round and is what most network protocols and many file formats use. If a number looks absurd in one column and sensible in the other, you have found the file's byte order.
Can I search for a string that is not ASCII?
Yes, as UTF-16 little-endian, which is how Windows stores text inside many file formats and how a filename appears inside a ZIP written on Windows. Searching for the same word as ASCII and as UTF-16LE often gives completely different answers about the same file, and that difference is usually the interesting part.
Why does the entropy graph have a flat top?
Because 8 bits per byte is the ceiling. Anything already compressed reaches it: a ZIP, a JPEG, a PNG's image data, an MP4. If a file is flat at 8 everywhere except a small header, it is compressed or encrypted throughout, and there is nothing more to be read out of it by eye.
Is it safe to open a suspicious file here?
Opening it here is safer than opening it in the program it was made for, because nothing executes: the bytes are read and displayed as bytes and nothing else. That is not the same as saying the file is safe. Nothing here defuses anything, and a document you inspect here can still be dangerous in the application that opens it.
Can I get some of the bytes out?
The selection can be copied as a hex string, as a C array, as base64, or saved as a file of its own. That last one is how you carve an embedded image out of a container: select from its signature to its end marker and save the range.
What does a step in the entropy graph mean?
Usually a boundary: the end of a header, the start of an embedded file, or a packed section in an executable. For scale, a run of zeroes scores 0, English text sits around 4.2, machine code around 6, and compressed or encrypted data at the top, where the two cannot be told apart. Click a bar to jump to that part of the file.
Why does the scrollbar jump on a very large file?
Because the file is too tall for a browser to lay out row by row, so the scrollbar moves through it proportionally rather than a row at a time. Go to offset is exact, so type the offset when you need a precise place.
HUSHBleep, silence or garble the words in a recording8
What does each treatment do?
A bleep replaces the span with a steady 1 kHz tone, the sound television uses. Silence replaces it with nothing. A garble keeps a low, muffled version of the voice, filtered below 300 Hz and then ring-modulated, so the rhythm of speech is there but the words cannot be made out. Every edge has a ten millisecond fade just outside the span so the cut does not click, and every sample inside the span is treated in full.
Can the words be recovered from the result?
Not from a bleep or a silence: the original samples are not in the file, and the tone or the silence is all that is written there. A garble is filtered so hard that the consonants and the vowel shapes are gone before the ring modulator scrambles what is left, which is far beyond what a de-noising tool undoes; still, if the recording must never be recoverable, silence is the safe choice. Nothing here hides the original behind the treatment: the WAV is written from the treated samples only.
Why is the output a WAV?
Because no MP3 or AAC encoder is shipped on this site, and a WAV of 16-bit PCM is what every player, editor and phone opens. It is written at the sample rate and channel count the recording was decoded at, so nothing is resampled or folded to mono. It is larger than an MP3 of the same length: about ten megabytes a minute in stereo at 44.1 kHz. If you need an MP3, convert the WAV afterwards in any converter.
Does it work on a video?
It takes the sound track out of an MP4, WebM or MOV that your browser can decode, and the result is a WAV of the sound only. The picture is not touched and is not in the result. To bleep the sound in the video itself, use this WAV as the replacement track in a video editor.
How do I mark a word precisely?
Zoom in with the button, or hold Ctrl and turn the wheel over the waveform, until the word is wide enough to drag across. Once a span is selected its edges can be dragged, and the From and To boxes take an exact time. If you have a transcript with timestamps, such as the SRT that SCRIBE writes, paste it into the list and every line with two times becomes a span; delete the ones you do not want.
What can I paste into the list?
One span a line, as a start and an end time, like 0:01.250 0:01.900 or 1.25 1.9. Subtitle lines with an arrow, like 00:00:01,250 --> 00:00:01,900, work as they are, so an SRT file can be pasted whole; the index lines and the text lines are left out. JSON works too: a list of two-number pairs, or of objects with start and end, or the chunks with timestamps that a Whisper-style transcriber writes. A word on the line such as bleep, silence or garble sets the treatment for that span.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The recording is decoded by your browser, the result is rendered by your browser, and the WAV is written by your browser. The page works with the network switched off, and nothing is kept once the tab is closed.
What does it not do?
It does not transcribe: SCRIBE does that, and its timestamps can be pasted here. It does not find the words for you, change the pitch of a voice, or write MP3. Very long recordings need memory: an hour in stereo is about a gigabyte of samples in the browser while it is being worked on, so on a phone keep to shorter files.
IMAGEDIFFSee what changed between two images9
Why do two visually identical JPEGs show thousands of differing pixels?
Because JPEG is lossy and re-saving it re-quantises every 8 by 8 block. Almost all of those differences will be under the noticeable count, and the difference map will show a faint blue wash in the busy parts of the picture and nothing in the flat parts. That pattern is the signature of a re-encode rather than an edit.
What does a difference only in the blue channel mean?
Usually a colour profile, a white balance or a tint, not new content. Blue is also where most compressors throw information away first, because the eye has the fewest short-wave cones. A genuine edit almost always moves all three channels together, which is why the breakdown is on the page.
Should I turn on ignore antialiasing?
Turn it on when comparing two renders of the same page, where the text edges will differ on every letter and drown out anything real. Leave it off when you want to know whether the file changed at all. The test asks for a blend, so a hard-edged shape that shifted a whole pixel is still counted; an already-soft shape that shifted, and the soft edge of anything recoloured, are not, which is the reason to look with it off as well as on.
What is dE 2.3?
The classical just-noticeable difference in the CIE 1976 colour difference formula: the distance in L*a*b* at which a person looking at two large flat patches side by side begins to tell them apart. It is a rough figure taken under laboratory conditions, and real differences inside texture or small text need to be larger before anyone sees them. Treat it as a floor.
Can I compare a screenshot against a design mock-up?
Yes, and the wipe and onion views are usually more useful than the map for that, because the two will differ almost everywhere. Scale them to a common size first, and expect the resampling itself to appear in the numbers.
Are my images uploaded?
No. Both are decoded by the browser, drawn onto canvases in this tab and compared here. Nothing is sent anywhere, and the page works with the network switched off.
What tolerance should I set?
Leave it at zero to see every byte that changed, which is what you want when checking whether a file was re-encoded. Raise it to eight or so when comparing two photographs of the same thing, or two renders from different machines, where a small amount of noise is expected and is not the thing you are looking for. A pixel is only counted when one of its three channels moves by more than the tolerance, out of 255.
How does ignore antialiasing decide which pixels to discount?
Along the edge of any curve or letter, a renderer blends the edge colour into the background by how much of the pixel each side covers, and two renderers almost never land on the same blend. With the box ticked, a differing pixel is discounted when three things hold at once: at least one of the two images has a blend here, meaning a brightness strictly between the brightest and the darkest of its own eight neighbours; the brightness each image has here already occurs among the other image's eight neighbours; and there is a real edge nearby for it to be a blend of.
Requiring a blend is what stops a genuine move being swallowed, because a hard-edged shape shifted a whole pixel puts a plateau value on both sides and no blend at all. The honest limits: an already-antialiased shape that moves by one pixel is blend against blend and will be discounted, and so will the soft edge of a shape that was recoloured, though its solid middle will not. Turn it off before you conclude that nothing moved.
What numbers does the summary give?
How many pixels differ at all, how many differ enough for an eye to see, the largest move, where the differences are gathered, and which channels carried them. That is how two screenshots a release apart, which look identical, turn out to have a logo moved four pixels, or a whole frame drifted one step bluer because a colour profile changed on the way out.
INTERCEPTClean secrets out of a network log or curl4
What is in a HAR file and why is it sensitive?
A complete recording of a browsing session: every request and response, with headers, cookies, tokens, and often the response bodies. Anyone holding the file can usually take over the session it captured. Support teams ask for them routinely and people attach them to public tickets.
What needs removing before I share a HAR file or a curl command?
Authorization headers, cookies, session and CSRF tokens, API keys sitting in query strings, and any personal data in the request or response bodies. In a curl command copied out of developer tools, everything needed to replay your session is right there in the flags.
Can I share a log once the tokens are out?
Usually, provided you also check the bodies. Response payloads carry names, addresses and identifiers that are easy to overlook because they are not what you were debugging. Replace values rather than deleting them, so the structure the recipient needs to see is still intact.
What exactly does INTERCEPT redact?
Credential headers: Authorization, Cookie, Set-Cookie, X-Api-Key, X-Auth-Token, CSRF and the like. Secret query and form fields: password, token, api_key, client_secret, session, otp and similar names. JSON bodies: any field whose name looks like a secret. And known key shapes anywhere in the file: JWTs, Stripe, GitHub, AWS, Google and AI keys, Slack tokens and PEM private-key blocks.
Cookies keep their names so the log still reads sensibly; only the values go. The same replacements are made in a pasted curl command or block of headers.
JOTRead and check a JWT without sending it anywhere6
Is it safe to paste a live token here?
Safer than anywhere else, because nothing leaves the tab: the decoding, the audit and the signature check all run in your browser. Turn the network off and the page works exactly the same. That said, a token in a browser tab is still a token on a screen, so treat the room you are in accordingly.
What does an algorithm of "none" mean?
That the token asks to be accepted without a signature. It exists in the specification for tokens that are already protected some other way, and it has caused a long line of vulnerabilities in libraries that honoured it by default. If you did not issue a token like that, treat it as an attack rather than a mistake.
What is the algorithm confusion attack?
An issuer signs with a key pair, so verifiers hold its public key. An attacker changes the header to HS256 and signs a token using that public key as if it were a shared secret. A verifier that picks its algorithm from the token rather than from its own configuration will accept it. That is why an HS token from an issuer that normally uses RS or ES is flagged here.
Why is my email flagged?
Because the payload of a token is plain text to everyone who handles it: every proxy log, every browser it is stored in, and anything it is ever pasted into. Names, addresses and phone numbers in a token travel further than people expect.
Can it check the signature on any token?
It checks HS256, HS384 and HS512 with a shared secret, and RS, PS and ES with a public key, using your browser's own cryptography. EdDSA is not supported by every browser's crypto yet, and the page says so rather than guessing.
Is a JSON Web Token encrypted?
No. A token is three pieces of base64 with dots between them, and the first two, the header and the payload, are not encrypted. Anyone holding the token can read every claim in it.
That is also why pasting a live token into a decoding website is a bad idea: the token is the credential. JOT reads it here, and the signature check against your key or secret happens in this tab too.
JOURNALA private journal, encrypted at rest7
Where is the journal kept?
In this browser's local storage, under obscura_journal_v1, as ciphertext. Nowhere else. That also means clearing site data deletes it, a private window loses it when it closes, and it does not follow you to another browser or another machine. Take the encrypted backup and keep it somewhere you control.
What happens if I get the passphrase wrong?
It says so and nothing changes. AES-GCM checks every record against its own authentication tag, so a wrong key fails outright instead of producing plausible-looking rubbish. There is no limit on attempts here, because the 600,000 rounds are the cost: each guess takes about as long for an attacker as it takes for you.
Can I write more than once in a day?
Yes. A day opens with its most recent entry, and the button beside the date starts another. When a day holds more than one, a selector appears to move between them. The calendar marks any day with something written on it.
How do tags work?
Two ways, and they add up. Anything written as #something in the entry becomes a tag, and the tags box takes them as a comma-separated list for the ones you would rather not have in the text. The tag list shows every tag with its count; clicking one filters the search to it.
Does the search write anything?
No. It runs over the decrypted entries held in this tab while it is unlocked. No index is built, nothing is cached, and locking takes the searchable text away with everything else. Nothing on disk is ever in the clear, including while you search.
Can I bring in a journal I already keep?
If it is markdown files, yes. Each file becomes an entry; the date comes from a filename beginning YYYY-MM-DD or from a date: line in front matter between two rows of three dashes. Tags and a rating in the front matter are read too. Files with no date it can find are listed and left alone rather than dumped on today.
How do I put a backup back?
Drop the encrypted backup on the restore panel, or choose it there. It replaces whatever journal is in this browser, and then opens with the passphrase that backup was made under. The backup is the same ciphertext that was in the browser it came from, so it needs that journal's passphrase, not a new one.
KEYPRINTCheck an SSH key's fingerprint, type and size, and audit authorized_keys6
How do I check an SSH key's fingerprint?
Paste the public key (the line in the .pub file) here and KEYPRINT shows its SHA256 fingerprint exactly as
ssh-keygen -lf key.pubprints it, and the MD5 form with-E md5. Compare it with the fingerprint GitHub, GitLab or your hosting provider shows.What is the difference between the SHA256 and MD5 fingerprints?
They are two hashes of the same key. OpenSSH has printed SHA256, in base64, since version 6.8 in 2015; before that it printed MD5 as colon-separated hex, and some systems still show that form. Both identify the same key; they just cannot be compared with each other.
Is it safe to paste my key here?
A public key is meant to be shared, and nothing leaves the tab anyway. Never paste a private key anywhere; if one is pasted here by mistake, KEYPRINT recognises it, does not read it, and clears it from the box.
Why is my DSA key flagged?
OpenSSH disabled DSA keys by default in version 7.0, in 2015, because they are limited to 1024 bits and fail badly if the random number generator is weak. Replace it with an Ed25519 key:
ssh-keygen -t ed25519.What does a certificate with no principals mean?
An OpenSSH user certificate lists the user names it may log in as. With none listed, OpenSSH accepts it for any user on any server that trusts the CA, which is almost never what was meant.
Can it read hashed known_hosts entries?
It reads the key and its fingerprint. The host names are hashed on purpose so that a stolen known_hosts file does not list the servers you connect to, so they cannot be read back.
KEYRINGMake an age key pair and encrypt files to one8
What is age?
A file encryption format designed to be small enough to have no dangerous options: one public key per recipient, one way to use it, no configuration. It is widely used for encrypted backups and secrets, and there are implementations in Go, Rust and several other languages. The specification is at age-encryption.org.
Will the age program open a file made here?
Yes, and this opens files made by it. That is tested rather than assumed: files are round-tripped in both directions against the reference implementation, at sizes either side of the internal chunk boundary, as part of the checks on this code.
Where should I keep the private key?
In a password manager, or on an encrypted disk, or on paper in a safe. Not in a chat message, a shared drive or an email to yourself. If it is lost, nothing encrypted to it can ever be opened again, by anyone, including you. That is the property you are paying for.
Can I encrypt to several people at once?
Yes. Tick as many saved recipients as you like and paste any others. Each one gets its own copy of the file key inside the header, so any one of them can open the file and none of them learns anything about the others' keys.
Why is there a self test on the page?
Because you have no reason to trust a web page about cryptography. The button runs the published vectors from RFC 7748 and RFC 8439 against the very code that encrypts your files, in your browser, while you watch, and then encrypts and opens a file end to end.
Does it support passphrases or SSH keys?
No. age itself supports both, and this page does not pretend to: it handles X25519 recipients only. A file encrypted another way is refused with a message naming what it uses, so you know to reach for the age program instead.
Which key do I give to other people?
The public key. Anyone who has it can encrypt to you, and nothing about it is secret. The private key is the one you keep, and it is the only thing that opens what they send.
Do I need an account or a key server?
No. There is no key server, no account and no plugin. The key pair is made in this tab from your browser's own random source, and the public half is what you hand out yourself.
KEYSA password vault that lives in this browser8
Where is the vault stored?
In this browser's localStorage for obscuraos.com, as one encrypted item. It is not sent anywhere, there is no account, and the page works with the network turned off. A different browser, a different profile, or a private window is a different vault.
What happens if I forget the master passphrase?
The vault stays encrypted and nobody can open it, including us. There is no recovery, because recovery would mean something somewhere holds a second way in. Write the passphrase down and keep the paper somewhere safe, or print it with PAPERKEY.
Does a wrong passphrase damage the vault?
No. A wrong passphrase fails the AES-GCM authentication tag and the page stops there. Nothing is written back to storage on a failed unlock, so you can try as many times as you like.
Can I check the encryption myself?
Yes, and it is the point of publishing the format. Copy the item out of localStorage and run it through any PBKDF2 and AES-GCM implementation: 600,000 rounds of PBKDF2-HMAC-SHA256 over the base64 salt gives a 32-byte key, and AES-256-GCM with the base64 IV over the base64 ciphertext gives the vault as UTF-8 JSON. Twenty lines of Python or Node will do it.
Which CSV exports does the import understand?
1Password, Bitwarden, LastPass, Chrome and other Chromium browsers, and Firefox, each recognised from its header row. Anything else is mapped by column name where the names are clear enough, and whatever cannot be mapped is listed for you instead of being thrown away.
Why does unlocking take a second?
Because deriving the key is meant to be slow. Six hundred thousand rounds of PBKDF2 costs you about a second once and costs somebody guessing your passphrase the same second for every guess they make.
Why does it lock when I switch tabs?
Because the common way a vault is read by someone else is that it was left open. The idle timer is yours to set, but the tab-hidden lock is not optional, and the cost of it is one passphrase entry when you come back.
Why does the CSV export warn me so hard?
Because it writes every password into a file in the clear. Anyone who opens that file, and anything that syncs, backs up or indexes your downloads folder, reads all of them. It is the right thing to do when you are moving to another manager and the wrong thing to do the rest of the time. Delete the file the moment you are finished with it. The encrypted backup is the one to keep: it is the same envelope this browser stores, it is only as safe as the passphrase, and this page can open it again.
LANTERNFind the text in a document that was written for a machine to read and a person to miss7
What counts as hidden text?
In a PDF: text in the same colour as the page, or within a few steps of it; text under four points; text placed off the page or outside the area the page clips to; text drawn in the invisible render mode (Tr 3); text that is fully transparent; and text on an optional content layer that is switched off. In a Word file: a run marked hidden (w:vanish) or hidden on the web view (w:webHidden), on the run itself or through its style; text within a few steps of the page colour or of its own shading; a size under four points; and zero-width or invisible characters (U+200B to U+200D, U+2060 to U+2064, U+FEFF) or rows of soft hyphens inside the text. Headers, footers, footnotes and endnotes are read as well as the body.
Is every finding a trick?
No. A scanned PDF that has been through OCR keeps its recognised words in the invisible render mode, so every line of it is a finding, and that layer is what makes the scan searchable. Word’s hidden-text mark is used honestly for notes and answer keys. Some scripts, Thai among them, use the zero-width space as a word divider. The page shows what a reader cannot see and why; you decide what to take out. Untick a finding and the copy keeps it.
How is the PDF copy made? Is it a picture of the page?
No. The page’s content stream, and any form XObject it draws, is tokenised here and each text operator is matched one for one against the operators the PDF engine reported. A hidden one is replaced by an empty advance of the same width, so the words beside it keep their places, and the rest of the file is untouched: fonts, links, form fields, bookmarks and metadata all stay. If the two readings of a page do not line up exactly, nothing on that page is changed and the status line names the page. It does not rasterise anything.
What does it not find?
Text painted over with a box, which is the fake redaction SEAL exists to prevent; text inside a picture; text in annotations, comments, form fields and tracked changes, which DOCSCRUB and SCRUB deal with; and text hidden by being small but readable, or grey but visible. A PDF that needs a password to open cannot be read, and an old binary .doc file must be saved as .docx first.
Why does it say a finding reads like an instruction to a machine?
Because the hidden words match a phrase of the kind people plant for screening software and language models: “ignore previous instructions”, “you are an AI”, “rate this candidate highly” and their relatives. It is a hint about intent, not a verdict; read the words yourself. Hidden text that matches nothing is still hidden text.
Is the Word copy still a proper document?
Yes. The hidden runs are cut out of the document’s XML at their exact positions and the invisible characters out of the text, and the file is zipped up again with every other part as Word wrote it. Nothing is re-serialised, so styles, numbering, pictures, tables and settings are as they were.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The file is read and the copy is written in this tab. The PDF engine and the zip library are fetched from this site the first time they are needed and kept by the browser; the page then works with the network switched off.
LEGENDKeep a cover story straight, and log who was told what5
What does it check?
Every fact recorded as told is compared with the legend and with every other telling of the same fact. It reports a telling that differs from the legend, a fact told two different ways (and names anybody who heard both), a fact told that the legend does not contain, an age said aloud that the date of birth does not give on that date, and a history that cannot be true: a job before sixteen, an entry that starts before the birth or ends before it starts, two homes at once, and more than a year with no address.
How is it encrypted?
The passphrase is stretched with PBKDF2-SHA256 over 600,000 rounds against a random salt, and the key encrypts the whole notebook with AES-256-GCM and a fresh vector on every save. The passphrase is not stored. What sits in this browser's storage is one sealed record that does not reveal how many identities it holds or what they are called.
What if I forget the passphrase?
The notebook cannot be opened, by you or by anybody else, and there is no recovery. Keep an encrypted backup somewhere safe and the passphrase somewhere separate.
Does it lock itself?
Yes. After the number of minutes you choose with nothing typed or pressed, it saves, drops the decrypted copy from the tab and asks for the passphrase again. Lock now does the same immediately.
Why does the rehearsal time the answers?
Because a right answer given after a long pause is noticed almost as much as a wrong one. The rehearsal asks facts back at random, more often the ones got wrong recently, and counts the answers that took longer than four seconds.
LINEAGERead the editing history a Word file keeps about itself8
What is an rsid?
A revision save id. Each time Word opens a document and saves it, it makes up a random eight-digit hexadecimal number for that sitting, adds it to a list in word/settings.xml, and stamps it on every paragraph and run written or changed in that sitting. The list is the file's own record of every session that has touched it, and the first entry, rsidRoot, is the session that made the document.
Does a session mean a person?
No. A session is one save cycle in Word: everything typed between one save and the next shares one id. One person who saves twice in an afternoon makes two sessions, and two people who share a laptop and save once make one. The names in the file come from the account name on the machine, which is a different record and can be anything.
Can it tell which session came first?
Only the root. The ids are random numbers, so nothing in them says which came before which. This page numbers the root session first and the rest in the order they first appear in the text, which is the only order the file offers, and says so in the report.
What does "not in the session list" mean?
A run carries a session id that Word never registered in this file's list. That is what a paste from another Word document leaves behind: the pasted text keeps the id of the document it came from. It is also what a document assembled by a script or a template engine can look like, so it is a mark to look into, not a finding. A paste from the same document leaves no mark at all.
My document shows almost nothing. Why?
It was probably not written in Word. Google Docs, LibreOffice, Pages and most converters write few or no session ids, so a file exported from them has little history of this kind. A file that has been through a metadata cleaner, or Word's own Inspect Document, has had the ids removed on purpose. Either way, an empty reading is not evidence of anything.
Is the editing time real?
It is a counter Word keeps in docProps/app.xml of the minutes the document was open with unsaved changes, added up over every session. It is not a record of anyone's effort: a document left open over lunch gains an hour, a document rebuilt from a template starts at zero, and any tool can reset it. The revision number is the number of saves the same way.
Does it show tracked changes and comments?
It counts the insertions, deletions, moves and formatting changes still tracked in the document, names the author and dates Word recorded on each, and does the same for comments. It does not display the deleted text or the comment text; REDLINE and DOCSCRUB are for reading and removing those.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The document is unzipped and read in this tab. The only thing fetched is the zip reader, from this site, the first time a file is opened. The reports are written by your browser to your disk.
LOCKBOXHand over work once you are paid7
Does LOCKBOX release the files automatically when my client pays?
No, and that is deliberate. Verifying a payment made into your own Stripe account requires Stripe Connect and full identity onboarding onto someone else's platform, and a service that withholds a key until money moves resembles escrow, which is regulated. Cryptocurrency cannot be verified from a static file at all. So you hold the key and send it when the payment lands. Any tool that claims automatic release from a container your client already holds has either put the key in the file or is not telling the truth.
Does OBSCURA OS take a commission?
None. The payment link in the container is your own, so the money goes directly to you. Freelance platforms charge 10 to 20 percent to act as a middleman; LOCKBOX never touches the transaction.
Can my client extract the files without the key?
No. The deliverables are encrypted with AES-256-GCM and the key is not in the container. They can read the manifest, see the watermarked previews and check the SHA-256 of every file, but the payload is ciphertext until you send the key.
How large can the deliverables be?
The container is one HTML file that has to survive email, and base64 encoding inflates the payload by about a third, so the practical ceiling is tens of megabytes rather than gigabytes. For large video renders or full repositories, lock a proof-of-work deliverable in LOCKBOX and move the bulk with VAULT once you are paid.
What happens if I lose the release key?
The files inside that container cannot be recovered, by you, by your client or by us. The key is not in the container. It exists in your browser at the moment the container is built and nowhere else, so copy it or download the key file straight away and keep it with the job.
How does my client open the deliverables?
Email them the container. When the payment lands, send them the release key. They paste it into the file and the deliverables decrypt and download on their own machine. Until then they see the watermarked previews and the manifest of exactly what they are buying, with your payment link and the amount owed.
Why is the client's name burned into the previews?
So that a screenshot of a preview still points back at them. Images and PDFs get watermarked previews carrying the client name; everything else is listed in the manifest without a preview.
MACROLENSRead the macros in an Office file without running them7
Does opening a file here run its macro?
No. Running a macro needs a VBA interpreter, and there is not one in a browser. The bytes are parsed as data, the text is decompressed and printed, and that is the end of it. The page contains no eval, no Function constructor and no code path that turns anything read out of the file into something the browser executes.
My .docx has a vbaProject.bin in it. Is that bad?
It is worth knowing about. The x forms of the Office formats are defined as the ones without macros, and Word will not run VBA from a .docx. But the project travels inside the file, so renaming it to .docm, or saving it from Word as macro-enabled, brings the code back to life. It is also a sign the file was made by something other than Word.
What does the compiled-against-source line mean?
Every module keeps two copies of itself: compiled p-code, which is what Office actually runs, and compressed source, which is what the editor shows you. They are supposed to agree. When the compiled half is much larger than the source, or holds strings the source does not, somebody may have edited one without the other. It is a reason to be careful, not a conclusion.
Why does it show line numbers against the flags?
So you can go and read the line. A flag on its own is an accusation; a flag with the line it came from and a sentence about why it was flagged is something you can check and disagree with. Every module is shown in full, with the flagged lines marked, for exactly that reason.
Can I get the source out?
Yes. One text file with every module and the flag list, or a zip with one file per module named .bas, .cls or .frm as the project has them. Both are written in this tab from what is already on screen.
Which files can I drop in?
A .docm, .xlsm, .pptm, .doc, .xls or .ppt, or a vbaProject.bin on its own. Drop a .docx, .xlsx or .pptx too: those are the forms that are meant to have no macros, and it is worth knowing when one does.
Why read the macro here rather than in Office?
Somebody sent you a spreadsheet that wants you to enable content. The only honest way to decide is to read what the macro says, and the only safe place to read it is somewhere that cannot run it. MACROLENS unzips the file, walks the OLE compound file inside, decompresses each module and prints the source, with a note against every line that deserves one. It is a reader. There is no interpreter here.
MAILBOXTake an email apart and see where it came from7
How do I save a message to look at?
In Gmail, open the message, use the menu at the top right of it and choose Download message. In Outlook, File then Save as. In Apple Mail, File then Save As and pick Raw Message Source. Thunderbird has Save As directly. All of them produce the same thing: the message exactly as it arrived.
What do SPF, DKIM and DMARC actually tell me?
SPF says the server that sent it was allowed to send for that domain. DKIM says a signature over the message matches a key published by a domain. DMARC says the domain in the from line matches one of those two and the domain owner asked for that to be required. A pass on all three does not mean the message is honest, only that it is genuinely from where it says.
Can it tell me whether a message is a phishing attempt?
It can tell you the things phishing attempts have in common: a from address that does not match what signed the message, a display name pretending to be an address, links whose text and destination disagree, a reply address on a different domain, attachments that are not the type they claim. Whether a particular message is one is a judgement, and this gives you what the judgement needs.
Does opening a message here load the images?
No. Nothing is fetched, and the HTML is shown as text rather than rendered. That is the whole point of looking at a suspicious message here rather than in a mail client.
Why does it say the attachment is not what it claims?
Because the declared type and the actual first bytes of the file disagree. Something named as a document that begins with the bytes of a program is the clearest signal there is, and mail clients show only the name.
Which hops in the delivery path can I trust?
Only the hops added by servers you trust. Each hop is written by the server that received the message, and MAILBOX lists them oldest first. Anything before the first server you trust was written by the sender and can say whatever the sender likes.
What does MAILBOX show that my mail client does not?
A message carries a delivery path, a set of authentication results, a sending domain that often is not the one in the from line, links whose text and destination need not agree, attachments whose declared type need not match their contents, and images that report back when the message is opened. Mail clients show you almost none of it. Drop a saved message here and it is taken apart, offline. The HTML version is shown as text rather than rendered, on purpose.
MANIFESTSee what an app or a browser extension asks for before you install it8
Which files can I give it?
An Android APK, or an XAPK or APKS bundle, in which case it finds the base APK inside. A Chrome or Edge extension as a CRX file, whose signing header it strips to reach the zip. A Firefox add-on as an XPI. A zip of an unpacked extension folder. It also takes a bare AndroidManifest.xml, a bare classes.dex or a bare manifest.json if that is all you have.
Where do I get the file before installing?
For an extension already installed somewhere, the browser keeps its folder on disk and you can zip that. For one you have not installed, the CRX can be fetched from the store's update address with the extension's ID, and several sites offer that as a download. An APK comes from the developer, from a mirror, or off a phone that has it with adb pull. An APK from a mirror may not be the one on the store, which is one more reason to read it first.
How does it read AndroidManifest.xml when it is not text?
A built APK carries the manifest as binary XML: a pool of strings, a table of attribute ids and a stream of start and end element chunks. This page decodes that format itself, by hand, and reads the package, the versions, every uses-permission, and each activity, service, receiver and provider with its intent filters. When a packer has blanked the attribute names it falls back to the ids, which the system uses anyway.
How does it find tracker SDKs?
Every class an app links is named in the string tables of its classes.dex files, and an SDK's classes live under its vendor's package: com.appsflyer, io.sentry and so on. The page reads every string in every dex file and matches the class names against a list of about fifty analytics, crash-reporting and advertising SDKs it knows. An SDK whose classes were renamed by an obfuscator is not found this way, though its addresses often still are. An absence is not proof of absence.
Does an address in the list mean the app talks to it?
It means the address is written into the code as a constant. Some of those are used every time the app runs, some are in a library the app never calls, and some are links in a licence notice. Addresses built up from pieces at runtime are not seen at all. The namespace and licence addresses that every Android build carries, such as schemas.android.com, are left out. Addresses that belong to a known analytics or advertising service are marked.
What does exported mean?
An exported activity, service, receiver or provider can be started or reached by other apps on the device, not only by its own. That is normal for a main screen or a share target, and worth a look for a service or a receiver with no permission guarding it. The page lists the exported ones, the permission that guards each if there is one, and whether it was declared exported or is exported because it has an intent filter.
What is a remote-code hint?
A place in an extension's scripts where code could arrive from outside the package: a call to eval, a function built from text, a string run on a timer, a script element made at runtime, a script named on another site, or WebAssembly this page cannot read. Bundled libraries carry some of these innocently. A hint says where to read, not what you will find.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The package is unzipped and read in this tab, on your machine, in a background thread so the page stays usable while a large game is read. The only thing fetched is this site's own copy of the zip library. The page works with the network switched off once it has loaded.
MEDISCRUBRedact personal details from a record6
What has to be removed from a medical record before sharing it?
More than the name. The direct identifiers are the obvious part: name, address, dates of birth, record and insurance numbers, contact details, the names of relatives and of the treating clinician. What gets missed is the indirect material: a rare condition, admission dates, an employer, a small town, and free-text notes that describe a person unmistakably.
Is removing the name enough to de-identify a record?
No. A rare diagnosis with a date and a location can identify one person in a country. Recognised de-identification standards remove or generalise a defined list of identifiers precisely because names alone were never the problem.
Do I need consent to share a record for teaching or publication?
Usually yes, and de-identifying it does not remove the requirement, particularly for case reports and images where the patient may recognise themselves. Follow the rules of your jurisdiction and institution. This is not legal advice.
What does MEDISCRUB catch, and what can it miss?
It reliably catches structured identifiers (emails, phone numbers, SSNs), labelled fields (Patient Name, MRN, Policy No), addresses, ZIP codes, dates and ages over 89. It cannot catch every name written in free-flowing prose, so read the result before you share it. Removing identifiers lowers risk but is not a legal guarantee of de-identification.
Is the record text uploaded?
No. MEDISCRUB runs entirely in your browser and never uploads or transmits your text. The redacted copy is written in the tab and you copy it or download it as a .txt file.
When would I share a record without my identity on it?
For a second opinion, an insurance appeal, a support group or research, where the clinical detail matters and who you are does not. MEDISCRUB masks the identifiers and keeps the clinical detail readable. Tick Keep dates if the dates are clinically important.
MIGRATORMove and audit a password vault privately5
Is it safe to export passwords to a CSV file in order to move them?
The export itself is plaintext, and that is the risk rather than the transfer. Every password sits in a readable file on disk, probably in your downloads folder, possibly synced to cloud storage, and still recoverable after an ordinary delete. If you have to export, import it straight away, then delete the file and empty the trash immediately.
How do I move from one password manager to another?
Export from the old one, import into the new one, check a handful of entries by hand, then destroy the export. The part to be careful about is the gap in between: do not email the file, do not put it in a shared folder, and do not leave it sitting in Downloads.
Should I change my passwords after migrating?
The migration itself exposes nothing if the export never left the machine. It is a good moment to deal with what an audit shows: passwords reused across sites, ones that appear in breach lists, and anything short enough to guess. Those are worth changing whether you migrate or not.
Where is the export in my password manager?
Every manager has one. In Bitwarden: Tools, then Export vault, as JSON or CSV. In 1Password: File, then Export, which gives a .1pux file. In LastPass: Advanced, then Export, as CSV. In Chrome, Firefox or Safari the passwords settings have an export to CSV. That plain export is what you bring here, not the encrypted vault file.
Why is the converted file unencrypted?
Because that is what an import needs. It means the download is your whole vault in the clear. Import it into your new manager promptly, then delete the file securely. Do not email it or leave it in your Downloads folder.
MIRAGEA decoy workspace if a device is taken5
What is a decoy workspace for?
A situation where you are compelled to unlock something in front of someone: a border, a search, a robbery. A second workspace that opens with a different passphrase and looks ordinary gives you something to show. It buys plausibility and nothing more.
Does a decoy actually protect me?
Only against someone who does not know to look for one and has neither the time nor the expertise to examine the device. Against a forensic examination it fails, and in several jurisdictions producing a decoy in response to a lawful order is itself an offence. This is not legal advice, and the legal risk is real.
What is the alternative?
Not carrying the data. A device that never held the material cannot be made to produce it, and travelling with a clean device and retrieving what you need afterwards is both simpler and far more robust than any hidden compartment.
Where must MIRAGE not be used?
MIRAGE exists for coercion by people with no legal right to your data: a thief, a scammer on a support call, someone who has taken a device off you. It must not be used to mislead a court, a regulator, an auditor, a customs or immigration officer, an employer conducting a lawful investigation, or anyone else you owe a duty of disclosure to. Presenting false contents to any of those is obstruction, it is a criminal offence in most places, and it breaches the Acceptable Use Policy, which ends your access without a refund.
If you are under a preservation notice, a production order or a litigation hold, that duty overrides any use of this tool. If you are not sure whether one applies to you, ask a lawyer before you use it, not after.
What can someone holding the vault file work out from it?
The partition count, the salts, the IVs and the ciphertext sizes. Each partition is AES-256-GCM ciphertext under its own PBKDF2 salt, stored in random order with its label inside the ciphertext, so nothing in the file says which PIN opens which or which one is the decoy.
The file does not hide that a second partition exists. It does no padding, noise-filling or disk-level concealment.
NETTERMSChase an invoice that has not been paid5
What can I do when a client will not pay an invoice?
Escalate in writing, in steps. A polite reminder, then a firm one restating the agreed terms and the amount, then a formal letter before action giving a deadline and saying what follows if it passes. Each step should name the invoice number, the date, the terms and the days overdue. Most invoices are paid at the second or third step.
Can I charge interest on a late invoice?
In many places yes, either at a rate written into your contract or at a statutory rate set by law, and in the UK and EU there is also a fixed compensation sum per invoice. The entitlement often exists whether or not you mentioned it in the contract. This is not legal advice, and both the rate and the right depend on where you and the client are.
What is a letter before action?
The last letter before a claim. It sets out what is owed and why, encloses the evidence, gives a clear deadline, and states plainly that proceedings will follow if the deadline passes. Courts expect to see one, and sending a proper one very often ends the matter without a claim.
Is this legal advice?
No. It is drafting help, and nobody here is your lawyer. The templates are general: what you can actually claim, whether you are entitled to interest and at what rate, how much notice you must give, and what a demand letter needs to say all depend on your contract and on where you and your client are. Several places have statutory late-payment rules that are more favourable than anything you would think to ask for, and some contracts override them. Read what you send before you send it, put in your own facts, and take proper advice before starting any formal process.
How is the interest figure worked out?
As simple interest on the outstanding amount at the annual rate you enter, counted from the due date. It is a starting point for a conversation, not a calculation to rely on in a filing.
OPSECFind where a real life leaks into a cover identity5
Who is this for?
Anyone whose work depends on a cover identity staying separate from their real one: undercover officers, covert internet investigators, test purchasers, source handlers, and the supervisors and cover officers who review their arrangements. It is equally useful for a journalist or researcher working under a pseudonym.
Why is there no overall score?
Because a percentage would say that a deployment with one critical exposure and thirty-three items in place is 97% safe, and it is not. One linked recovery phone number or one tagged family photograph can end a cover identity on its own. The result is a count by severity and the list of exposures, worst first.
Why does an unchecked item count against the audit?
An item nobody has looked at is not known to be safe, and an audit that treats it as safe reads as clean when it is only unfinished. Unchecked items are counted separately and named in the result until somebody looks.
Where is the audit kept?
In this browser's own storage on this device, and nowhere else. Nothing is uploaded. The audit of a person's weak points is itself sensitive, so use a deployment reference rather than a name, export it to wherever your organisation keeps such records, and use Clear to remove it from the browser.
What does sealing do?
It computes a SHA-256 digest of the audit's text on the device. Written down somewhere outside the browser, it lets anyone show later that a saved copy is the one that was made and has not been edited since. It is not a signature and does not prove who made it.
OPTICRead the text in a photo or a scan9
Is this really not uploading my picture?
Yes. The engine runs in a worker inside this tab; the only things fetched are its own code and the language file, from this site, once. Open the browser's network panel while it reads and you will see no request carrying the image. That is also what the site's own checks watch for on every tool.
How accurate is it?
On a clear scan of printed text, most pages come back over ninety-five percent sure and read cleanly. A phone photo in mixed light, a fax, or a small font drops that, and the page confidence shown beside each page tells you which case you are in. The words it doubts are outlined on the picture so you can check them rather than guess.
Can it read handwriting?
Not usefully. It is trained on printed letterforms and will produce something for handwriting, but that something is mostly wrong. It is said plainly here because the sites that claim otherwise are selling the upload, not the result.
What languages does it read?
English, French, German, Spanish, Italian, Portuguese, Dutch, Polish, Russian, Ukrainian, Turkish, Swedish, Danish, Norwegian, Finnish, Czech, Arabic, Japanese and simplified Chinese. Each language is a separate file of about three megabytes, fetched the first time you choose it. A page has to be read in the language it is written in; tell it which.
What is a searchable PDF?
A scan is a picture of a page, and a picture cannot be searched. Ticking the box writes each page back as a PDF that carries the picture unchanged with the recognised text laid invisibly over it, so a PDF reader can search, select and copy the words while showing you the original scan.
Does it work offline?
After the first run, yes. The engine and the language file are kept on the device by the site's service worker, so the page reads pictures with the internet switched off. Choosing a new language needs one more download for that language.
Why does it matter where the picture is read?
Every other image-to-text site works by uploading the picture, and the pictures people most want read are the ones they least want copied anywhere: a passport page, a prescription, a contract photographed on a desk, a screenshot of somebody else's message. OPTIC runs the reading engine inside this tab. The text comes out, the picture stays here.
What kinds of picture can OPTIC read?
A photo, a screenshot, or a PDF that is really a scan, in JPEG, PNG, WebP, GIF, BMP, HEIC or PDF, as many as you like at once. Drop them, choose them, or paste a screenshot. Printed text, roughly square-on, reads best.
How much does OPTIC download the first time?
The reading engine (about 4 MB) and a language file (about 3 MB) are fetched from this site once and kept on your device. After that the page works with the internet off. Each further language you choose is one more file of about 3 MB.
PACKZip and unzip files in the browser4
Why would I not just use the unzip built into my computer?
On a computer, you should. On a phone or an iPad, opening a zip attachment is often a dead end, and the sites that offer to unzip it for you keep a copy of everything inside. This does the same job on the device.
Can it open .rar, .7z or .tar.gz?
No. Only zip. Those formats need different code, and the zip format covers nearly every attachment and download that arrives compressed.
Does 'Save every file' download them one by one?
Yes, with a short pause between each so the browser does not mistake it for a popup storm. The browser may ask once whether to allow several downloads; say yes and press again for the rest.
Is anything uploaded?
No. Open the network tab in your browser's developer tools and watch nothing go out while you pack or open an archive.
PACTSign a PDF and keep a record that holds up4
Is an electronic signature legally binding?
In most jurisdictions a simple electronic signature is capable of forming a binding contract, with specific categories of document excluded. What tends to be disputed is not the law but the evidence: who signed, when, and that the document has not changed since. This is not legal advice, and the rules differ significantly between countries.
What makes an electronic signature hold up?
A record of what was signed and by whom. A hash of the exact document at the moment of signing, the time, whatever identity evidence you relied on, and a copy of the file. Being able to produce the document alongside a digest that matches it answers the most common challenge, which is that the document was altered afterwards.
Is a typed name or a drawn squiggle enough?
Often yes, legally. Evidentially it is weak on its own, because nothing ties the mark to a person or to a moment. What strengthens it is everything around it: the audit record, the identity check, and proof that the document is the one that was signed.
How do I check a signed PDF against its certificate later?
Choose the PDF signed with PACT and the certificate JSON that came with it. The file is hashed here and compared with the hash in the certificate, so either side can prove later that nothing moved.
PADLOCKPut a password on a PDF, or take one off, on this device7
What does the owner password actually protect?
Less than people think. The owner password sets the permission flags: printing, copying, changes, comments. Those flags are a request to the program that opens the file, and a program that ignores them, or a tool that clears them, can. Once someone can open the file, the owner password does not stop them reading it, photographing the screen, or making an unrestricted copy. The password to open it is the lock: without it the contents are encrypted with AES-256 and cannot be read. If the file matters, set a password to open it.
How strong is the lock?
As strong as the password. The file is encrypted with AES-256 under the PDF 2.0 standard security handler, revision 6, the same one Acrobat writes, and there is no known way round the cipher. A short or guessable password is another matter: a computer can try millions of passwords a second against the file offline, so use a long passphrase, and keep it somewhere safe. Without it the file cannot be opened, here or anywhere.
Which locked PDFs can it open?
Any PDF locked with the standard password handler: RC4 at 40 or 128 bits (revisions 2 and 3), AES-128 (revision 4) and AES-256 (revisions 5 and 6), given either its password to open or its owner password. It cannot open a PDF locked to a certificate rather than a password, or one under a rights management server, and it does not guess passwords.
I do not have the password. Can it take the lock off anyway?
If the file opens without a password but will not let you print or copy, yes: that file has only an owner password, the restrictions are the whole lock, and they come off with no password at all. If the file asks for a password to open, no. Nothing can read it without the password, this page included, and it does not try.
Does it change the document?
It does not re-render anything. Every string and stream in the file is decrypted or encrypted in place and the same objects are written out again with a fresh cross-reference table, so the pages, fonts, text, forms, bookmarks, links and attachments are the ones that went in. Object streams are unpacked into ordinary objects on the way. A digital signature will no longer verify, because the bytes it signed have changed, so a signed PDF is best left as it is.
Will an older program open a file locked here?
The AES-256 lock is the one in PDF 2.0, and has been read by Adobe Reader since version X (2010), by Preview, Chrome, Firefox, Edge, and by the usual phone viewers. A reader older than that will ask for the password and then say it cannot open the file. This page writes only AES-256; the older RC4 and AES-128 locks it reads are not ones anyone should still be writing.
Is anything uploaded, and what happens to the password I type?
Nothing leaves this tab. The file is taken apart, encrypted or decrypted, and put back together by your browser, and the page works with the network switched off. The passwords are held in memory while the file is being worked on and are not written anywhere.
PALIMPSESTHide a message in an image, or reveal one6
What is steganography?
Hiding a message inside something else so that the something else looks entirely ordinary. In an image, the usual approach changes the least significant bit of each colour value, which shifts the colour by an amount no eye can see while carrying one bit of the payload per channel.
Can hidden data in an image be detected?
By anyone looking for it, usually yes. Statistical tests on the low-order bits give simple approaches away readily, and any resize, crop, or resave to a lossy format destroys the payload outright. It hides a message from a casual observer, not from an examiner.
Is it safer than encryption?
It answers a different question. Encryption makes a message unreadable but obvious; steganography makes it inconspicuous but readable to anyone who finds it. They combine well, and used alone the second one is weak: the security rests entirely on nobody thinking to look.
Should I save the result as a PNG or a JPEG?
Always a PNG, never a JPEG. The hidden data lives in the least significant bit of the image's colour channels and is destroyed the moment the image is re-compressed. Expect most chat and social apps to strip it too.
Can I use PALIMPSEST to keep something secret?
No. It is obfuscation, not encryption, and not a way to slip anything past a scanner or a person. The change to the pixels is invisible to the eye but easy for software to find. Treat it as a way to watermark or playfully hide a note, not as protection for anything sensitive. For real secrecy, use encryption.
Is my image or message uploaded?
No. PALIMPSEST runs entirely in your browser and never uploads your image or message. Reading a hidden message is free; saving an image with one hidden in it is part of OBSCURA Pro. Load an image someone sent you to read a hidden message, or to check whether one is there.
PAPERKEYPrint a key you can actually type back in7
What can I put on a sheet?
Anything up to a few kilobytes: a passphrase, a recovery phrase, a private key, a small key file. Large files are the wrong thing for paper, and the page says so rather than producing forty pages nobody will ever type.
What happens if I mistype a line?
Reading it back tells you which line and stops there rather than handing you a key that is silently wrong. That is the whole reason for the check characters: a wrong answer that looks right is worse than no answer.
Can it fix a mistake for me?
No, and deliberately not. Correcting errors automatically means guessing, and a guess that happens to satisfy a check is a corrupted secret you now believe in. It tells you where to look and you fix it from the paper in your hand.
Is the sheet safe to leave lying around?
No. It is the secret, in plain characters, made easy to read by design. Treat it the way you would treat the key itself: a locked box, a safe, a bank. If it has to survive being seen, encrypt it before printing or split it across several sheets.
Does it work with a recovery phrase from a wallet?
Yes, and the words themselves come back exactly as they went in. Many people prefer to write the words down directly, which is fine; the reason to use a sheet like this is the check on every line, which a handwritten list does not have.
Why put a key on paper at all?
A key written on paper survives a dead drive, a lost phone, a locked account and a company going out of business. What it does not survive is being typed back in wrong: one character, and there is nothing to tell you which one. PAPERKEY lays the secret out in an alphabet with no letters that look alike, puts a check on every line and one across the whole sheet, and reads it back telling you exactly which line is wrong.
Do I have to type the row numbers and spaces when reading a sheet back?
No. Type one line per line on the sheet. Row numbers, spaces and case do not matter, and the letters that are easy to confuse are accepted either way round.
PHANTOMStore a key or secret inside an image file4
Why would you hide a key inside an image?
So that a backup does not look like a backup. A folder of photographs draws no attention where a file named recovery-key does. It is concealment rather than protection: it helps against someone browsing casually, and not at all against anyone examining the file.
Is this a safe way to back up a recovery key?
Not on its own. Encrypt the secret first and hide the encrypted result, so that finding the hiding place is not the same as reading the key. And keep more than one copy in more than one place, because a single image that gets resized, re-saved or passed through a messaging app loses the payload silently.
What destroys the hidden data?
Almost any processing. Resizing, cropping, re-saving as JPEG, uploading somewhere that re-encodes, or a phone gallery quietly generating its own version. Keep the original file exactly as it was produced, and check that you can still recover the secret before you rely on it.
What is PHANTOM meant to protect against?
Trade secrets and credentials at rest: a recovery key, a contract, a piece of confidential business material. The payload is encrypted with AES-256-GCM before it is hidden in the image, so a single stolen laptop or a mis-sent attachment does not hand it over.
PHISHLENSCheck a suspicious email or link safely6
How do I check a suspicious email without clicking anything?
Read it as text. The sender's display name, the address behind it, the reply-to address, the authentication results and the actual destination behind each link are all in the message. Everything you need to make a decision is there, and none of it requires opening a link or loading an image.
Why does loading images in an email matter?
A remote image is fetched from the sender's server the moment the message is displayed, which confirms your address is live and reveals your IP address and the time you opened it. Most clients block them by default for exactly this reason. A message that will not display without images is telling you something.
What are the strongest signs of a phishing email?
Link text naming one site while the link itself goes to another. A domain a character or two away from a real one. A reply-to that differs from the from. Authentication that fails. And urgency about an account, a payment or a deadline. Any one of these can appear in real mail, so treat them as reasons to verify through a number you already had, never as proof either way.
Does no finding mean the message is safe?
No. Every check is a rule of thumb. Real messages sometimes trip several at once, particularly ones sent through marketing platforms, and a careful fake can pass all of them. A finding means look closer. No findings does not mean the message is safe.
What does PHISHLENS look for?
A sender name that does not match the address behind it, a reply that would go somewhere else, a domain one character away from a real one, and link text that says one site and goes to another. It also reads any authentication results in the headers and looks for pressure language and requests for passwords, codes or payment.
Can it tell me what is at the other end of a link?
No. PHISHLENS never follows the link, so it cannot tell you what is actually on the far end, only what the address itself gives away. If the message claims to be from a company you deal with, reach them through a number or address you already had, never one in the message.
PHRASEPassphrases, passwords and recovery phrases6
How many words do I need?
Six words (77 bits) is enough for anything protected by a slow hash or a login that limits attempts, which is nearly everything. For a master password, a disk, or a key that a stolen file could be attacked offline for years, use eight or more.
Should I add capitals, digits and symbols?
Not for strength; any attacker's list already includes those variations. Add a digit only when a site's rules demand one, and let the length carry the strength.
Is a BIP39 phrase from here safe to use for a wallet?
The words and the checksum are correct and the entropy is the browser's. Whether the machine you generate it on is safe is a question no web page can answer; a phrase that holds real money is best generated on a device that never touches a network, and written on paper.
What does the checker do?
It confirms every word is in the list and that the last word's checksum matches the rest, which catches a misspelled or swapped word. It cannot tell you whether the phrase is the one you meant.
How do I check the word lists are the real ones?
Both lists are plain text files on this origin: the EFF long list of 7,776 words and the BIP39 English list of 2,048 words. Their SHA-256 is computed by your browser each time the page loads, so you can compare it with the published lists.
What can PHRASE generate?
Six words from the list Diceware uses, a password of any length, or a twelve-to-twenty-four-word recovery phrase with a correct checksum, each from the browser's own random source, with the strength stated in bits rather than a colour. If you would rather trust dice than a computer, roll them and type the numbers; the page only looks the words up. Nothing is sent, nothing is stored, and the page keeps no history.
POLICYLENSRead the fine print of a privacy policy6
What should I look for in a privacy policy?
Four things. What they collect beyond what the service obviously needs. Who they share it with, and whether the word partners is ever defined. How long they keep it. And what happens to it if the company is sold. The last is often a single sentence and often the most consequential one in the document.
Does we do not sell your data mean much?
Less than it sounds. Sell has a narrow legal definition in several regimes, and sharing for advertising, disclosing to processors, and transferring the data in an acquisition all fall outside it. The sentence worth reading is the one about sharing, not the one about selling.
How long should a company keep my data?
For as long as it needs it for the purpose it was collected for, and no longer. That is the principle in most data protection law. A policy that says as long as necessary for our business purposes, without naming a period, is not committing to anything.
What kinds of clauses does POLICYLENS flag?
The ones worth knowing about: whether the company can sell your data, keep it forever, make you give up your right to sue, or track you across the web. Each flagged clause is shown with a plain-language note, first as a summary and then as a clause-by-clause breakdown.
Is the policy text uploaded?
No. POLICYLENS reads the text in your browser and never sends it anywhere.
Is POLICYLENS legal advice?
No. It is a reading aid to help you skim faster and ask better questions. It flags clauses by matching a transparent list of common patterns, so it can miss things a lawyer would catch and can occasionally flag something harmless. When something really matters, read the full clause yourself.
POSTBAGOpen an .mbox file or a Gmail Takeout zip and read every email in it6
How do I open an .mbox file?
Drop it on this page. POSTBAG lists every email in it, lets you search by sender, recipient, subject or Gmail label, and opens any message with its text, pictures and attachments. Nothing is installed and the file is not uploaded.
How do I open the mbox file from Google Takeout?
Drop the Takeout .zip on this page as it is, or the .mbox inside it, which is in Takeout, Mail and usually called All mail Including Spam and Trash.mbox. Gmail's labels are read too, so you can pick a label to see only those messages.
Can I open an mbox file without Thunderbird or Apple Mail?
Yes. POSTBAG reads it in a browser tab on Windows, Mac, Linux or a phone, without importing it into a mail program. Any message can be saved as an .eml, which every mail program opens.
Can it open a very large mbox file?
Yes. It reads the file once and keeps only each message's headers, so a mailbox of several gigabytes is listed without being held in memory. Each message is read from the file again when you open it.
Is it safe to open old emails from an mbox?
Here, yes: nothing in an email runs, links do not go anywhere, and pictures on the internet are not loaded, so no sender learns the email was opened. Attachments that run code when opened are flagged.
How do I get attachments out of an mbox file?
Open the message and save each attachment on its own, or save the whole message as an .eml. Attachments are decoded from the email exactly as they were sent.
PRESSMake a PDF smaller without sending it anywhere8
How much smaller will my PDF get?
It depends entirely on what is in it. A scanned or photo-heavy file stored at 300 dpi and pressed for the screen often comes out at a tenth of its size or less. A file that is mostly text, or whose pictures are already small JPEGs, changes little, and the report says so picture by picture rather than guessing.
Will the text still be selectable and searchable?
Yes. Only the picture streams are replaced, each under its own object number, so the text, fonts, links, bookmarks, form fields and page order are carried through as they were. The page is not turned into an image.
What do screen, e-book and print mean?
How many pixels a picture is left with for each inch it covers on the page: 96 for a screen, 150 for an e-reader or tablet, 300 for a printer. The page's drawing instructions say how large each picture is drawn, and that is what the target is judged from. Where a picture is not drawn by a page, for instance inside a pattern, its longest side is capped at the long edge of a Letter page at that density instead.
Which pictures are left alone?
Anything a browser cannot decode or that would break if re-encoded: JPEG 2000, fax-style (CCITT) and JBIG2 scans, indexed colour, bit depths other than 8, CMYK and spot colour, pictures with a transparency mask or colour key, and the mask images themselves. Small pictures written inline in the page's drawing instructions are not touched either. The report names every one and why.
Does it turn logos and diagrams into blurry JPEGs?
No. A picture with 256 colours or fewer (32 greys or fewer) is treated as a diagram: it is kept at full size and re-packed losslessly as indexed colour, which is usually much smaller and changes no pixel. Photographs and scans are the ones re-encoded as JPEG at the quality you set.
Does it keep metadata, and what about a signed PDF?
The document's title, author and other metadata are not touched; use another tool if you want them gone. A digitally signed PDF cannot survive any rewrite: the signature will no longer verify afterwards, so press a copy you do not need signed.
Why is the result about the same size, or larger?
If nothing in the file could be re-encoded, the whole file is still rewritten from scratch, and a file that was already tightly packed can come out a little larger. Keep the original in that case. A larger file with pictures in it usually means every picture was one of the kinds left alone; the report lists them.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The file is read, rewritten and previewed in this tab, on your machine, and the smaller copy is written by your browser. The page works with the network switched off once it has loaded.
PROVENANCEProve a file has not changed since you got it4
How do I prove a file has not been altered?
Take a cryptographic hash of it the moment it reaches you and keep that value somewhere safe. Re-hash the file later and compare. SHA-256 changes completely if any bit changes, so an identical digest means an identical file, down to the byte.
Does a hash prove when I had the file?
No, and this is where most home-made custody records fall down. The date in the record comes from the clock of the machine that wrote it, and a clock can be set to anything. To give the date force, publish the digest somewhere you cannot quietly edit later and that keeps its own timestamp: a git commit, an email to a third party, a public post, or a solicitor's file.
Does renaming or copying a file change its hash?
No. The hash is computed over the contents, so renaming, copying or moving leaves it identical. Opening the file in an application and saving it does change it, frequently even when you changed nothing on screen, which is why you hash first and then work on a copy.
Is the file or the record stored anywhere?
No. The file is hashed in this tab and nothing is uploaded or stored. The written record is yours to save; PROVENANCE keeps no copy of it, so keep the record somewhere safe if you will need to check the file again.
PWNCHECKCheck if a password has been breached5
Is it safe to type a password into a breach checker?
It depends entirely on how it is done. The safe method is k-anonymity: hash the password locally, send only the first five characters of the hash, and compare the returned list in your browser. The service never sees the password or the full hash. Anything that sends the password itself should not be used.
What does it mean if my password appears in a breach?
It means that exact string appears in a public dump of leaked credentials, so it is already in the wordlists attackers try first. It does not necessarily mean one of your accounts was breached: a common password appears because somebody, somewhere, used it. Either way, stop using it.
My password is not in any breach. Does that mean it is strong?
No. Absence from a breach list says nothing about how guessable it is. A password can be unbreached and still fall in seconds to a rule-based attack because it is a dictionary word with a number and a punctuation mark on the end. Length and unpredictability are what matter.
What does PWNCHECK send to the breach service?
Only the first five characters of a one-way hash of the password, which cannot be reversed. The password itself is hashed on your device and is never sent or stored. The service returns hundreds of possible matches for those five characters and never knows which one is yours, or whether any of them is. The matching is done in your browser.
What should I do if a password I use shows up?
Change it, and never use it again anywhere. Consider a password manager and two-factor authentication. No match does not prove a password is strong, only that it has not been seen in these breaches.
QRMAKERMake a QR code that stays on your machine5
Which error correction level should I use?
M for almost everything. L makes the smallest code when the text is long. H lets about a third of the code be damaged or covered and still scan, which is what you want on a sticker that will be scuffed or if you plan to put a logo over the middle.
How much can a QR code hold?
About 2,900 characters of plain text at the lowest correction level, and less at higher ones. A contact card with an address is a few hundred characters and scans fine; a whole paragraph makes a dense code that needs a good camera.
Why does my Wi-Fi code not connect the phone?
Check the network name is exact, including capitals and spaces, and that the security type matches the router: a WPA3 network is still WPA here. Phones join the network only when they scan with the built-in camera app, not from inside a browser.
Can I put a logo on it?
Not here, and you can afterwards: with error correction set to H, a logo covering up to about a fifth of the middle still leaves the code readable. Keep the three corner squares clear.
Why not use an online QR code generator?
The generator sites do the same thing and keep a copy of what you typed, which for a Wi-Fi password is the whole reason not to use them. This one draws the code in this tab and has nowhere to send it.
QRSHIELDSee a QR code link before you tap it6
Can a QR code be malicious?
The code itself is only text, but that text is usually a URL and your camera will offer to open it before you have seen where it goes. That is the whole attack: a sticker placed over the real code on a parking meter, a menu or a payment terminal sends you to a page that looks right and collects whatever you type into it.
How do I see a QR code's link without opening it?
Photograph or screenshot it and decode the image, rather than pointing a live camera at it. Decoding produces the text, and you read the domain and decide for yourself. This page decodes in your browser and never requests the address.
What should I look for in the decoded link?
The registered domain, read from the right: the part immediately before the first single slash. Watch for a lookalike spelling, a brand name that turns out to be only a subdomain of something else, a shortener that hides the real destination, and an @ sign, which makes everything before it a username rather than the host.
If QRSHIELD shows no warnings, is the link safe?
Not automatically. QRSHIELD shows you what the code contains and points out warning signs, but a link with no warnings is only a link with no warnings. Make sure you trust the destination before entering a password or a payment.
Does QRSHIELD open or visit the link?
No. It never visits the link for you, and it never uploads your image. The code is read in your browser and the decoded text is shown so you can decide before you go.
Can QRSHIELD make a QR code?
Yes. Type a link or text into the Make a QR code box, press Generate, and download the result as a PNG. The code is generated in your browser.
RAMPARTCheck a site's security headers and Content-Security-Policy6
Why not just use a header scanning website?
Use one if you like, for a public page. It has to fetch the page from its own servers, so it cannot reach a staging site, an intranet application or anything behind a login, and it learns which address you are checking. RAMPART reads headers you already have, so it works on any response and sends nothing anywhere.
How do I get the headers?
From a terminal,
curl -sSIL https://the-addressprints them, one block for each redirect. In a browser, open the developer tools, go to Network, reload, pick the page and copy its response headers. The raw view and the tidy name-then-value view both work.Why is 'unsafe-inline' marked as ignored?
When a policy also lists a nonce or a hash, every current browser drops 'unsafe-inline' and runs only the scripts that carry the nonce or match the hash. Leaving it in is the recommended way to keep very old browsers working, so RAMPART counts it as fine in that case and as serious without a nonce or hash.
Why is a CDN in my script-src flagged?
Because trusting a host trusts everything on it. Hosts such as cdn.jsdelivr.net and unpkg.com serve any file anybody publishes to npm or GitHub, and some Google and cdnjs addresses serve old AngularJS or JSONP endpoints that are known ways round an allowlist. Loading the file from your own origin, or moving to nonces with 'strict-dynamic', removes the problem.
Does it give the site a grade?
No. A grade adds together things of very different size: a missing Permissions-Policy on a brochure site and inline script allowed on a payments page are not on one scale. RAMPART sorts what it finds into serious, worth fixing and worth knowing, and says why each one matters and the line that fixes it.
Can it tell whether the server reflects any Origin?
Not from one response. When the headers allow a named origin to read the response, RAMPART says so and gives the curl command that sends a made-up Origin, which is the only way to find out.
RECASTBlack out part of a video6
How do I blur or black out part of a video?
Define the region, apply it to every frame, and re-encode. The part that matters is that the output must be a new video built from the covered frames. An overlay in a player, a mask in an editing project, or a caption track can all be stripped later, because the original pixels are still sitting in the file.
Is blurring a face in a video safe?
Less safe than in a still, because a video hands an attacker many frames of the same face with the blur falling slightly differently on each. Solid blocks are the safe choice. It is also worth asking what else identifies the person: a voice, a walk, a name spoken aloud, a lanyard, a house number visible in one frame.
Does redacting a video deal with the audio?
Not unless you handle the audio separately. Names, addresses and phone numbers spoken on the track survive any amount of visual redaction, and so does the metadata in the container, which may record the device and the location.
Should I cover or pixelate?
Cover, unless you have a reason not to. Cover paints solid over the area, and what was underneath is genuinely gone from the exported file. Pixelate keeps a coarse average of what was there, and for small text that is not always safe: an attacker who can guess what the text might say can pixelate their guesses the same way and compare. Cover is the default for that reason.
Why does the export take as long as the video?
Because RECAST replays the clip in real time and re-encodes what it draws, so a five minute video takes about five minutes. The result is WebM rather than the format you started with, and re-encoding loses some quality. Nothing is uploaded at any point.
Does the box follow a moving subject?
No. It does not track anything: a box stays where you put it for the range you set. A moving subject needs a box large enough to cover where it goes, or several boxes over different stretches. Check the exported file before you rely on it.
REDLINESee what changed in a contract4
Does REDLINE upload my contract anywhere?
No. Both files are read by JavaScript running in your own browser tab. Text extraction, comparison and the risk scan all happen on your device, and nothing is transmitted to OBSCURA OS or anyone else.
What file types can REDLINE compare?
Word .docx, PDF, plain text and Markdown, or text pasted straight in. Old .doc files cannot be read in a browser; save them as .docx or PDF first. A scanned PDF is a picture of a page and contains no text to compare.
Can REDLINE tell me if a contract change is bad for me?
No. REDLINE flags the shapes of change that usually matter: amounts and percentages that moved, dates and deadlines that shifted, and inserted clauses such as indemnity, arbitration, non-compete and unlimited liability. That is pattern matching, not legal analysis. It decides what you read first; it does not decide what to sign.
How much does REDLINE cost?
REDLINE is free to open and to compare two versions with, with no account and no signup. Saving the result is part of OBSCURA Pro.
REELRecord your screen, camera or microphone to a file5
Can I record on a phone?
The microphone and the camera, yes. Screen recording is not offered to web pages on iPhone or Android; use the phone's own screen recorder for that.
Why WebM and not MP4?
WebM is what Chrome, Edge and Firefox write natively; Safari writes MP4. Both play in every current browser and open in every editor. Converting is a job for an editor, not for the page that recorded it.
How long can a recording be?
As long as the browser's memory allows: an hour of screen at a modest bitrate is a couple of gigabytes, which a computer holds and a phone may not. For anything long, stop and save in parts.
Is anything uploaded?
No. Open the network tab in your browser's developer tools and record for a minute; nothing goes out.
Why not use a screen recording service?
The recording services do the same thing and keep a copy of your screen on their servers. REEL encodes the recording in the browser and hands you the file.
RENDEZVOUSPlan a covert meeting: places, signals, abort criteria and a check-in5
What does it insist on?
The parts people leave out under pressure and regret: a fallback place and an emergency place, not just the one meeting spot; a recognition signal and a wordless danger signal that says do not approach or I am compromised; abort criteria decided in advance; a shared cover story for being there and for knowing each other; and a check-in with a written plan for when the call does not come. If any of those is blank it is named at the top rather than quietly missing.
Who is it for?
Anyone planning a meeting that has to stay covert and safe: a source handler and their source, an undercover officer and a cover officer, a handover between team members. It is a planning and briefing aid, not an authorisation.
What is the printed card?
The plan and nothing else, laid out to be read at a glance and small enough to carry. It leaves off everything the browser adds so it is just the meeting, the places, the signals, the abort, the cover and the check-in. Carry it only as long as you must and destroy it afterwards.
Why a separate danger signal and recognition signal?
A recognition signal confirms the other person is who they say. A danger signal is the one that saves people: a prearranged, wordless sign, an object placed or absent, a phrase, a light, that means do not approach, or I am here under duress. Deciding it beforehand is the only time it can be decided calmly.
Where is the plan kept?
In this browser only, and nothing is uploaded. A meeting plan is among the most sensitive things you can write down. Brief from it, print or export the card, and clear it from the browser afterwards.
SANILINKStrip tracking tags out of a link4
What are utm_source and the other parameters on a link?
Campaign tags. They tell the destination's analytics which email, advert or post you arrived from. They do not change the page you see. Others go further: the click identifiers appended by large ad platforms carry a value that can tie the click back to a profile.
Is it safe to delete them?
For campaign tags and click identifiers, yes, the page loads exactly the same. The parameters to keep are the ones the page needs in order to know what to show you: a video timestamp, a search query, a product or page number. Removing those breaks the link, so a cleaner has to tell the two apart rather than stripping everything.
Why bother, when I am the one clicking?
Because the link is usually going somewhere else. A tagged link forwarded into a group chat tells the recipients' analytics that all of them came from your email, and a click identifier passed on attributes their visits to you. Cleaning matters most for links you share.
Does SANILINK strip every parameter from a link?
No. It removes known tracking parameters and unwraps well-known redirect links, and leaves ordinary parameters, such as a page number or a product colour, alone. It never opens the link or contacts any server. Check an important link after cleaning.
SATCHELOpen an Outlook .msg or a winmail.dat without Outlook6
How do I open a .msg file without Outlook?
Drop it on this page. SATCHEL reads the Outlook message format in your browser and shows the email with its sender, recipients, dates, formatted body and attachments. Nothing is uploaded, so it works for a confidential email too.
What is winmail.dat and how do I get the attachments out?
It is the file Outlook sends when it uses its own rich-text format for a recipient whose mail program does not understand it. The real attachments and the formatted body are packed inside. Drop it here and each attachment can be saved on its own.
Can it convert .msg to .eml?
Yes. Save it as an .eml and you get an ordinary email file with the body and every attachment, which Apple Mail, Thunderbird and Outlook all open. When the .msg kept the internet headers it arrived with, the .eml keeps them too.
Are the attachments uploaded anywhere?
No. The file is read by the browser and taken apart in the tab. The attachments are saved straight from memory to your computer.
Why are some pictures missing from the email?
Pictures that were sent inside the email are shown. Pictures that live on the internet are not fetched, because loading one tells the sender, and whoever runs the server, that the email was opened, when, and roughly where. That is how tracking pixels work.
Can it open an encrypted Outlook message?
No. An S/MIME encrypted message can only be opened with the recipient's private key, which belongs in their mail program. SATCHEL says so rather than guessing.
SCREENSHIELDBlack out the private parts of a screenshot5
Can blurred or pixelated text in a screenshot be recovered?
Often, yes. Blur and pixelation are reversible in the sense that the original is drawn from a limited set of possibilities: for text in a known font, candidate strings can be rendered, blurred the same way, and matched against the image. Recovery of pixelated text has been demonstrated repeatedly. A solid block cannot be reversed, because the information is genuinely gone.
What is the safe way to redact a screenshot?
Draw solid opaque rectangles and export a new flattened image. Do not use blur or pixelation, do not use a marker tool on a layer that stays editable, and do not send the editor's own project format, which keeps the layers intact.
Does the markup pen on a phone redact safely?
Only if it is fully opaque and the image is saved flattened. The highlighter is translucent by default and leaves the text readable underneath, and some editors keep the annotation as a separate object in the saved file. Check by opening the saved image and trying to read through the mark.
Can the boxes be peeled off the downloaded file?
No. Redaction is destructive: the covered pixels are replaced, so they cannot be recovered from the file. The boxes and pixelation are baked into the image, not a layer. Downloading also drops the original metadata, such as where a photo was taken. Check that the result covers everything before you share it.
Black box or pixelate?
Pixelation is strong for faces and photos. For text, a solid black box is safer.
SCRIBETranscribe a recording to text on your device3
Is it safe to upload a recording to an online transcription service?
You are handing a third party the contents of the conversation. For an interview, a medical appointment, a legal call or anything under a confidentiality agreement, that is a disclosure, and the terms usually permit retention and often permit use for training. Transcribing on your own device avoids the question entirely.
Do I need consent to record a conversation?
It depends where everyone in it is. Some jurisdictions require only one party to consent, others require all of them, and the rule can differ between a phone call and a meeting in person. This is not legal advice; the safe practice, and the courteous one, is to say that you are recording.
How accurate is on-device transcription?
Good on clear single-speaker audio, and worse with crosstalk, strong accents, background noise and specialist vocabulary. Treat any transcript as a draft to check against the recording rather than as a record. That is true of every transcription system, on-device or not.
SCRUBClean a document before you send it5
Does SCRUB change what my document says?
No. Every visible word, number, formula and image is left exactly where it was. SCRUB removes metadata, comments and tracked-change markup, not content.
Why does deleted text still exist in a Word file?
When track changes is on, deleted words are marked as deleted rather than removed. They stay inside the file and anyone who turns revisions back on can read them. SCRUB removes those blocks outright.
Is my file uploaded anywhere?
No. The document is unpacked, edited and repacked inside your browser tab. No copy reaches a server.
Does SCRUB redact a PDF?
No. It clears a PDF's author, title, producer, dates and XMP metadata. It does not touch page content, so text hidden under a black rectangle is still there. SEAL is the tool for that.
What does a Word, Excel or PowerPoint file carry that I cannot see?
Who wrote it, who saved it last, how many minutes were spent on it, your company name, the template it came from, every comment, and the text somebody deleted under tracked changes but never actually removed. A PDF carries an author and the software that produced it.
SCRUB takes all of that out and gives you back the same document with the visible content untouched.
SEALRedact a PDF so it stays redacted4
Why can people recover text from under a black box in a PDF?
Because drawing a rectangle adds a shape on top of the page and the text underneath is still in the file. Anyone can select it, copy it, or run text extraction and read it. The same is true of a white box, a highlighter set to black, and most annotation tools. Redaction has to remove the text, not cover it.
Does flattening a PDF make a redaction safe?
Flattening merges annotations into the page content, which does stop the black box being deleted, but it does not always remove the text object underneath. The reliable test is to try to select and copy the area after saving. If any text comes out, it is not redacted.
What is the safest way to redact a PDF?
Convert each page to an image, paint over the area, and rebuild the PDF from those images. Nothing but pixels survives, so there is no text layer, no annotations, no metadata and no hidden objects. The cost is that the result is no longer searchable, which for a document you are handing over is usually the right trade.
Is the PDF uploaded anywhere?
No. SEAL renders each page, paints your redaction areas into the pixels and rebuilds the document from those painted images, all in this tab. The export has no text layer to select, no fonts and no annotations. The file never leaves this tab.
SENTINELFind keys, passwords and card numbers before you share6
How do I check a file for secrets before sharing it?
Scan for the shapes rather than the names. API keys and tokens have recognisable prefixes and lengths, private keys have a header line, card numbers satisfy a checksum, and connection strings put the credentials in a predictable position. Pattern matching catches most of what gets left in accidentally.
What should I do if I find a leaked key?
Revoke it and rotate it, and do that first. Cleaning the file, rewriting the history or deleting the message is tidying up afterwards. Assume anything committed, pasted or sent has been seen, because scanners watching public repositories find new keys within minutes.
Will a scanner find everything?
No. It finds what matches known patterns. A password that looks like an ordinary word, an internal hostname, a customer's name, or a bearer token in a house format can all pass straight through. Treat a clean result as one check passed rather than as clearance.
What does SENTINEL look for?
Cloud and API keys, private key blocks, tokens, passwords sitting in config, connection strings with credentials, card numbers that pass the Luhn check, and identifiers such as SINs and SSNs. Each finding shows its line and a masked preview. Low-severity findings (email addresses, public IPs, publishable keys and high-entropy strings) can be skipped with the tick box.
Which files can SENTINEL scan?
Text files of any kind (.txt, .md, .json, .env, .yml, .csv, .log and source code) and Office documents (.docx, .xlsx and .pptx, read from the XML inside), up to 25 MB each. Each file is read in browser memory and discarded when you leave the page.
What does the cleaned copy do?
It replaces each finding with a marker such as
[REDACTED AWS_KEY]. For pasted text it replaces the text box. For a file it downloads asname.cleaned.ext. Office documents are scanned but not rewritten; fix those in the application that made them.
SHADOWKEYCheck password strength and make strong ones, offline6
What actually makes a password strong?
Unpredictability, measured as how many guesses an attacker needs. Length helps because it multiplies the search space, but only when the extra characters are not predictable. A twelve-character password built from a common word with the usual letter-for-symbol substitutions falls almost immediately, because those substitutions are the first thing tried. Several unrelated random words are both stronger and easier to remember.
Are password strength meters accurate?
Meters that count character classes are close to useless, because they reward exactly the patterns attackers try first. A meter that estimates guessability by matching against dictionaries, keyboard patterns, dates and common substitutions gives a far more honest number. Treat any estimate as a rough order of magnitude rather than a measurement.
How long should a password be?
For anything protecting other passwords, use a passphrase of five or six random words. For an ordinary account behind rate limiting and a second factor, sixteen unpredictable characters from a password manager is more than enough. The reason to go longer is offline attack: if a database leaks, the attacker guesses at their own speed rather than the website's.
How does SHADOWKEY work out the strength?
With a transparent model: character variety and length, minus penalties for common passwords, keyboard patterns, sequences, repeats and dates. It is a helpful guide, not a promise.
Is the password I type sent to a server?
No. Most password checkers online send what you type to a server. SHADOWKEY does the whole thing in your browser and never sends or stores what you type. Turn off your wifi and it still works.
Where do the generated passwords come from?
Generated passphrases and passwords use your browser's secure random generator. For real safety, use a unique password for every account and keep them in a password manager.
SHARDSplit a secret into pieces3
What is secret sharing and when would I use it?
It splits a secret into several pieces so that a chosen number of them reconstructs it and any fewer reveal nothing at all. It suits things that must survive you but must not be readable by any one person: a recovery key, a passphrase for an estate, credentials that two of three directors should be able to restore.
How is it different from just splitting a file into parts?
Cutting a file into three gives each holder a third of the secret, and each third leaks. Proper secret sharing gives each holder a value that is mathematically independent of the secret, so anyone below the threshold learns nothing whatsoever, not even a partial answer.
What threshold should I choose?
Set it by what you are protecting against. A high threshold guards against collusion but makes recovery fragile, since losing a few shares can lock the secret away forever. Three of five is the usual compromise: it survives two lost shares and needs three people to conspire.
SHRINKResize, convert and compress images4
What size should I pick?
For anything that will be looked at on a screen, 1920 on the longest side is plenty and 1280 is fine for a chat or a listing. For print at 300 dpi, keep the size and only change the quality. A page on a website rarely needs more than 1600.
What quality should I pick?
82% is the point where a JPEG has lost almost nothing you can see and most of its bytes. Below 60% the loss starts to show on skies and skin. PNG has no quality setting: it is exact, which is right for screenshots and wrong for photos.
Is anything uploaded?
No. Open the network tab in your browser's developer tools and watch nothing go out while you shrink a hundred photos.
Will it make a small image better?
No. It can only take pixels away. A picture that is already small stays small, and enlarging it would only blur it, so it never enlarges.
SIEVESort files into known and unknown6
What is known-file triage for?
Deciding what not to look at. Most files on a machine are the operating system, the installed applications, their fonts, icons and libraries, and they are byte-for-byte identical on millions of other machines. Hashing them against a list of files already known takes them out of consideration in seconds, and the remainder, the unknown, is where examination time belongs. It is the cheapest hour saved in the whole process.
What format does a hash list need to be in?
Almost anything. One hash per line, the output of md5sum or sha256sum, a CSV with the hash in some column, an export from a reference set, a spreadsheet column pasted into a text file. Every token on every line that is thirty-two, forty or sixty-four hexadecimal characters is taken as a hash, and whatever remains on the line becomes the label, which is what turns "this is known" into "this is known to be a Windows font file".
What is the difference between a list to ignore and a list to flag?
Only how a match is treated. A list to ignore is a reference set of files that are known and uninteresting; matching one takes the file off the table. A list to flag is the opposite: hashes of things you are looking for, and matching one marks the file. You can load several of each, and a file matching both is flagged, because a flag is the finding and being on a known-good list does not cancel it.
Why does it compute MD5 at all, if MD5 is broken?
Because a great many existing hash sets are MD5 and always will be, and being unable to read them would make the tool useless for exactly the work it is for. MD5 is broken in the sense that two different files can be made to share a hash by somebody who sets out to do it. That matters when the hash is your evidence that a file is unchanged; it does not matter when the hash is a key for looking something up in a list. The page and the record both say so, and SHA-256 is recorded for every file so that the evidential hash exists too.
How large a folder can it handle?
Thousands of files comfortably. Hashing is the slow part and the page reports progress as it goes. Individual files above about 256 megabytes are listed as not hashed rather than quietly counted as unknown, because the honest answer is that they were skipped and a silent miscount in a triage tool is worse than an obvious gap.
Is any of it sent anywhere?
No. Files are read by the browser, hashed in the page, and never leave it. The lists are read the same way. Closing the tab leaves nothing, and once the page has loaded it needs no network at all, which is how a forensic workstation is usually configured.
SIGILCheck the signature on a download without installing anything8
What does a valid signature actually prove?
That the file on your disk is byte for byte the file the holder of that key signed, and that nothing changed on the way. It does not prove who holds the key, that the person behind it is who the download page says, that the key was not stolen, or that the software inside is safe to run. It ties the file to a key; tying the key to a person is a separate job, done by comparing the fingerprint with one published somewhere the publisher controls.
Which formats does it read?
minisign signatures (.minisig), including the prehashed kind that signs a BLAKE2b-512 of the file; OpenSSH signatures made with ssh-keygen -Y sign (the SSHSIG format); and OpenPGP signatures, armoured .asc or binary .sig, detached, cleartext-signed or a signed message. Keys: a minisign public key line, an ssh-ed25519, ssh-rsa or ecdsa-sha2-nistp line, or an OpenPGP public key block.
What can it not check?
DSA and Ed448, because no browser can do the arithmetic; SSH security-key (FIDO) signatures, which carry a counter and flags this does not read; brainpool and secp256k1 curves; encrypted messages; and X.509 certificates and PEM keys, which are CERTLENS's job. A signature it cannot check is said so in words, never passed off as valid.
Is the file uploaded?
No. The file is hashed in a background thread on this device, the signature is checked with the browser's own cryptography, and no request leaves the page. It works with the network switched off, and a file of any size is read a slice at a time rather than held in memory.
It says the signature does not check. What now?
Download the file again, from the publisher's own address rather than a mirror, and check it again. A file that fails twice is not the file that was signed. If the wording says the signature was made with another key, the key pasted is not the signer's, which is what you would see if the download page and the key came from the same compromised place.
Why does it show the file's SHA-256?
Because many projects publish a SHA256SUMS line beside the download, and a signature over a checksum file only helps if the checksum matches your copy. The hash shown is of the file you gave, so you can compare it with the published one by eye. CHECKSUM does the same job on its own if there is no signature to check.
It shows a name on the key. Can I trust it?
No. A user id on an OpenPGP key is text the key's owner typed, and a comment on an SSH or minisign key is unsigned. Anyone can make a key that says anything. The fingerprint is the part worth comparing, which is why it is printed in full and why there is a box to paste the published one into.
Is there a size limit?
Not for the usual case: the file is streamed through the hash in eight-megabyte slices. Two kinds do need the whole file in memory, because WebCrypto hashes internally and takes one buffer: the older minisign kind that signs the file rather than its hash, and OpenPGP RSA and ECDSA signatures. Those are capped at two gigabytes, and above it the page says so rather than crashing the tab.
SIGNETCheck a signed email or .p7m file, see who signed it, and take the signed file out6
What is the smime.p7s attachment?
It is the digital signature on an email signed with S/MIME, together with the sender's certificate. It is not a document and there is nothing in it to read. Drop the whole email, saved as an .eml, on this page to check the signature and see whose certificate made it.
How do I open a .p7m file?
Drop it here. SIGNET checks the signature and takes the signed file out of its wrapper, so contract.pdf.p7m gives back contract.pdf exactly as it was signed. A .p7m that is encrypted rather than signed cannot be opened without the recipient's private key.
How do I verify an S/MIME signature without Outlook?
Save the email as an .eml, which every mail program can do, and drop it here. The signed part is hashed and compared with what the signer recorded, and the signature is checked against their certificate, in your browser.
Does a valid signature mean the email is genuine?
It means the signed part has not changed and was signed with the key in that certificate. It does not cover the From line, which is why SIGNET compares the address in the certificate with the address the email claims to be from, and it does not mean the certificate authority is one your computer trusts.
Why does my mail program say the signature is invalid?
The usual reasons are that the message was changed after signing, often by a server adding a footer; that the certificate had expired when it was used; that it was signed with SHA-1, which Thunderbird rejects; or that the root certificate is not installed on your computer. SIGNET says which.
Is my email uploaded?
No. The email, the signature and the certificates are read in this tab, and the signature is checked with your browser's built-in cryptography. Nothing is sent anywhere.
SNIPCut a piece out of a recording4
Why not MP3?
An MP3 encoder is a substantial library that is not on this origin, and every cut through MP3 loses a little more quality. WAV is lossless, and any player or editor opens it; convert afterwards if a smaller file matters.
Can I join two recordings, or remove the middle?
Not here. It cuts one piece from one file. For a ringtone or a clip that is all you need; for editing, save the pieces and join them in an editor.
How exact is the cut?
To the sample. Type the times to the hundredth of a second, or drag; the fade avoids a click at the edges. A WAV is decoded at the rate written in the file itself, so nothing is resampled on the way through. A compressed file does not say its rate as plainly, and the browser decodes it at the rate your sound output runs at; the line under the file name always shows the rate actually used.
Is anything uploaded?
No. Open the network tab in your browser's developer tools and cut an hour-long recording; nothing goes out.
SPLICELook for cuts and joins in a recording5
How can I tell if a recording has been edited?
Look for discontinuities at the joins. A cut usually leaves an abrupt change in the background noise level, in the room tone, or in the frequency content of the near-silence between words. Speech and real rooms drift gradually, and an edit changes things within a single sample.
Does a clean-sounding recording mean it is unedited?
No. A careful editor cuts at a silence and crossfades, which removes most of what these checks look for, and re-encoding the whole file, which happens every time it passes through a messaging app or a platform, smooths over the rest. Finding nothing means nothing was found.
Would this stand up as evidence?
On its own, no. An automated check is a reason to have the original examined by a forensic examiner working from the unmodified file, the recording device and a chain of custody. What helps most is preserving the original file untouched and hashing it, rather than working from a copy that has already been through a phone.
What does SPLICE actually measure?
The things a cut tends to leave behind: a step in the waveform where two pieces were butted together, a change in the room tone, a jump in DC offset between two different microphones, and stretches of perfect digital silence that no microphone produces. Each one is reported as a timestamp to listen to with your own ears. The audio is decoded in this tab and never uploaded.
Why does it flag a place where nothing was cut?
Because a door closing, clipping, a dropped buffer, automatic gain control, or a change of room all produce the same measurements as an edit. These are indicators, not conclusions. Finding something is not evidence a recording was edited, and finding nothing is not evidence it is complete: re-encoding through MP3, AAC or a messaging app smooths away exactly the discontinuities it looks for, and a crossfade of a few milliseconds hides a join completely.
STAMPCheck an RFC 3161 timestamp (.tsr) against the file it is for, in the browser6
How do I verify a .tsr timestamp file?
Drop the .tsr and the file it is for on this page. STAMP hashes the file in your browser, compares it with the hash in the timestamp, and checks the authority's signature and certificate. The OpenSSL equivalent is openssl ts -verify -data file -in file.tsr -CAfile root.pem.
What is a .tsr file?
A time-stamp response from a timestamping authority, as defined in RFC 3161. It holds a signed statement that a particular hash existed at a particular time. The .tst is the same token without the response around it.
Does the timestamping authority see my file?
No. Only the file's hash is sent when a timestamp is made, and when it is checked here the file is hashed in your browser and never uploaded.
What does 'imprint does not match' mean?
The hash of the file you have is not the hash that was timestamped. Either it is a different file, or it has changed, even by one byte, or been saved again since. The timestamp says nothing about it.
Is a timestamp still valid after the authority's certificate expires?
Yes, if the certificate was valid when the timestamp was made. STAMP checks the certificate against the time in the timestamp, not today's date.
What is the nonce in a timestamp request?
A random number the requester sends, which the authority copies into its response. Matching it proves the response was made for that request and is not an old one replayed.
STAPLEMerge, split, reorder and number PDFs5
Is the PDF uploaded anywhere?
No. The files are read in your browser, the thumbnails are drawn there, and the output is written there. Open the network tab in your browser's developer tools while you use it and watch nothing go out.
Why can it not open my PDF?
Almost always because the file is encrypted with a password, even an empty one that a viewer never asked you for. Open it in a viewer, save an unlocked copy, and add that. Very rarely a file is damaged in a way a viewer tolerates and a strict reader does not.
Does it make the PDF smaller?
No. It copies pages as they are, so a merged file is about the size of its parts and a split file is about the size of the pages it holds. Making a PDF smaller means re-encoding the images inside it, which is a different job.
How do the page numbers behave on a rotated page?
They are drawn upright, in the corner you chose as the reader sees it, whatever way the page is turned. The numbers count the pages of the output in the order shown, starting where you set.
Can I add photos or screenshots as pages?
Yes. JPEG and PNG files are accepted alongside PDFs, and each image becomes a page. Add them in any order and drag them into place with the rest.
STEGOSCANLook for data hidden inside an image8
Does the image get uploaded?
No. It is read in the browser, and every byte of the parsing, the hexdump and the bit-plane drawing happens in this tab. Turn the network off and the page works exactly the same.
It says there is a ZIP after the end. How do I open it?
Copy the file, rename the copy so it ends in .zip, and open it with your normal unarchiver. Most unarchivers will also open it under its original name; they scan backwards for the archive's own directory rather than trusting the extension.
What does a high chi-square mean?
That the pairs of pixel values are still far apart, which is what an untouched photograph looks like. The suspicious case is the opposite one: a very small chi-square, meaning the pairs have been flattened, which is what writing random data over every least significant bit does. Neither is proof on its own.
The bit plane looks like static. Is that bad?
No, that is the normal case. A photograph's low bits are close to random because the sensor noise is. What is worth a second look is structure in the plane: flat areas, an edge, text, or a patch where the texture of the noise changes.
Can it find a message hidden with a password?
It can sometimes see that something was written, from the bit plane or the statistics. It cannot read it, and it does not try. Recovering an encrypted payload needs the key and the tool that wrote it.
Why does it flag chunks as unknown?
Because a chunk type that is not in the format's specification is the easiest place to park data that every viewer will step over. Most unknown chunks are harmless, from a camera or an editor with its own extension, but they are worth naming rather than skipping.
Which formats does it read?
PNG, JPEG, GIF, WebP and BMP. TIFF, HEIC and AVIF are not read, because each is a substantial container format of its own and half-reading one would be worse than saying so.
Does STEGOSCAN find every hidden message?
No. It finds careless hiding: data put somewhere obvious, such as after the end marker, in a chunk nobody defined or a comment field, or written wholesale over the least significant bits. It does not find good hiding. A large chi-square is what an ordinary photograph looks like; a very small one, a tail probability near one, is the signature of random data written over every low bit. Neither is proof: a heavily denoised picture, a small palette, a screenshot or a resave can produce either number honestly, and anything cleverer than replacing the low bits wholesale will not move it at all.
STRATADig out every earlier version saved inside a PDF and see what changed7
How can a PDF hold earlier versions of itself?
A PDF can be saved by appending: the new or changed objects are written after the old file, with a new cross-reference table that points back at the old one. Nothing earlier is removed. Acrobat does this when it signs, comments on or fills a form in a file, and many other tools do it too. The reader shows the newest version; the older ones are still in the bytes, and this page cuts them out.
What does it tell me about each change?
For every pair of consecutive versions: whether the producer, the dates or the title in the document properties and the embedded XMP metadata changed; fonts that were added; pages whose drawing instructions changed, with a pixel-by-pixel comparison of every page; comments and other annotations added, removed or altered; form field values added or changed; and, for a signed file, how much of the file the signature actually covers.
My PDF has one version. Does that mean it was never edited?
No. It means the last program to save it wrote the whole file afresh, which is what most editors do on an ordinary save. Only a file saved by appending keeps its past. A single version says nothing either way about what happened before that save.
Is a signed PDF with a later version a forgery?
Not by itself. Signing is itself done by appending, and a second signature or a filled form field after the first is normal. What matters is what the later version changed: a form field is one thing, a page's content is another. The page reports both, and says how many bytes were added after each signature. Checking the signature itself is a job for PDFSIG.
Why is a version listed that a reader shows differently?
Each version is cut from the file exactly as it stood when its end-of-file marker was written, so it opens in any reader. A reader that repairs a damaged cross-reference table may show a version slightly differently from another, and a linearised file, which carries two cross-reference sections for one version, is counted as one.
Does it work on an encrypted PDF?
Partly. The versions are found and cut from the bytes, and the pages are rendered and compared if the file opens without a password. The text inside the document properties, the metadata and the form values is encrypted, so those are compared by their bytes and not shown. A file that needs a password to open is listed but its pages cannot be drawn.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The file is read, cut and drawn in this tab. Each version you save is written by your browser from the bytes already in memory. The page works with the network switched off once it has loaded.
STRONGBOXMake, or open, a password-protected zip on this device8
Will WinZip, 7-Zip or my phone open the zip this makes?
WinZip, 7-Zip, PeaZip, Keka and The Unarchiver open it, and so does this page; the format is the WinZip AES-256 one (AE-2) that those programs write themselves. The unzip built into Windows Explorer and the one built into macOS Finder do not handle AES zips and will say the file is damaged or the method is unsupported, so someone without an archiver should open it here.
Can anyone see what is inside without the passphrase?
They can see the names of the files, their sizes and their dates, because the zip format encrypts each file's contents and nothing else. That is true of every password-protected zip, from every program. If the names themselves are private, put the files in a folder with a dull name first, or use CAPSULE, which hides everything.
Which password-protected zips does it open?
Zips whose files are encrypted with WinZip AES at 128, 192 or 256 bits (AE-1 or AE-2), zips with the older ZipCrypto password that Windows Explorer and Info-ZIP write, and plain zips with no password. Inside the zip, files must be stored or deflated, which almost all are. It does not open 7z, RAR or gzip files, zips using PKWARE's strong encryption, or entries compressed with bzip2, LZMA, PPMd or Deflate64; it says which of these it met.
Is the older ZipCrypto password safe?
No. ZipCrypto, the traditional zip password, has been breakable since 1994: with a small piece of known content, or a handful of files from the same archive, the keys can be recovered without the password at all. This page opens ZipCrypto archives because many exist, and never writes one. Everything it makes uses AES-256.
How strong does the passphrase need to be?
Stronger than for a website login. The zip format fixes the key derivation at 1000 rounds of PBKDF2-SHA1, which is little work, so a computer with a graphics card tries millions of passphrases a second against the file. Four or five unrelated words, or a long random string from a password manager, holds up; a word with a number on the end does not. The read-out under the field uses the zxcvbn estimator, which knows the common passwords, dates and keyboard patterns.
What if I forget the passphrase?
There is no way back in. The key comes only from the passphrase, nothing is stored here or anywhere, and there is no recovery. Keep it in a password manager, or write it down somewhere the zip is not.
How big a zip can it make or open?
Everything is held in memory in this tab, so a few hundred megabytes is fine on a laptop and a large video may not be on a phone. It does not write zip64, so a zip over 4 GB or with more than 65,535 entries is refused with a message rather than written broken. It reads zip64 archives if the memory is there.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The files are compressed and encrypted on your device by your browser, and a zip you open is read the same way. The only things fetched are the compression library and the passphrase dictionary from this site. The page works with the network switched off once they are cached.
SVGCLEANMake an SVG safe: no script, no handlers, no remote calls5
Why do sites refuse SVG uploads?
Because an SVG served back from a site runs as part of that site. A script inside one becomes script on that domain, with access to whatever a page there can reach. A cleaned SVG does not have that problem, which is why cleaning is the alternative to refusing.
What is actually dangerous in an SVG?
Script elements, any attribute beginning with on, embedded HTML through foreignObject, links with a javascript: URL, and CSS that imports or fetches. Each of those is either code that runs or a request that happens without being asked for.
Will cleaning change how it looks?
It should not. What is removed is script, handlers, remote references and the editor's own bookkeeping, none of which draw. The one visible change is where the file depended on fetching an image or a font from elsewhere, in which case that part cannot appear anyway on a machine that is offline or behind a firewall.
Does it remove the artist's name?
Titles, descriptions and metadata come out by default, and those are usually where a name sits. It does not strip a name that is drawn as part of the artwork, because that is the drawing. Untick the box if the file is going somewhere those details belong.
Is it safe to open the file here at all?
Yes. The original is shown through an image tag rather than inline, and a browser will not run script, follow links or fetch remote references in an SVG loaded that way. The cleaning itself works on a parsed document that is never attached to this page.
TAKEOUTOpen the data Google, Meta or Apple gave you and see what they were keeping7
What does it read?
From Google Takeout: the location history in every shape it has taken (Records.json, the Semantic Location History months, Timeline Edits.json, the Timeline.json an Android phone exports and the location-history.json an iPhone does), the My Activity folder and the YouTube history, the Ads folder, Chrome's history and bookmarks, the contacts vCard, calendars and the mbox from Gmail. From Facebook and Instagram: messages, posts, comments, likes and reactions, ad interests and topics, the advertisers who uploaded your contact details or used your activity, and the off-Facebook activity. From Apple: the CSV files its privacy portal writes, each as a table, plus contacts and calendars. Every CSV, vCard and ICS anywhere in an export is read the same way. Files are recognised by what is inside them, so a renamed or translated folder still reads.
Will a twenty-gigabyte Takeout work?
Yes, given time. The zip is never unpacked into memory: it is streamed through a worker, file by file, and each file is read as it streams, so the size of the export is not what limits it. What is kept is the rows: up to 500,000 per table (300,000 for mail), after which the counts and the charts go on but the table and the exports stop. A Records.json with three million points is kept in full, as numbers, and takes about a minute. Several zips can be dropped at once, which is how Takeout splits a large export.
Does it read my emails?
No. From the mbox it keeps the From, Date and Subject lines and Gmail's labels, and nothing from the body of any message. That is enough to say how many messages there are by year, who wrote most, and what the labels hold. To read the messages themselves, POSTBAG opens the same mbox, or the Takeout zip it came in, and MAILBOX takes one email apart.
Why do the accents in my Facebook messages come out wrong everywhere else, and right here?
Facebook and Instagram write their JSON with every non-ASCII character as the bytes of its UTF-8 form escaped one at a time, so "é" arrives as "é". A string that holds only characters in that range is read again as UTF-8 bytes here, which puts the accents back. A string that is not valid UTF-8 read that way is left as it came.
Why is there no map under the tracks?
A map means asking a tile server for the tiles round the places you have been, which tells that server where you have been. The tracks are drawn over a plain latitude and longitude grid instead, with no request to anyone. Export the GPX and open it in TRAIL if you want to cut your home out before sharing it, or in any map application on your own machine.
Is anything uploaded or kept?
No. The export is read in this tab, in a worker, and nothing leaves it: the page makes no network request other than for its own files. Nothing is stored either. Close the tab, or press Clear, and it is gone; there is no store to empty.
What does it not do?
It does not show photos or videos, play anything, or open documents; those are listed by name and size. It does not read the HTML versions of Takeout data (choose JSON when you order the export), Google Drive or Docs contents, iCloud Photos, WhatsApp exports, or any JSON in a shape it does not know. It counts and lists; it does not delete anything from your account, and cannot.
TAMPERLook for signs a photo was edited6
How can I tell if a photo has been edited?
There is no single test. The signals worth looking at are differences in compression error across the image, which show where an area has been through a different number of saves; duplicated blocks, which appear when part of the picture was copied to cover something up; noise that does not match between regions; and metadata naming an editor, or a modified date later than the capture.
Is error level analysis reliable?
Not on its own, and it is badly over-read. Resaving, resizing, screenshotting and passing an image through a messaging app all change compression across the whole picture and produce patterns that look like edits. Treat any result as a reason to look harder at a specific area, never as a conclusion.
Can these checks detect AI-generated images?
Not reliably. They are built to find local inconsistencies within a photograph, and a fully generated image has no original to be inconsistent with. Some generators write metadata or provenance credentials, which is a far stronger signal when present, and whose absence proves nothing at all.
What does TAMPER actually check?
Four things: how the picture responds to being recompressed (the error level map), whether any part of it is a copy of another part, whether the JPEG block structure is intact, and what the file says about the software that made it. Each result is a prompt to look harder at a specific spot. None of it is proof, and none of it belongs in an argument as proof. The image is read in this tab and never uploaded.
Does a clean result mean the photo is untouched?
No. Saving the picture once more, taking a screenshot of it, or posting it through any social network erases the error level signal completely. A clean map says only that nothing stood out in the copy you have. Equally, a bright patch is not evidence of forgery: sharp edges, text, logos, a pasted region, a resized region and a dozen innocent edits all show up bright.
Why does it report copied blocks in a photo nobody edited?
Because some things genuinely repeat. Brickwork, foliage, windows and any repeating texture look like cloned blocks to the detector, and it will say so. Treat a report of copied blocks as a place to look, not as a finding.
TELLSSee the habits that identify your writing, and flatten them8
Can writing really be traced to a person?
Yes, and on less text than people think. Stylometry has picked authors out of thousands of candidates from a few hundred words, using the frequencies of ordinary words (the, of, and), punctuation habits and sentence length. It is used in court, by newsrooms and by people who want to know who wrote a post.
Does flattening make me anonymous?
No, and anything that says otherwise is selling something. The research on adversarial stylometry is clear that surface tells can be flattened and deeper ones (which words you choose, how your sentences move) survive. Flattening removes the cheap giveaways; the rest is the page's list, and it is work only you can do, by hand.
What does the comparison score mean?
It is the cosine similarity of two profiles: a hundred function-word rates, a dozen punctuation rates and the sentence-length rhythm. Above about ninety-three reads as the same hand; below seventy as different. It is weak on short texts and on texts about different things, and it is a start for a question, not an answer to one.
Why does it not rewrite my sentences?
Because a rewrite has a style of its own, and a text with a tool's style is as traceable as one with yours: to the tool. The mechanical changes here are the ones with no voice. The sentences are yours to change.
Is the text uploaded?
No. It is read and changed in this tab. The page works with the network switched off.
What kind of habits give an author away?
Writing is matched to its author by habit, not by ideas: the dash you reach for, the spelling you use, the space after a full stop, the phrase you lean on. It works on less text than people assume.
What does flattening change?
Quotes, dashes, spacing, the ellipsis, capital I, emoji, and if you choose them the spelling and the contractions. It never changes a sentence's shape or its words beyond that.
What should I compare the text against?
Something you wrote under your name, or something you suspect was written by the same hand. The score is the likeness of their function words, punctuation and sentence rhythm, which is what an analyst would start from.
TOKENTwo-step login codes without an app or an account6
Does this replace an authenticator app?
It does the same arithmetic and gives the same codes. What it does not give you is a second device: if this browser's storage is lost or wiped and you have no backup file, the codes are gone. Export a backup, and keep the recovery codes each service gave you.
Can I scan the QR code?
Not here; a camera in a web page is a permission too many for a tool about secrets. Every service also shows the key as text (usually behind 'can't scan?'), and QRSHIELD on this site reads the address out of a QR code image without the camera.
My codes are rejected. Why?
Almost always the clock: check the time this page shows against a reliable one. Next, the secret was typed with a 0 or a 1 (base32 has neither; use O and I). Then the digits or period, which a few services set to 8 or 60.
Is anything uploaded?
No. Open the network tab in your browser's developer tools; nothing goes out. The page works with the network off.
Do I need an account, and does anything sync?
No account, and nothing is synced anywhere. TOKEN does the same arithmetic an authenticator app does, in this tab, from the secret the service showed you when you turned on two-step verification. Set a passphrase to keep the secrets encrypted in this browser, and export an encrypted file as the backup.
The service only shows me a QR code. What do I paste?
Either of two things. When a service shows a QR code it also offers the key as text, usually behind a link such as "can't scan?". The address behind the code itself starts with
otpauth://. Paste the address into the first box, or type the key by hand in the fields below it.
TRAILCut your home out of a run or ride before you share the track8
Do the sharing sites not already hide my home?
Some offer a privacy zone, and it is worth using. It hides the ends from other people on that site; the file you export and post elsewhere, or that a friend downloads, is the whole track. Cutting it here means the file itself is safe wherever it goes.
How much should I cut?
More than the distance to the corner. A circle of five hundred metres hides which street; a kilometre hides which neighbourhood; and the direction the remaining track leaves in still says something. If the same place is the start of every track you share, cut it wider, since the tracks will be compared.
What about the times?
The timestamps say when you leave the house and when you get back, every day you go out, which is a pattern. Dropping them is on by default. Elevation is left, since it is what makes a ride worth looking at, and it says nothing about where the track started.
Why is there no map?
Drawing the track over a map means fetching the map tiles round your house from a tile server, which tells that server where you live. The track alone is enough to see where the cuts are.
Is the file uploaded?
No. It is read, drawn and rewritten in this tab. The page works with the network switched off.
What does a shared track give away?
A track from a run or a ride starts at your front door and ends there. Shared as it is, it is your address, with the time you leave the house.
What file do I need?
A GPX file, or a TCX from a Garmin. Export one from your watch's app or from the site you use. It is read here and never leaves this tab, and what you download is a GPX.
If I keep the times, what do they still reveal?
The gap between what is kept and what was cut still says roughly when you were near home. Dropping the times, the heart rate, cadence, power and temperature is on by default.
UNBEACONRemove tracking pixels from an email5
What is a tracking pixel in an email?
A one-pixel image hosted on the sender's server. When your mail client displays the message it fetches that image, and the fetch tells the sender that the address is live, when you opened it, how many times, your IP address and therefore roughly where you are, and which client you read it in.
How do I stop email tracking?
Turn off automatic loading of remote images, which every major client supports and several now do by default. Some providers instead proxy and cache images, which hides your IP but still reports the open. Forwarding a message passes the pixel on, so stripping it matters most for mail you send onward.
Can links in an email track me too?
Yes, and this survives blocking images. Bulk senders rewrite links to run through a redirector carrying an identifier for you and for that message, so the click is recorded before you reach the destination. The real address is usually visible inside the redirect link, or reachable by cleaning the tracking parameters off it.
What does UNBEACON remove, and what does it leave alone?
It removes zero-size image beacons, images hosted on known email-tracking domains, images carrying tracking parameters, and CSS background beacons. Each removed pixel is replaced with a comment marker so the layout stays intact. It leaves your real inline images and content untouched, and it does not alter the visible links. Review the result before relying on it.
Does UNBEACON open the email or contact the sender?
No. It runs entirely in your browser and never opens the email or contacts any server. The scan is free; saving the cleaned copy is part of OBSCURA Pro.
UNSEENFind the characters in a text that you cannot see5
How do I know if a document I was sent is watermarked?
Paste it here. A watermark of this kind is a run of zero-width characters spread through the text, usually between words or after particular names, and it shows up immediately as a count of invisible characters with a pattern to where they sit. If the mark carries a name or a number, it is read out as well.
What is a direction override doing in source code?
Making the code read differently from how it runs. The characters reorder the display without changing the bytes, so a comment can appear to close where it does not, and a reviewer approves something other than what is compiled. It was published as the Trojan Source attack and it works in most editors.
Why does the address look right but go somewhere else?
Because one of the letters is not the letter it appears to be. A Cyrillic а and a Latin a are drawn identically in most fonts and are different characters, so they are different domains. Tick the look-alike box and anything that is not plain ASCII is folded, which makes the substitution obvious.
Is it safe to paste something confidential?
It goes nowhere. The whole check runs in your browser, the file is never uploaded, and nothing is stored. Turn the network off and the page behaves identically, which is the simplest way to check that rather than believe it.
Will cleaning it break anything?
Removing invisible characters and direction overrides is safe for ordinary text. It is not always safe for text in Arabic, Hebrew or an Indic script, where joiners and marks do real work, so read the result before you use it. Folding look-alikes is the one that changes meaning, which is why it is off unless you ask.
UNSUBFind the real unsubscribe link in an email5
Is it safe to click unsubscribe?
From a sender you recognise, generally yes. From unsolicited mail the link is worth reading before you follow it: it can confirm your address is live, and it can point somewhere unrelated to the sender. The more reliable signal is the List-Unsubscribe header, which is part of the message rather than the body.
What is the List-Unsubscribe header?
A header that legitimate bulk senders are expected to set, holding a web address, a mailto address, or both. Mail clients use it for their own one-click unsubscribe button. Because it sits in the headers rather than the visible body it is much harder to disguise than a link in the text.
Nothing happened after I unsubscribed. What now?
Give it a few days, since senders are allowed a short window to process it. If the mail continues, stop clicking and mark it as spam instead, which trains your provider's filter and confirms nothing to the sender. Continued mail after an unsubscribe is itself a breach of the rules in most jurisdictions.
Does UNSUB unsubscribe me?
No. It never clicks anything for you, never opens the links and never contacts a server. It reads the email's List-Unsubscribe header and the links in its body, and shows you the real ways out. Opening or using one of them still happens in your own mail app or browser, on your terms.
What tricks does it flag?
The common ways senders keep you on a list: burying the unsubscribe link, hiding it in tiny grey text, or making you log in to leave. Only your own copy of the message is read.
VAULTSend a file browser to browser4
How can I send a large file without uploading it to a service?
Open a direct connection between the two browsers and stream the file across it. Both people have to be online at the same time, which is the trade, but nothing is stored on anyone's server, there is no link that keeps working afterwards, and there is no account holding a copy.
Is a browser-to-browser transfer really private?
The file contents go between the two browsers over an encrypted connection. What a third party can still see is that a connection happened, when, and roughly how much data moved, and a relay server is often needed to get through restrictive networks, though it carries only encrypted bytes. It removes the stored copy, not the fact of the transfer.
What happens if the connection drops halfway?
The transfer fails and has to be started again; there is no server holding a partial copy to resume from. That is the direct consequence of nothing being stored. For a very large file over an unreliable connection, splitting it first is more reliable than one long attempt.
Why are the connection code and the key separate?
So that neither one alone is enough to read anything. The file is encrypted with AES-256-GCM before it leaves your browser; the connection code joins the two browsers and the key unlocks the file.
VEILBlur faces and plates out of a photo5
Do I need permission to publish a photo with someone's face in it?
It depends on where you and they are, and on the context, and this is not legal advice. In much of Europe a recognisable face is personal data and publishing it needs a lawful basis; elsewhere the rules turn on whether the setting was public and what the image is used for. Obscuring faces you did not need in the picture is the simple way to avoid the question.
Is blurring a face enough?
For a stranger in the background, usually. Blur is weaker than it looks when the set of candidates is small and known, and it does nothing about the rest of the picture: a name badge, a house number, a car plate, a reflection, or the GPS coordinates sitting in the file's metadata. Solid blocks are stronger, and metadata has to be stripped separately.
Does blurring in a phone editor remove the original?
It should, provided you export a new image and share that. What you must not share is the editor's project file, or a version where the blur is still a separate layer. It is also worth checking that the exported file does not carry an embedded thumbnail that the edit never updated.
How do I blur something the face finder missed?
Drag a box across it. Use Find and blur faces to do the faces automatically, then fix up anything by hand. The blur size slider sets how coarse the blocks are, Undo last takes back the most recent box, and Save blurred image writes the result to your device at full resolution.
Does VEIL upload my photo to blur it?
No. Before a photo goes online you often need to hide a face, a licence plate, a screen, a name badge or a house number, and the apps that do this upload your photo to their servers first. VEIL does it in this browser tab. The photo is read straight from your device into memory, and the face finder is a small model that also runs on your device.
VITALSRead an Apple Health export.zip: every record type, day by day, as CSV6
How do I open an Apple Health export.xml file?
Drop the export.zip, or the export.xml inside it, on this page. VITALS reads it in your browser and lists every kind of record with its dates and sources, then shows any of them day by day. There is nothing to install and the file is not uploaded.
How do I convert Apple Health data to CSV or Excel?
Pick a kind of record, such as steps or heart rate, and save it as CSV, either one row per day or every record as it is in the file. Workouts and activity rings save as their own CSV files. Each opens in Excel, Numbers or Google Sheets.
Why are my step totals higher than the Health app shows?
Because an iPhone and an Apple Watch both counted the same steps, and the export keeps both. Adding every record counts those steps twice. VITALS shows the largest single source for each day by default, which never double counts.
The export.xml is too big to open. What can I do?
Drop it here. VITALS reads it as a stream rather than loading the whole file, so a file of several gigabytes works in a browser tab. You can drop the export.zip directly without unzipping it.
Is it safe to upload my Apple Health data to a website?
It is a lot to hand over: years of heart rate, sleep, weight, cycle tracking, and your date of birth and sex. VITALS does not upload it. The file is read in this tab, and the CSV files are written by this tab.
How do I export health data from my iPhone?
In the Health app, tap your picture at the top right, then Export All Health Data. The iPhone makes an export.zip you can save to Files or send to a computer.
VOICEGUARDDisguise a voice by shifting its pitch5
Does changing the pitch of a recording hide who is speaking?
Not from anyone competent. A simple pitch shift is invertible, and the characteristics used to identify a speaker, such as timing, rhythm, phrasing, vocabulary and the resonances of the vocal tract, largely survive it. It defeats casual recognition by a colleague, not analysis.
What actually anonymises a voice?
Not using the voice. A transcript read aloud by someone else, or synthesised speech generated from the text, removes the biometric entirely. Anything short of that is a matter of degree, and the safe assumption is that a determined listener with a reference sample can make the match.
What else in a recording identifies the speaker?
What is said, and where it was said. Turns of phrase, the names mentioned, background sounds that place a room, and the metadata in the file recording the device and sometimes the location. All of it survives any change to the pitch.
Is my recording uploaded?
No. VOICEGUARD runs entirely in your browser and never uploads your audio. The disguised clip is rendered in the tab and downloaded as a WAV file.
Can I rely on VOICEGUARD where being identified would put someone at risk?
No. It disguises a voice by shifting pitch and speed, which makes it hard to recognise by ear. It is not a guarantee of anonymity: a determined analyst may still find clues in speech patterns or background sound, and pitch shifting can sometimes be partly reversed. Do not rely on it alone where being identified would put someone at risk.
VOUCHCheck who signed a Windows .exe or .dll, and whether it has changed since6
How do I check the digital signature of an .exe without Windows?
Drop the .exe on this page. VOUCH reads its Authenticode signature in the browser, on a Mac, Linux or a Chromebook, and says who signed it, whether the file has changed since, and whether the timestamp holds up. The file is not uploaded.
How do I verify an installer is really from the publisher?
Check that it is signed, that the signature is valid, and that the publisher named is the company you expect. A valid signature by a different or unfamiliar name is the thing to stop at. VOUCH shows the name the certificate carries, which is the one Windows shows.
What does it mean if a signature is valid but the certificate has expired?
If the signature has a timestamp from while the certificate was valid, it is fine: Windows accepts it, and that is what timestamps are for. Without a timestamp, Windows stops accepting the signature once the certificate expires.
Does a valid signature mean a program is safe?
No. It means the program has not changed since it was signed and says who signed it. Malware has been signed with stolen and with legitimately bought certificates. The signature tells you who is responsible, not what the program does.
Why does the file have two signatures?
Many publishers sign twice, once with SHA-1 for older versions of Windows and once with SHA-256 for newer ones. The second is nested inside the first. VOUCH checks both.
Is the file uploaded?
No. The file is read and hashed in your browser. VOUCH shows the file's SHA-256, which can be searched on scanning sites without uploading the file itself.
WATERMARKStamp a visible watermark across every page5
Will this stop anyone copying the document?
No. Nothing will. A watermark is a deterrent and a label, not a control: it makes casual sharing feel traceable and it stops a draft being read as final. Anyone who wants the words off can get them off, and anyone photographing a screen never had them in the way.
Can it put a different name on each copy?
Not in one pass, deliberately: producing fifty files at once is how the wrong name goes on the wrong copy. Put one name in, save it, change the name, save again. It takes a few seconds a copy and the result is right.
Does it change the text of the document?
No. The words and the layout are untouched; the watermark is drawn over or under them as page content. Anything that could read the document before can still read it, which is also why a watermark is not a protection.
What about a signed PDF?
Any change to a signed file breaks the signature, watermarking included. Stamp the copy first and sign afterwards, in that order, or send the signed original and a watermarked copy separately.
Why is my watermark invisible on some pages?
Usually because it is behind a page that is a full-page scan or image, which covers it. Untick the box that puts it behind the text and it will be drawn on top instead. The line along the bottom is always drawn on top for that reason.
X-RAYRead what a file is hiding5
How can I tell who really wrote a Word document?
A .docx file is a zip archive containing docProps/core.xml, which stores the original author account name, whoever saved it last, the revision count and the creation date, and docProps/app.xml, which stores the total minutes the document has been open for editing. X-RAY reads all of these in your browser without uploading the file.
How do I check whether a PDF redaction actually removed the text?
A black rectangle drawn over a PDF is a drawing; the text underneath stays in the content stream and remains selectable. X-RAY renders each page and compares what the PDF says is on it against what is actually visible, so text that exists but cannot be seen is surfaced as a failed redaction. A scanned page with an OCR layer is reported as such rather than treated as a redaction.
Can I recover text deleted from a Word document?
Yes, when the deletion was made with track changes on. The removed text stays inside word/document.xml as delText elements and is simply not displayed. X-RAY extracts those passages along with the name of whoever deleted them, and does the same for comments and hidden spreadsheet tabs.
Is X-RAY free?
The scan is free with no signup: who made a file, when, the GPS coordinates in a photograph, text under failed redactions, deleted tracked-changes passages, hidden sheets, invisible watermarks and trackers, all shown on the page with nothing uploaded. Saving a report or a cleaned file is part of OBSCURA Pro.
Can a file contact a server when I open it?
Some can. X-RAY says whether the file reaches out to a server the moment you open it, along with who really wrote it, on what machine, how long they actually spent on it, what got deleted along the way, and where a photograph was taken. The file is read inside this browser tab and is never uploaded.
ABSTRACTFind the dates a contract hopes you miss5
Which dates in a contract matter most?
The ones that act by themselves. Automatic renewal, and the notice window before it, which is where most unwanted years come from. Then the termination rights and their notice periods, price review dates, milestones with penalties attached, and the expiry of any warranty or cap on liability.
What is an evergreen clause?
A term that renews the contract automatically unless notice is given inside a fixed window before the anniversary. The window is often short and starts long before the renewal date itself, so missing it by a week can commit you for another full term.
How do I keep track of contract dates?
Extract them once, at signing, into a diary with reminders set well before each deadline rather than on it. A ninety-day notice period needs a reminder at a hundred and twenty days. The failure is never that somebody disagreed with the clause; it is that nobody read it again in time.
What is in the calendar file?
An event for each dated deadline, with a reminder a week before. The .ics file drops into Google Calendar, Apple Calendar or Outlook. Where a clause says "ninety days before renewal", ABSTRACT works the deadline back from the renewal date for you.
Why do evergreen clauses cost so much?
Because they act on a date nobody wrote down. A lease or a vendor agreement renews for another year, often at a higher rate, unless you gave notice ninety days before a date that was never put in a diary. ABSTRACT reads the agreement in this tab, pulls out the renewal and termination deadlines, the notice windows, the escalations and the expiry, and gives you a calendar file so the reminders land in the diary you already watch.
ACCESSWrite a subject access request under the GDPR, UK GDPR or CCPA3
Is the letter legally valid?
A subject access request needs no special form: under the GDPR and the UK GDPR any request that makes clear you want your personal data counts, by email or on paper. The letter cites the article so there is no doubt what it is. It is not legal advice.
How long does the organisation have?
Under the GDPR and the UK GDPR, one month from receiving the request, extendable by two further months where requests are complex or numerous, if it tells you within the first month and says why (Article 12(3)). Under the CCPA, 45 days, extendable once by 45 (Civil Code § 1798.130(a)(2)).
Should I send a copy of my passport?
Not with a first letter. An organisation with reasonable doubts about who you are may ask for the information it needs to confirm it (Article 12(6)); the letter gives the details it already holds so it can find you.
ANONReplace the names with codes, the same way every time5
Why not just hash the names?
Because a hash of a name is not anonymous. There are only so many names, dates of birth and postcodes, so anybody can hash all of them and look yours up: the whole space is enumerable in seconds. A keyed hash cannot be attacked that way, because the attacker cannot compute the candidate codes without the key.
What happens if I lose the key?
You cannot re-link anything. Codes produced under a new key are entirely different, so a file released last year and one released this year could not be connected. That is a real consequence and it is the same property that makes the codes secure, so it cannot be designed away.
Is the output anonymous?
No, and this is the most important thing on the page. Pseudonymisation preserves exactly the structure that makes re-identification possible: if somebody establishes that one row is you, every row with your code is you. Treat the result as personal data and apply the same controls.
What is the uniqueness count for?
A combination of date of birth, postcode and sex that occurs once in the file identifies that row however well the name is coded. The count tells you how many rows are in that position, because coarsening those columns (a year instead of a date, an outward postcode instead of a full one) matters far more than the pseudonym does.
Why is the column name part of the code?
So the same value in two different columns gets two different codes. Otherwise a reference number that happened to equal a postcode would collide, and more importantly a code could be carried into a column it does not belong in.
ARCHIVEFreeze a web page as evidence with a hash5
How do I preserve a web page as evidence?
Capture it, hash the capture, and record when and how you did it. A screenshot on its own is weak because it is trivially edited and carries nothing about its own provenance. What strengthens it is a digest of the captured file, published somewhere with an independent timestamp.
Is a screenshot enough to prove what a page said?
Rarely, on its own. It can be challenged as edited, it shows no address or timestamp beyond whatever happens to be visible, and it captures nothing underneath. Capture the page itself, keep the original file, and note the address, the time, the timezone and the browser used.
What about the Internet Archive?
A third-party capture at a known time is genuinely valuable precisely because it is not yours, and it is worth having as well as your own. It does not always capture everything on a page, and whether a specific address was captured at a specific moment is a matter of luck, so do not rely on it alone.
Why do I have to save the page myself first?
Because a browser tab cannot reach out and download another site's page for you. Open the page, then use your browser's Save Page As. In Chrome or Edge choose Webpage, Single File (.mhtml); in Firefox or Safari choose Web Page, Complete, or the reader's save. That saved file is what you bring to ARCHIVE. An .mhtml or .mht is best, because everything is already in one file; an .html works too, but a saved .html may not carry the page's URL, so type it in.
Can I paste the page HTML instead of saving it?
Yes, if you have the raw HTML from the browser's View Source or a copied element. Resources it links to will not be inlined unless they are already data URIs, so the frozen file may be missing images and styles. A saved Single File is better.
ASSETSDepreciation that lands on the residual5
Why solve the reducing balance rate?
Because picking one by eye does not land on the residual. Reducing a 10,000 asset by 25% a year for five years leaves 2,373, not the 1,000 the policy asked for. The rate that works is one minus the fifth root of the residual over the cost (about 36.9% here) and the schedule then closes on the residual to the penny, which you can see in the last row.
Which method should an asset get?
Whichever matches how it loses value. A desk loses it evenly and gets straight line. A van loses a third the day it leaves the forecourt and gets reducing balance. A machine wears out by use rather than by time and gets units of production. Sum of the years' digits sits between the first two and is still written into plenty of policies.
What difference does the convention make?
A large one to a single year's profit. Under a full-year convention an asset bought in March takes a whole year of depreciation in a year it was owned for a fortnight. Month by month it takes one twelfth. Half-year splits the difference and is common in American practice. Nothing about this is a rounding detail, which is why the choice is on the page.
What happens when something is sold?
It is carried at its written-down value up to the disposal, and the proceeds are set against that. The difference is a profit or loss on disposal, which is a real line in the accounts and not the same thing as the depreciation charge. Under the month-by-month convention the month of sale is not charged.
Does the register go anywhere?
No. It is held in this browser only, and there is no network call on this page.
ATTESTCertify electronic evidence with a hash of every file6
What is a Rule 902(14) certificate?
In United States federal practice, a certificate by a qualified person that data copied from an electronic device or account was copied by a process of digital identification, meaning hashing. It lets the copy be admitted without calling a witness to authenticate it. Other jurisdictions have their own near-equivalents, which is why the plain statement form exists.
Do the files get uploaded?
No. Each file is read by this tab, its SHA-256 computed in the browser, and only the name, size, last-modified time and digest are kept. The contents never leave the machine, which is why the page works with the network off.
Can I check the hashes without this site?
Yes, and you should. Download the hash list and run sha256sum -c on Linux, shasum -a 256 -c on macOS, or Get-FileHash in PowerShell. Matching digests from a tool you chose are worth more than matching digests from ours.
What if some files are privileged and excluded?
Say so in the certificate rather than silently leaving them out. The notes field is there for that, and PRIVLOG will give you the log to point at.
Does it sign the certificate for me?
No. It produces the document, printable, for a human to sign. A digital signature, where one is wanted, is applied with your own key and your own signing tool; SEAL and PROOF cover the file-level side of that.
Why do the files need a certificate at all?
Files on their own prove nothing. What makes them evidence is a person saying where they came from, how they were copied, when, and that these exact files are what was taken, with a hash against each one. ATTEST writes that certificate in three of the forms usually asked for and refuses to produce one with a hole in it.
BREACHRun the clock on a data breach and write it up6
Where does seventy-two hours come from?
It is the reporting deadline under the UK and EU regimes, running from awareness, for breaches of personal data that are likely to result in a risk to people. Other regimes differ, and some sectors have their own shorter ones. The page counts seventy-two by default and lets you set another period.
What if I am not sure it is reportable?
Write it up anyway. An incident that turns out not to be reportable and was recorded properly costs an hour. One that was reportable and was not recorded costs considerably more, and the thing regulators ask for first is the internal record of how the decision was made.
Do I have to tell the people affected?
Usually only where there is a high risk to them, which is a higher bar than the one for reporting. The exceptions are worth knowing: it is generally not required where the data was unintelligible to whoever got it, where you have taken steps that make the risk unlikely to materialise, or where telling everyone individually would be disproportionate and a public announcement would do.
The clock has already run out. Now what?
Report it now and say why it is late. A late report is a problem; an unreported breach found by somebody else is a different order of problem. The page keeps counting past the deadline for exactly this reason rather than hiding the number.
Our supplier had the breach, not us.
If they are processing on your behalf, they tell you without undue delay and the duty to report is generally yours. Your clock starts when they tell you, which is why the day they told you and the day it happened are separate fields here.
What does the incident record have to say?
What happened, when you knew, who it affects, what you did about it, and whether anyone has to be told. Most of what happens after a breach is that writing. Doing it badly under pressure is how a manageable incident becomes a reportable failure to manage one, which is why the form, the clock and the notification are on one page.
BUNDLEBuild a paginated bundle with a linked index9
Are the files uploaded?
No. They are read in this tab, the thumbnails are drawn here, and the bundle is written here. The libraries that do the work are served from this site rather than a content network, so you can use the page with the network switched off and watch the network tab while you do.
What does the section letter numbering do?
It stamps the section's letter in front of the page number and restarts the count in each section, so the third page of section B is B3. That is the form many bundles use. The plain and prefixed forms run straight through the whole bundle instead.
Can I start the numbers at something other than one?
Yes. Set the starting number to continue from an earlier bundle, or to leave room at the front. With section lettering the start applies within each section.
Why is my page slightly smaller in the output?
Because the default stamping mode makes room for the number rather than printing over the document. The page content is scaled by the height of the band, which is a few per cent, and centred. If you need the page untouched, choose the overlay mode and accept that the number sits on a patch over the page.
What is the CSV for?
Electronic filing. Several filing systems want the index as data rather than as a page, so it is exported separately with the section, the description, the date, the page range and the source filename. It is plain CSV, so a spreadsheet or a case management system can read it.
Does it work on a phone?
It works, and on a small bundle it is fine. A three-hundred page bundle will be slow on a phone because the whole file is being parsed and rewritten in the browser, and a phone has less memory to do it in. The progress bar is honest about where it has got to.
What makes a bundle different from a folder of PDFs?
A bundle is one document, divided into sections, numbered straight through, with an index at the front that tells the court where everything is. BUNDLE builds that file: divider pages, continuous pagination stamped on every page, an index whose lines are real links to the pages they name, PDF bookmarks for the sections and documents, and a CSV of the index for electronic filing.
Can I change the sections?
Yes. Each section starts with a divider page carrying its name. Rename the sections, reorder them, add your own, or take the dividers off altogether. New documents land in the first section; move them afterwards by dragging or with the buttons.
Which file types can go in the bundle?
PDF, JPEG and PNG. Every file is read in this tab, nothing is uploaded, and nothing is kept when you close it.
CASEMAPMap who, what, when, and what proves it10
Why does an event need a precision at all?
Because most facts in a real matter are not known to the day, and a chronology that prints a day for all of them is lying by presentation. A witness who says it was some time in March should appear in the chronology as March, so that nobody later argues about a date the witness never gave.
How does an event between two dates sort?
From the earlier of the two, because that is the earliest it can have happened. An event known only to a year sorts from the first of January of that year for the same reason, and a month from the first of the month. None of those invented days is ever printed.
What counts as a quiet period?
A stretch longer than the number of days you set, running from the last day the previous event could have happened to the first day the next one could have. The default is thirty days. On a matter where things happen weekly, set it lower; on one that ran for years, set it higher.
What date formats does the import read?
ISO dates, day-month-year in words or in figures, month-year, a bare year, an approximate date written with about, circa, on or about, early, mid or late, and a range written as between two dates or as 1-14 March 2026. A date it cannot read is shown in the preview as one it could not place, and that row is left out rather than guessed at.
Can I import from a chronology I already have?
If it is a list of lines each beginning with a date, yes. Paste it in and read it as date and description lines; it splits at the first dash, en dash, em dash or colon. A chronology written as prose paragraphs will need cutting into lines first.
Do the documents themselves get uploaded?
No, and they are never held here. What is recorded is a description, a date, where it came from, its bundle reference and how confident you are of its provenance. The documents stay wherever you keep them.
Why not write the chronology as prose?
Because a case is not a story. It is a set of facts, each of which is either proved by something or is not, and a set of issues, each of which some of those facts bear on. Prose hides both, because an unevidenced assertion reads exactly like an evidenced one. Here an event points at the documents behind it, a document that proves nothing is visible, and a stretch of time with nothing in it is visible too.
What does the provenance of a document mean?
It is about where the document came from (the client, disclosure, a subject access request) and how sure you are of that: certain, likely, unknown or disputed. It is not about whether you believe what the document says.
What does the Gaps panel show?
Three things: events asserted with nothing behind them, documents held that prove nothing, and quiet periods where the calendar goes silent for longer than the number of days you set.
How do I add an alias for a person?
An alias is any other name the papers use for the same person. Put them in the Aliases field, separated by semicolons, so that Ada, A.O. and Ms Okonkwo are all recognised as one person.
CASHFLOWWhen the money runs out, and what breaks it5
Why the lowest point rather than the closing balance?
Because the closing balance is the one number that cannot tell you whether you survive. A forecast that ends the quarter at forty thousand and dips to minus nine thousand in week seven is a forecast of insolvency, and the last row looks fine. Cash is a fact about a date; profit is an opinion about a period.
What are the two headroom numbers?
Boundaries rather than guesses. The first is how many periods late every receipt can be before the lowest point reaches zero; the second is what share of receipts can simply not arrive. They are found by re-running the forecast until it breaks, which is a dozen recalculations nobody does by hand, and they are what a conversation with a bank or a board is actually about.
Why separate lateness from shortfall?
Because they have different remedies. Lateness is fixed by chasing, by invoicing earlier or by a facility that bridges a few weeks. A shortfall is fixed by selling more or spending less. Collapsing them into one worst case hides which lever you actually need.
Why thirteen weeks?
Far enough ahead to contain a quarter-end and the bills that cluster there, and near enough that the figures are things you know rather than things you hope. Longer horizons are for planning; this one is for surviving.
Does my cash position go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page.
CDRRead a call record for contacts and habits5
What does the pattern of life grid show?
The whole record laid out by day of the week against hour of the day, shaded by how much happened in each cell. A weekday working pattern, a night pattern, a weekend-only pattern or a change of pattern part way through are all obvious at a glance and none of them is visible in a sorted column of times. It is the first thing an analyst draws and the last thing a spreadsheet gives you.
Why are the silences interesting?
Because absence is evidence in the same way presence is. In a set that is otherwise active every few hours, a gap of a day has a reason: a journey, a custody period, a second handset, a battery out. The page lists the gaps longest first with their dates, so the reason can be looked for rather than the gap being invisible between two rows.
What is a contact that stopped?
One with several contacts and then nothing for a substantial part of the remaining record. A relationship that ends has a date on it, and the date is very often the finding. It is trivial to see once someone computes the last contact per number and compares it with the end of the record, and almost impossible to see by scrolling.
What are the common contacts for?
The question the exercise usually exists to answer. Two subscribers who never call each other but who both deal with the same third number are connected, and the connection is the third number. Where a file holds more than one subscriber the page lists those numbers with how often each deals with each, and states plainly whether there is any direct contact between the two.
Does any of this leave the device?
No, and for this material that is not a feature but the only acceptable arrangement. There is no network call on the page. The file is read in the browser, no number is looked up anywhere, and nothing is resolved to a person.
CHAINKeep a chain of custody log5
Where is the log stored?
In this browser's local storage, on this device only. It is never uploaded. Export the log after each session, because the export is the record.
Is the file I attach stored?
No. It is hashed in the browser and only the SHA-256 digest is kept against the exhibit.
Is this a legal attestation?
No. It is a contemporaneous note kept properly, with digests attached. The times come from the machine making the entry and are an assertion by whoever made it.
What does a chain of custody add to a hash?
A digest proves an exhibit has not changed. The chain of custody is the part that says who was holding it while it did not: each hand-off records who took it, from whom, when and why, against the exhibit's description and SHA-256.
What can I export from CHAIN?
A printable custody record, a CSV spreadsheet, or a JSON file you can load back into the page later and carry on. The export is the record, not this page: the log lives in this browser's local storage, so clearing site data, switching browsers or using a different machine loses it. Export after every session and keep the file where you keep the rest of the matter.
CLAUSEA clause library, and a document assembled from it8
Are these clauses safe to use as they are?
No set of clauses is safe to use as it is, including these. They are neutral, ordinary drafting of the kind that appears in commercial agreements, written to be a starting point for a conversation with somebody qualified. The deal, the money, the parties and the jurisdiction all change what the right clause says.
What jurisdiction are they written for?
None in particular, which is a limitation and not a feature. The drafting style is the common law commercial style used across England, Ireland, Canada, Australia and much of the United States, and the terms leave the governing law and the courts as placeholders. Statute-specific clauses, such as third party rights, are worded generally and will need local wording.
How do cross-references survive being reordered?
They do not store a number. A clause has a reference key, and a cross-reference written as a reference to that key is resolved to a number at the moment the document is rendered. Ten reorderings produce ten sets of numbers and ten correct sets of cross-references.
Will the .docx open in Word?
It is a minimal but valid Office Open XML package and opens in Word, LibreOffice and Google Docs. It carries no styles, no table of contents and no automatic numbering, because those would be a second source of truth for numbers this page has already worked out. Treat it as a clean draft to format, not as a finished document.
Can I add my own clauses?
Yes, and that is the point of it. Write a new clause, or duplicate one that is close and change it. Give it a heading, a reference key so other clauses can point at it, and tags so you can find it later. Your clauses and the shipped ones behave identically.
What happens to a placeholder I never fill in?
It prints as its own name in square brackets, and it is highlighted in the preview. That is deliberate: a document with a visible gap is safer than one where a party name quietly defaulted to something that looked plausible.
How many levels of numbering are there?
Three. A clause sits at the top level or one level in. Its own paragraphs are numbered a level below it, and a line inside it that starts with a plus goes a level below that. Reorder the clauses and every number and every cross-reference is worked out again.
Is anything here legal advice?
No. This is a drafting aid. The clauses are neutral, ordinary drafting, and whether any one of them is right for your deal depends on the deal, the parties, the money, the jurisdiction and the risk, none of which this page knows anything about. A clause is only right for a deal once a lawyer who knows the deal has looked at it. A well-drafted clause in the wrong contract does more damage than a badly drafted one, because it reads as though somebody thought about it.
COMMSRead a schedule of call data6
What kind of file does it take?
A CSV: the export a provider gives you, or the schedule returned through a single point of contact, or anything you have already pulled into a spreadsheet and saved as CSV. Quoted fields, commas inside a location column, both line endings and a byte-order mark on the first heading are all handled. You then match up which column is the calling party, the called party, the date and time, the duration, the direction, the event type, the cell reference and the cell location; only the calling party and the date and time are required.
Why does it make such a fuss about dates?
Because it is the mistake that does the most damage and shows the least. If a file written as month first is read as day first, every event moves by up to eleven months, every pattern and every window around a moment is wrong, and nothing on the page looks broken. So the whole column is examined before any row is read: any date with a first component above twelve settles the order for the file and the page says which reading it used and why. If every row reads both ways, it says so in red rather than choosing quietly.
What does the same-cell finding actually mean?
That two different numbers appear against the same cell reference within the window you set. That is all it means. A cell serves an area (hundreds of metres in a city, several miles in open country), cells are reselected for load and signal rather than movement, and a schedule records the cell serving the call, not where the handset was. It is a place to look, not a conclusion, and the page says so where the finding is rather than in a footnote.
Can it handle a large schedule?
Yes. The parsing and the arithmetic are done in the tab and a schedule of tens of thousands of rows is read in a few seconds. The tables on screen show the first few dozen rows so the page stays usable; the download has everything.
Is any of it sent anywhere?
No. The file is read by the browser's own file reader, everything is worked out in the page, and the downloads are written by the tab. There is no account and no server involved at any point. The settings you choose are kept in this browser; the schedule itself is not kept at all, so reopening the page means opening the file again.
Does it say who a number belongs to?
No, and it never will. Attributing a telephone number to a person is a separate exercise resting on subscriber checks, handset examination, admissions and other evidence. This reads the schedule and shows you the patterns in it.
CONFLICTKeep a register of interests that actually gets used5
Who should be on it?
Anybody who takes or influences decisions: directors, trustees, senior staff, panel members, anybody procuring or awarding. The test is influence rather than seniority, and the people most often missed are the ones who write the recommendation somebody else signs.
How often should it be refreshed?
Annually as a floor, and at the start of anything where it matters, such as a procurement or a recruitment panel. Each entry here carries its own review date so the question has an answer per person rather than once a year for everybody.
What counts as an interest?
Anything that could reasonably be seen as capable of influencing the decision, which is a wider test than whether it actually would. The point is what a reasonable outsider would think on reading it, so the safe answer is to declare and let the register show you were open.
What if somebody will not declare?
Record that you asked and what they said. A register that says "asked on this date, nil return" is a different document from one that is silent, and the difference matters when a conflict turns up later.
Does stepping out mean leaving the room?
Sometimes. It depends on the decision, on your own rules, and on whether their presence would affect what others say, which it often does. The register offers both, along with not receiving the papers, because seeing the papers is participation.
CONSENTKeep the record that proves consent was given7
Do I need consent for everything?
No, and reaching for it by default is a common mistake. Most processing runs on another basis: performing a contract, complying with an obligation, a legitimate interest that has been assessed and written down. Consent is the right basis when the person genuinely has a free choice, and the wrong one when they do not, because consent that cannot be refused is not consent.
What makes consent valid?
Freely given, specific, informed and unambiguous, by a clear affirmative act. In practice that means an unticked box they ticked, wording that says who and what for, a real option to say no, and a record of all of it. Bundling several purposes into one tick fails the specific part.
How long does consent last?
There is no fixed period. It lasts until it is withdrawn or until it is no longer reasonable to rely on it, which is a judgement about the context. Setting a period here and reviewing what goes past it is the practical version of that judgement.
What do I do when somebody withdraws?
Stop, promptly, and record that you stopped. Withdrawal must be as easy as giving it was. Keep the record of both: the consent, and the withdrawal. What you must not keep is the processing.
Is a screenshot of the form enough?
It helps a great deal, and it is not enough on its own, because it does not tie a person to a moment. What you want is the wording, the person, the timestamp and the mechanism together. This page keeps those four things in one row and points the row at the wording.
Why keep more than one version of the wording?
Because a record of consent is worth nothing without the words that were agreed to, and those words change. When somebody asks what they agreed to, the answer has to be the wording from that day, not the wording on the site now. Each entry points at the version in force when it was taken, so changing the wording later cannot quietly rewrite what somebody agreed.
What does a consent record actually consist of?
Not a tick in a database. A person, a moment, the form of words they were actually shown, and a way of taking it back that is as easy as giving it. CONSENT keeps those together, including the part everyone forgets: what happened when somebody changed their mind.
CORDONWork out a cordon and keep the posting log5
Where do the distances come from?
They are the stand-off distances published for responders, in the form they are published: two figures for each kind of threat, rounded as published rather than converted into a false precision. They are on a card for exactly this purpose: so that somebody arriving first has a defensible number before anybody qualified is there. They are not advice, and this page has not seen the thing you are standing near.
Why two distances rather than one?
Because they answer different questions. The first is the distance inside which a person is a casualty. The second, which is far larger, is where falling and flying glass stops being the thing that hurts people. Quoting the first as though it were the second is the mistake that leaves an evacuated crowd standing under a window.
Why does the perimeter number matter?
Because a radius is what gets decided and a perimeter is what gets held. Four hundred metres is two and a half kilometres of line. At a hundred metres between posts that is twenty-five people, seventy-five over three reliefs, and knowing that in the first minute changes what you ask for.
Is the position sent anywhere?
No. If you press the button that asks this device where it is, the browser asks you, the answer comes back into the page, and it stays there. There is no network call on this page at all; the location of an incident is close to the last thing that should leave a device.
Why compute positions on an ellipsoid?
Because a great-circle calculation on a sphere is up to a fifth of a per cent wrong, and over a two kilometre cordon that is metres in the wrong place for somebody who has been told to stand there. Vincenty's method on WGS84 is right to under a millimetre and costs a few iterations.
COSTSBuild a schedule of costs that adds up8
Does anything leave my machine?
No. There is no account, no server and no upload. The page works offline, and the matter is held in this browser's local storage plus whatever file you save.
Why do my totals differ by a penny from another system?
Almost always rounding. Some systems round every line and add the rounded figures, which is what this page does and states; others add the exact figures and round once at the end. Over hundreds of lines the two drift apart by a few pence. Turn on the arithmetic column and you can see every step.
Can I use a VAT rate that is not twenty per cent?
Yes, any rate to two decimal places, including seventeen and a half. The rate is held as basis points, so 17.5 per cent is 1750 and the VAT is the base times 1750 divided by ten thousand, rounded half up.
What does the second rate do?
It covers the common case where a different hourly rate was agreed for one phase, usually the trial. Set the second rate and pick the phase it applies to; every line of that fee earner's time in that phase uses it, and everything else uses the first rate.
What can I import?
Any CSV with a header row. You say which column holds the date, the fee earner, the phase, the task, the activity, the description, the time and whether it is claimed, then look at the preview before anything is added. Fee earners and phases it has not seen before are created, with no rate, so you can see what came in.
Is the printed schedule a court form?
No. It is a clean printable document of the schedule and the totals, laid out for paper rather than for a screen. What form your court wants, and what has to be on it, is a question for the rules that apply to you.
Can I change the phases?
Yes. The list starts as the phases of a costs budget. Rename them, reorder them, delete the ones that do not apply or add your own, and there is a button to go back to the default list. The budget figure against each phase is what was allowed for it, excluding VAT. Leave it empty where there is no budget.
How do I enter time?
Either in hours and minutes, as 1:30 or 1h 30m, or in units of six minutes, as 15 or 15.5. Choose which in the matter panel. Whichever you use, the time is held as a whole number of minutes.
CROWDCheck a dataset before you release it7
What is k-anonymity, in plain terms?
Group every row in the table by the combination of the columns an outsider could already know about a person: their age, their postcode, their sex, a date. The number of people in the smallest group is k. If k is one, at least one person is unique on that combination and can be picked out by anyone holding it, along with everything else on their row. If k is five, the smallest crowd anybody is standing in has five people in it and the best an attacker can do from those columns is narrow it to five. The probability of picking the right person out of the smallest group is one in k, which is the whole idea.
How do I know which columns are quasi-identifiers?
Ask what somebody trying to find a particular person could already know or look up about them. Age, date of birth, postcode, sex, ethnicity, job title, employer, the date they were admitted or arrested or hired, height, nationality. It is not about whether the column is sensitive; it is about whether it is knowable. Getting this wrong in either direction is the main way the answer becomes meaningless, which is why the page guesses and then asks you to check rather than deciding quietly.
What is l-diversity and why do I need it as well?
k tells you the crowd is big enough; it says nothing about whether the crowd is varied. If all eight people in a crowd share one diagnosis, an attacker who narrows somebody to that crowd has learned the diagnosis without needing to identify them at all: the homogeneity attack. l-diversity counts the distinct values of the sensitive column inside each crowd and reports the smallest count. An l of one means at least one crowd gives the answer away, however large k is.
What thresholds should I use?
There is no universal right answer, which is why the target is yours to set rather than fixed. Three is sometimes used for internal sharing, five is a common general figure, and some regimes use higher. The number that matters is the one your own guidance, your information rights team or your data protection officer sets, and this tool is there to tell you honestly whether you are meeting it, not to tell you what it should be.
Does a good k mean the release is safe?
No, and the page says so in as many words. k says nothing about a release that still contains a name or a reference number; nothing about what an attacker knows from a source outside your table; nothing about what two of your own releases reveal when compared; and nothing about hidden sheets, pivot table caches, or the author name in the document properties, which is a different and very common way that releases go wrong. This is one check done properly, not a certificate.
What about spreadsheets rather than CSV?
Save the sheet you are releasing as CSV and check that. That is also good practice in itself: a great many disclosure failures are not about the visible data at all but about what an .xlsx file carries around with it invisibly, and converting to a flat format is one of the standard ways of shedding it. For the hidden content of a spreadsheet or document, use the tools here that look specifically for it.
Is anything sent anywhere?
No. The file is read by the browser's own file reader, all the counting happens in the page, and the download is written by the tab. There is no account and no server. The dataset is not kept across a reload (only your column choices are) because it is not ours to keep.
CUSTODYRun the PACE detention clock6
What is the relevant time, and why is it not the time of arrest?
The relevant time is the moment the detention clock starts, and s.41(2) of PACE sets it by how the person came to be in police detention. Arrested somewhere in England and Wales and taken to a station: the arrival at the first station. Already at a station voluntarily and arrested there: the arrest. Arrested in a force area other than the one investigating: the earlier of arriving at the first station in the investigating area and twenty-four hours after the arrest. Arrested outside England and Wales: the earlier of arriving at the first station in the investigating area and twenty-four hours after entering England and Wales.
Does time at hospital count towards the limits?
Under s.41(6) it does not, and nor does the time spent travelling there and back, unless the person was questioned there for the purpose of obtaining evidence, in which case the whole of that period counts. Record each period, tick it if there was questioning for evidence, and the total taken off the clock is shown with the limits moved accordingly.
When are the reviews due?
Section 40 requires the first review not later than six hours after detention was first authorised, and the rest at intervals of not more than nine hours between reviews. Because the interval runs from the last review carried out rather than from a fixed timetable, one late review moves every review after it.
What is the longest anyone can be held without charge?
Ninety-six hours from the relevant time, under s.44(3), and only with a magistrates’ warrant of further detention under s.43 extended under s.44. Without a warrant it is thirty-six hours on a superintendent’s authority under s.42, and without that it is twenty-four hours under s.41. The ceiling here is drawn on the page whether or not a warrant has been entered, because it is the figure nothing passes.
Does it cover terrorism detention or pre-charge bail?
No, deliberately. Detention under Schedule 8 to the Terrorism Act 2000 is a separate regime with its own periods and its own judicial authority, and pre-charge bail periods were changed in 2022. Both are left out rather than approximated, because a detention clock that is nearly right is worse than one that says what it does not do.
Is anything sent anywhere?
No. The page runs entirely in the browser, the record is kept in this browser's own storage, and the download is written by the tab. No custody number, name or time leaves the device.
DECISIONKeep a decision log that shows tampering6
What is a decision log for?
It is the running record of decisions and the reasoning behind them, kept as things happen rather than reconstructed afterwards: a senior investigating officer's policy file, a firearms authorising officer's log, a Gold commander's log, an incident commander's log, and in ordinary commercial life the file that gets disclosed when somebody sues. What it is examined for is never whether a decision was correct on the facts as they are now known, but what was known at the time and what alternatives were weighed.
How does the seal work?
Each entry is turned into a canonical text (every field, in a fixed order, each one length-prefixed so that moving a line break between fields cannot leave the text unchanged) and a SHA-256 is taken over the seal of the previous entry followed by that text. Because each seal depends on the one before it, the entries form a chain: change entry three and three stops verifying, and four onwards are marked as following a break even though their own text is untouched.
Does the chain prove I did not go back and change something?
Not on its own, and the page says so. Anybody who can edit this browser's storage can recompute every seal. What the chain gives you is that an alteration cannot be made quietly: the head seal is recomputed from the first entry forward, so changing anything anywhere in the log changes it. So the head seal is shown at the top of the page and the page asks you to write it down somewhere outside the browser at the time: in the record, in a message to yourself, on a whiteboard photographed at the end of the shift. A head seal recorded elsewhere on Tuesday and a log that no longer produces it on Friday is the whole point.
What happens if I correct a typo?
The entry is re-sealed, and so is every entry after it, and the head seal changes with them. The page tells you that before and after you do it. If what has changed is the decision rather than the spelling, write a new entry that supersedes the old one instead: both are kept, each is marked with the other, and the printed log shows the change of mind.
Can I get the log out?
Yes, as a plain text file laid out for reading and printing, with every entry's seal and the head seal at the top, and as a CSV with every field including the seals, so it can go into a spreadsheet or an evidence bundle. Both are written in the tab; nothing is sent anywhere.
Is it only for policing?
No. The shape is the same wherever decisions are examined afterwards: safeguarding, clinical governance, procurement, redundancy and disciplinary processes, incident response, trustees' decisions. The labels on the fields are deliberately plain for that reason.
DEMANDWrite a letter before claim for a deposit, a refund, faulty goods or money owed8
Is this legal advice?
No. It is a template that puts the facts you type into the shape a letter before claim usually takes, and does the arithmetic on the sum and the dates. You are responsible for what the letter says, for whether a claim is worth bringing, and for whether a particular protocol, limit or time bar applies to your case. Read every line before you send it, and if the sum or the stakes are large, have somebody who knows your case read it too.
What is a letter before claim, and why send one?
In England and Wales the Practice Direction on Pre-Action Conduct and Protocols expects a person who intends to start a claim to write first, setting out the basis of the claim, a summary of the facts, what they want and, if it is money, how the sum is calculated, and to give the other side a reasonable time to reply: fourteen days in a straightforward case, up to three months in a very complex one. A court can take a failure to do this into account when it decides costs. In Scotland, the United States and Canada there is no general rule of the same kind, but a plain demand letter that states the sum and a date is what a small claims judge expects to see, and what most people pay on.
How is the interest worked out?
For England and Wales only. Section 69 of the County Courts Act 1984 lets the court award simple interest on a debt or damages at a rate it thinks fit, and 8% a year is the rate claims habitually ask for. The page counts the calendar days from the date the money fell due to the date on the letter, then works the sum times 8% times the days, divided by 365, rounded once to the penny, and prints that arithmetic in the letter so the reader can check it, with the daily rate it goes on accruing at. It is a claim, not an entitlement: the court decides the rate and the period. A contract or a statute that sets a different rate (late payment between businesses, for instance) is a different claim and this does not make it. For Scotland, the United States and Canada no interest is computed; the letter says the court will be asked for what it allows.
How many days should I give them?
The deadline is counted in calendar days from the date on the letter, and the letter prints the date with its weekday, so there is no argument later about when the days started. Fourteen is the usual figure and the one the Practice Direction names for a straightforward case in England and Wales; the page says so if you set fewer. Elsewhere there is no rule, and ten to thirty days is customary. If the date lands on a weekend the page tells you, so you can give them the Monday.
Does it work for a tenancy deposit?
Yes, and for a deposit in England and Wales the letter asks which government-approved scheme the deposit is protected in, and reserves the right to a claim under section 214 of the Housing Act 2004 if it was not protected. Check whether the scheme's own free dispute service is open to you before you go to court: it usually is, and it is usually faster. This does not calculate the penalty for an unprotected deposit, which is a separate claim with its own rules. In Scotland it refers to the 2011 regulations instead; in the United States and Canada it asks for an itemised statement of any deduction.
What about a business chasing an individual for a debt?
In England and Wales that is covered by a separate Pre-Action Protocol for Debt Claims, which requires an information sheet and a reply form and gives the individual thirty days. This letter follows the general Practice Direction and is not that protocol; the page reminds you when you pick money owed. A business chasing a business, or an individual chasing anyone, is not caught by the debt protocol. NETTERMS, which chases an unpaid invoice, is the tool for the reminders that come before this one.
Can I use it in the United States or Canada?
As a demand letter before a small claims filing, yes. Pick the state, province or territory, and the letter names the court it would go to. Each state and province sets its own limit on what small claims can hear, from a few thousand dollars to tens of thousands, and this page does not know yours: check it before you file, and check whether your state requires a demand letter first, which several do. In Quebec the letter is headed as a formal notice (mise en demeure), which the Civil Code expects before a claim. Nothing statutory is cited and no interest is computed for either country.
Where does it keep my letters?
In this browser's local storage, under one key, and nowhere else: the form as you left it, and a register with each letter's date, its deadline and its status, which you can set to sent, replied, paid or claim issued. Export the register as JSON or CSV to keep it with the file, and Delete everything does what it says, with no undo. The letter itself is written to a PDF or a Word file in this tab and is not kept once you have saved it.
DIARYWork out deadlines and show the counting8
What is the difference between clear days and calendar days?
Calendar days are counted straight through from the day after the event: 28 calendar days after the 1st is the 29th. Clear days exclude both ends, so seven clear days after the 1st is the 9th, because the 2nd to the 8th are the seven whole days in between. English civil procedure uses clear days in several places, and it is the single most common counting error.
Does it know my court's rules?
No, deliberately. Rules differ between courts and change, and a page that quietly applied the wrong one would be worse than no page at all. You say how many days and how to count them; this does the arithmetic, skips the right holidays, and shows every step so you can check it against the rule in front of you.
Where do the holidays come from?
They are calculated. Easter is derived with the anonymous Gregorian algorithm and the movable holidays from it; the fixed ones carry the substitute-day rules of each place. Use the year viewer at the bottom of the page to see exactly which dates this page thinks are holidays before you trust a deadline that depends on one.
Can I put the dates in my calendar?
Yes. The .ics download is a real calendar file with one all-day event per deadline, each carrying the working in its description and an alarm the evening before. It opens in Apple Calendar, Outlook, Google Calendar or anything else that reads iCalendar.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The dates, the matter name and the closures you add stay in this browser, and in your folder if you have connected one. The calculation happens in the tab, which is why it works with the network off.
Why does DIARY show every step of the counting?
Because counting days is easy to do and easy to get wrong, and the cost of getting it wrong is out of all proportion to the difficulty. The working is shown line by line so the date is something you can check against your rule rather than something you have to believe.
Can a deadline count back from a hearing date?
Yes. Most matters have one key date that starts the clock; a listed hearing gives a second, with deadlines counting back from it. Add each key date under What starts the clock, then choose Before the event and which date a deadline is counted from.
How are the closed days I add treated?
Court vacations, local holidays and anything else the built-in list does not know about are treated as non-working days everywhere in the counting, for business days and for moving a deadline that lands on a closed day.
DIGITSFind numbers that were made up6
What is Benford's law?
In figures that arise naturally and span several orders of magnitude, the leading digit is not evenly spread: a one appears about thirty per cent of the time, a two about eighteen, down to a nine about four and a half. The reason is that such figures are roughly uniform on a logarithmic scale, and the stretch between one and two occupies about thirty per cent of each decade. Invented figures rarely reproduce it, because people asked to make numbers up spread the leading digits far too evenly.
When does it not apply?
When the numbers are bounded: human heights, exam percentages, anything with a floor and a ceiling close together. When they are assigned rather than measured: invoice numbers, case references, postcodes. When they are all of a similar size, so there is only one leading digit available. When there are too few of them: a deviation in two hundred values means almost nothing. And when the column is really a set of categories dressed as numbers. This page checks all of those before grading, and says which one disqualified the column.
What is the first-two-digits test for?
It has ninety buckets instead of nine, so a spike at one particular pair of leading digits shows up where the single-digit test absorbs it into a whole bar. That is what finds a specific invented amount, a repeated approval just under a limit, or a systematic rounding. With ninety buckets, two or three will exceed the usual cut-off by chance alone, so what matters is one standing far out on its own, and then what those particular amounts have in common.
Why does it care about round numbers?
Because real prices, quantities and measurements land on whole hundreds far less often than invented ones do. If the smallest digits are not being chosen deliberately, the pence should be spread evenly across the hundred possibilities, and a heavy excess of amounts ending in .00 means somebody is choosing them. That may be estimation or negotiation rather than dishonesty, but it is a fact about the column that the column will not tell you any other way.
Can I use it on something other than money?
Yes. Quantities, durations, distances, weights, populations, readings from an instrument: anything measured rather than assigned. The threshold test makes most sense for money, but the digit tests apply to any column of naturally occurring magnitudes, and the page's candidacy check will tell you whether yours is one.
Is anything sent anywhere?
No. The file is read by the browser's own file reader, every statistic including the p-values is computed in the page, and the analysis is written by the tab. A ledger is not something to upload to a website, and this never asks you to.
DOCKETBuild a disclosure schedule from a folder6
What does DOCKET flag?
Tracked changes that still hold deleted text, attached comments, hidden worksheets, links that call out to a server, GPS coordinates in photographs, and camera serial numbers.
Does it decide what is disclosable?
No. It reports what each file contains beyond its visible content and which files warrant a look. The judgement stays with the person making the disclosure.
Are the files uploaded?
No. Every file is read inside the browser tab and nothing is sent anywhere.
Is DOCKET free?
It is free to open and to use on your own documents, with no account and nothing uploaded. Saving the result is part of OBSCURA Pro, or US$2 to save from one tool for a day.
What does the schedule record for each file?
The type, the size, the dates and the SHA-256 of every file in the folder. Each file is then opened far enough to say what it is carrying: who wrote it, whether text was deleted under tracked changes, whether comments are still attached, whether a photograph has GPS coordinates in it, whether a spreadsheet has hidden sheets, and whether anything calls out to a server when it opens.
Can I print the schedule on a machine that cannot reach this site?
Yes. The printable schedule is a single self-contained page. It opens and prints anywhere, including on a machine that has never heard of this site.
DOSSIERTurn a chat export into a numbered transcript6
Are text messages and chat logs admissible as evidence?
Usually capable of being admitted, subject to authentication: showing the messages are what they claim to be and have not been altered. That is exactly why an export from the application, kept intact and hashed, is worth more than a set of screenshots.
Should I use screenshots of a conversation?
Only as a supplement. Screenshots are easy to challenge, easy to edit, arrive out of order and lose the metadata. Export the conversation from the application, keep the original export untouched, and produce a paginated transcript from it for reading.
How should a chat transcript be presented?
Chronologically, with each message numbered, showing the sender, the timestamp with its timezone, and the message as sent. Note where attachments were even if they are produced separately, and state plainly which parts have been left out and why.
How do I export the chat from WhatsApp or Telegram?
WhatsApp: open the chat, choose Export Chat, and pick "attach media" for a zip with the photos or "without media" for a plain .txt. Telegram Desktop: export the chat history as JSON, which gives you a result.json. Anything else can be brought in as a CSV with timestamp, sender and message columns. Several files from the same conversation are merged in time order.
What is on the cover page of the PDF?
The cover names each source file with its size and SHA-256, the period the messages cover, the participants, the quiet gaps of 14 days or more, the number of messages read and the number included, any date or keyword filter you applied, and how the document was made. Every message then follows, numbered in order with its timestamp.
Can I filter the messages before writing the transcript?
Yes. Set a from and to date, add keywords to highlight, and tick the box to include only messages that contain a keyword. The filter you used is recorded on the cover so the reader knows what was left out. You can also download the selected messages as a CSV.
DSARTrack a subject access request and its deadline8
Which law is this built around?
The shape is the UK and EU one: a calendar month, extendable by two where the request is complex or repetitive, free of charge except where manifestly unfounded or excessive. Other regimes use thirty or forty-five days, and both are offered, as is any number of days. The page counts and records; what the law requires of you is a question for somebody who knows which law applies.
Does the clock stop while we verify who they are?
Where you have reasonable doubts about identity and ask promptly, the period generally runs from when you get what you asked for. Asking for identification you do not need, or asking late, does not stop anything. The page records when you asked and when it came back, which is what the argument will be about.
What counts as the date received?
The day it arrived at the organisation, by any route and to anybody. Not the day it was forwarded to the right team, and not the day somebody realised what it was. If it sat unread, it still arrived.
Can I charge for it?
Generally not. A fee is possible where a request is manifestly unfounded or excessive, or for further copies, and that judgement is a high bar rather than an inconvenience threshold. If you are thinking about charging, that is the moment to take advice rather than to rely on a web page.
What if there is nothing to send?
You still have to reply, and within the same period. A reply saying what was searched and that nothing was found is a proper answer; silence is not. The letters here produce that reply from the searches recorded, which is why the empty ones are worth logging.
When does the deadline start?
From the moment the request arrives. It does not wait for the request to be recognised as one, forwarded to the right person or taken seriously. Most of the trouble comes from the first fortnight, when nobody was counting, which is why DSAR counts from the date received.
Why record the places that came back empty?
Because the question asked afterwards is never "did you find it" but "where did you look". Record each place, who searched it and what came back, including the places that turned up nothing.
Do I have to write down why something was withheld?
Yes, at the time you decide it. Anything withheld needs a reason recorded then. Answering that question months later from memory is where a defensible decision turns into an indefensible one.
EXHIBITBind exhibits into one PDF with Bates numbers5
What is Bates numbering?
A unique sequential number stamped on every page of a disclosure set, usually with a prefix, so that any page can be referred to without ambiguity. It exists so that everyone in a matter is looking at the same page when one is cited, and it is expected in most litigation.
How should exhibits be organised?
In a single continuous sequence, either in the order they are referred to or in date order, with an index at the front listing each exhibit, its description and its page range. Number every page, including blanks and separators, because a gap in the numbering looks like something is missing.
What page number should I start at?
Anything, provided it is consistent and your set cannot collide with another party's. A prefix identifying the producing party plus a fixed number of digits is the usual convention, and leaving room at the start for later additions saves renumbering the whole bundle.
What happens to a screenshot or a photograph?
Each one is placed on a Letter page of its own, and then gets an exhibit sticker on its first page and a Bates number like every other page. Add PDFs, JPEGs and PNGs in any order and arrange them in the list.
Is it safe to use for privileged material?
The binder is built in this tab with nothing uploaded, which matters when the material is privileged or under a protective order.
FOLIOPaginate a transcript so it can be cited4
Why fix the line length rather than let it reflow?
Because a citation is a page and a line, and reflowed text has neither in any stable way. Fixing the column means the same text always paginates identically on any machine, so a reference given last week still points at the same words.
Why number blank lines?
So that two printings cannot disagree. If blank lines were skipped, the line numbers would depend on where the paragraph breaks happened to fall relative to the page breaks, and a reference produced on one machine would be off by a line or two on another.
What is the index for?
It is what an advocate otherwise builds with a highlighter the night before: every occurrence of each term you intend to cite, with its page and line, ready to be dropped into a note or a skeleton. Listing the terms first and reading the results is a great deal faster than reading for them.
Does it produce an official transcript?
No. It paginates text you already have so it can be cited consistently. Whether a transcript is authoritative is a question about who produced it and how, not about how it is laid out.
FORCEWrite an account of a use of force, and have it read back6
Does it rewrite what I wrote?
No, and it must not. An account in somebody else's words is not your account, and a report that reads as though it were generated is worth less than a clumsy one that is plainly yours. Every finding says what it found and what question it would be asked. Every one of them can be ignored.
Why does it object to the word aggressive?
Because it is a verdict, not an observation. It cannot be corroborated by footage, it cannot be tested, and under cross-examination it collapses into “what did he actually do?”, which is the question the sentence should have answered. Clenched fists and a step forward is the same sentence with evidence in it.
What is wrong with the passive voice here?
It removes the person. “The baton was deployed” and “he was taken to the ground” are events with nobody in them, and the reviewer has to work out who did what. An account that makes a reviewer guess invites the wrong guess.
Why is hindsight only flagged in some paragraphs?
Because it is only a problem in some. What you believed is judged on what you knew at the time, so “it turned out he was unarmed” contaminates that paragraph. In the paragraph about what happened next it is simply the truth, and marking it there would be noise.
Is this legal advice, or a force policy?
Neither. It is a structure and a proofreader. It does not know your jurisdiction, your force's policy, your training or the facts. What it knows is how accounts of contested events are read, and which four habits cost writers most when they are read back to them.
Where does the draft go?
Nowhere. It is held in this browser and there is no network call on the page. A draft account of a contested event, written by the person who will be asked about it, should stay on their device until they decide otherwise.
HOLDIssue a litigation hold and keep the register4
When does a litigation hold start?
Generally when litigation is reasonably anticipated, which is often well before anything is filed: a letter before action, a serious complaint, a regulator's enquiry. Erring early costs little; erring late is what gets called spoliation.
Who counts as a custodian?
Anyone who holds relevant material, which is wider than the people involved in the dispute: assistants, former team members, whoever administers the mailbox or the shared drive, and often IT, who can stop the automatic deletion that no individual controls.
Do I have to send a separate notice to each person?
No, but the register is per person, and "one per custodian" writes each notice addressed by name in a single file so you can paste each one into its own email. That is what makes the acknowledgement meaningful.
What if someone has already deleted something?
Say so at once and record it. The notice tells custodians the same thing. Deletion before a hold is usually a routine event that can be explained; concealing it afterwards is not.
INTERVIEWPlan, run and write up an interview7
Can it record the audio?
No. It has no access to a microphone and does not ask for one. Record with whatever you normally use, press start here at the same moment, and the elapsed times on the notes will match the recording.
Am I allowed to record an interview?
That depends on where you are, who is in the room and what the interview is for, and this page does not know any of it. Ask someone qualified in your jurisdiction. The page records what you tell it about the basis for recording so that the record says what was agreed, and nothing more.
What happens if I close the tab in the middle?
The plan, the questions and every note taken so far are in local storage and come back when you reopen the page. A clock that was running is paused at the elapsed time it had reached, rather than counting the hours the tab was shut. Restart it when you resume.
Why are open, closed and follow-up marked on each question?
Because the shape of the question changes the weight of the answer, and a record that shows it was a closed question is more honest than one that does not. A run of closed questions in an investigation is also worth seeing before the meeting rather than after it.
Can two people take notes on the same interview?
Not in one shared session, because nothing here goes over a network. Two people can each keep their own session and compare the JSON afterwards; that is often better practice anyway, since two independent notes of the same meeting are worth more than one.
Does the person interviewed have to sign it?
That is a matter for your procedure, not for this page. The record is laid out with a signature block because being read back and agreed is what turns a set of notes into something that can be relied on later, and because a refusal to sign is itself worth recording.
What is the difference between the printed record and the JSON?
The printable record is laid out as a document to be read back, corrected and signed. The JSON holds the whole session, including the plan, the questions, every note with its elapsed time, the documents, the actions and the inconsistency links, and can be loaded again on this page to carry on or to reprint.
INVENTORYRecord the condition of a home, room by room, with photos that can be proved8
What does it record?
Two kinds of inventory. A tenancy check-in or check-out: the address, the tenancy dates, the landlord or agent and the tenant, meter readings with a photograph of each dial, the keys handed over, then each room with its cleanliness and a note, and each item in it with a condition on a five-point scale (new, good, fair, poor, damaged), a note, its cleanliness and photographs. Or a home contents list for insurance: each item with its make, model, serial number, purchase date, price paid and replacement value, with a photograph of the item and of the receipt, and totals at the end.
How can a photograph be proved?
Every photograph is hashed with SHA-256 the moment it arrives and stored as exactly the bytes the camera wrote. It is never rotated, resized or re-saved, so the EXIF block, including the date and time the camera recorded, is untouched. The hash is printed under the photograph in the PDF and listed in the manifest of the zip. Anyone handed a copy of the file later can hash it with any tool and compare. That proves the file has not changed since it entered the inventory; it does not prove when it was taken, which rests on the camera's clock and on the two parties agreeing the report at the time.
How does a check-out compare with the check-in?
Save the check-in as JSON at the start of the tenancy, and keep it. At the end, read that file in with the check-out button, or start the check-out from a check-in still in this browser. Every room and item comes across with its check-in record and photographs shown beside a blank record for now. Fill in the condition now, add the photographs now, and the Then and now table marks each item whose condition, cleanliness or note differs. The PDF prints both records side by side and marks the changed rows.
Where is it kept?
In this browser, in its IndexedDB, on this device. Nothing is uploaded. Clearing the browser's site data removes it, and a private window may refuse to keep it at all, so save the JSON when the inspection is done: it holds the whole inventory, photographs included, and reads back in on any device.
Is the signature legally binding?
That depends on where you are, what the document is and what the parties agreed; this page cannot say. What it does: the person draws a signature on the pad, gives their name, and the signature goes on the last page of the PDF with the date and time from this device's clock. It is an electronic signature with a record of who and when, not a signature backed by a certificate authority and not a timestamp from a trusted third party.
Does a deposit scheme accept it?
Deposit schemes in the United Kingdom and elsewhere weigh a check-in inventory by how clear, detailed and agreed it is: dated, signed by both parties, with photographs. This produces that kind of document. Some landlords and agents prefer an independent inventory clerk; this page does not replace one where one is wanted.
What are the totals?
For a contents list: the number of items, the sum of the prices paid and the sum of the replacement values, in the currency you name. Money is kept as whole units and hundredths, so the sums are exact. They say nothing about what an insurer will pay or whether you are under-insured.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The photographs are hashed, stored and drawn into the PDF in this tab. The two libraries that write the PDF and the zip are fetched from this site the first time they are needed and cached. The page works with the network switched off after that.
INVOICESBill people without telling a service7
Can I put my logo on it?
Yes. Choose a PNG or a JPEG under Your details and it goes at the top of every invoice, on the page and in the PDF. It is drawn down to 360 pixels wide, which is wider than a printed invoice uses and small enough that it does not eat the few megabytes this browser keeps; a PNG keeps its transparency, a JPEG is flattened onto white. The file you chose is untouched, and the copy lives on this device like everything else here.
Does it email the invoice?
No, and it never will: sending mail means a server. Save the PDF and attach it to your own email, which also keeps the record in your sent folder where your client's reply belongs.
What happens if I clear my browser data?
The invoices go with it. Connect a folder (the home page offers one) and every invoice is written there as a file as you work, or export the JSON backup regularly.
Is this accounting software?
No. It makes and records invoices. It does not do bookkeeping, expenses, payroll or tax filing, and it does not pretend to; the CSV export hands your accountant every number they need.
Can I record a part payment?
Yes, as many as come in. Put the amount and the date under the invoice and it is written down against it: the page then shows what has been paid and what is still due, the list says part paid with the balance beside it, and the PDF lists each payment and finishes with the balance due. The totals at the top count what came in as paid and only what is left as outstanding, rather than counting a half paid bill wholly as one or the other. Paid is worked out from the payments, so taking a payment off takes the paid mark with it, and pressing Mark as paid writes the rest down as a payment rather than leaving a mark that disagrees with the arithmetic underneath.
Can an invoice repeat every month?
Set Repeats on the invoice (weekly, fortnightly, monthly, quarterly or yearly) and when the next one is due the list says so and offers to make it. It is made when you press the button, not quietly in the background: an invoice that appears by itself is an invoice nobody checked. The new one is the same work for the same client, dated when it is due, numbered next, and a draft until you send it, with none of the first one's payments on it. A monthly bill dated the 31st repeats on the last day of a shorter month, which is where every calendar puts it.
Can the numbers start again each year?
Yes. Under Numbering choose “starts again each year” and invoices read INV-2026-001, INV-2026-002, with the count going back to one on the first of January. The year it last counted for is remembered, so the restart happens once rather than every time the page is opened, and the straight-through numbering is still there for anyone whose accountant prefers it.
LEDGERA cash book that adds up, with the summary an accountant wants5
Is this double-entry bookkeeping?
No, it is single-entry: one line per payment, in or out. That is what cash accounting looks like and it is what most small operations are required to keep. If you need debits and credits against a chart of accounts, you need an accountant and their software, and this will still be a useful way to hand them the year.
Can it handle more than one bank account?
Use a category or the reference field to say which account a payment went through, and filter on it. Separate ledgers in separate browsers would be worse, and a second balance column would make the page harder to use for the many people who have one account.
What about VAT or sales tax?
Record what actually left or arrived in the account, which is the gross figure, and put the tax element in the reference if you need it. Working out what is reclaimable is the job of whoever prepares the return, and they need the real numbers rather than your arithmetic.
Will I lose everything if I clear my browser?
Yes, which is true of anything stored in a browser. Export the JSON now and again and keep it with your other records. If a folder is connected, a CSV of everything is written to it as you work, so there is already a copy outside the browser.
Can two people use the same ledger?
Not at the same time, and nothing here pretends otherwise. Pass the JSON file between you, or keep it in a shared folder and load it before working. Anything cleverer needs a server, and a server is the thing this does not have.
LINKChart who is connected to whom6
What does the file need to look like?
Two columns of names or identifiers, one pair per row: who and who. Anything else is optional (a column saying what kind of link it was, a count or weight, a date) and is carried onto the chart where it exists. If the headings are recognisable they are matched up automatically, and if they are not, the first two columns are used, because a two-column file with odd headings is still a list of pairs.
What is betweenness, and why does it matter more than the number of links?
Betweenness counts, for every pair of other people in the network, how many of the shortest routes between them pass through a given person. Somebody connected to everybody has a high number because they are a switchboard, which is obvious and rarely useful. Somebody with two or three links and a high number is sitting between groups that have no other way of reaching each other, and that is the finding: remove them and the network does not just lose a node, it comes apart. The page ranks people by the ratio of betweenness to links for exactly that reason.
Why is the chart the same every time?
Because a force-directed layout is random unless you make it otherwise, and a random layout is useless as evidence. The simulation is seeded from the names in the file and runs a fixed number of rounds, so the same data always produces the same picture, which means you can put it in a report, compare it against one made a month ago, and have somebody else reproduce it.
Can it handle a big network?
Comfortably into the low thousands of people. The measures themselves are the expensive part: betweenness costs a breadth-first pass for every person, which is the honest cost of the exact answer rather than an estimate. The layout runs fewer rounds on a large network, and the chart lets you hide anybody below a number of links so a hairball becomes readable, while the measures below stay computed on the whole thing.
What about direction: who called whom?
Links are treated as undirected: a call from A to B and a call from B to A are one link between A and B, with the rows counted. That is the right model for association, which is about who is connected to whom rather than who initiated it. If direction is the question you are asking, the tool for it is the one that reads a schedule of call data, which keeps the direction of every event.
Is any of it sent anywhere?
No. The file is read by the browser, every measure is computed in the page, and the SVG, the analysis and the CSV are all written by the tab. There is no account and no server, and the file is not kept across a reload.
LOGBOOKA running observation log, hash-chained so any change shows5
How does the sealing work?
Each entry is sealed with a SHA-256 taken over the entry's own fields and the seal of the entry before it. That links them in a chain: change entry three and its seal changes, which changes four's, and so on to the last entry. The last seal, the head, is the fingerprint of the entire log in order.
What do I do with the head seal?
Record it somewhere the log cannot reach: read it out at a briefing, send it to a supervisor, write it in a separate register. That external note is what makes the chain evidence. Without it, someone could alter an entry and reseal the whole log so it is consistent again; with it, any change makes the log produce a head seal that no longer matches the one on record.
Can I correct a mistake?
Yes, by logging a correction as a new entry, which the tool sets up for you. It never edits an earlier entry in place, because a log you can quietly rewrite is exactly what the seal exists to prevent. The original entry stays as it was, and the correction sits after it with its own time.
What does verifying tell me?
It walks the chain from the start and gives each entry two answers: whether its own text still produces the seal it carries (if not, it was altered), and whether it still follows the entry before it (if not, something was removed or reordered around it). An intact entry that merely sits after an altered one is marked as such rather than blamed.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The log lives in this browser only and nothing leaves it. Export the log and its head seal, keep the head seal separately, and clear the log from the browser when the record has been placed where it belongs.
MATCHScreen names against a watchlist7
What lists can I screen against?
Any CSV you hold. The consolidated sanctions list published by OFSI, the OFAC SDN list, a politically-exposed-persons list you subscribe to, an internal list of people you will not deal with, a list of former staff, a debarment list: anything with a name column. You map which column is the name and, where they exist, the date of birth, country, reference and any listing detail you want carried through onto the hits. Only the name column is required.
Which algorithms does it use, exactly?
Jaro-Winkler with Winkler's own constants, a prefix of at most four characters scaled by a tenth. Levenshtein edit distance expressed as a ratio of the longer string. A token alignment that pairs each part of the shorter name with its best unused partner in the longer one and averages, so name order is irrelevant by construction. Soundex as Russell and Odell specified it. And an equivalence table of transliteration families, written out in the source so it can be read and argued with rather than trusted. The implementations are written out in full rather than pulled in, because the window and the transposition count are where Jaro-Winkler implementations quietly differ, and a threshold set against one means nothing against another.
Why is Soundex weak here, if you use it?
Soundex was designed for English surnames in American census records. It is poor on exactly the names that matter most in sanctions work, because it was never meant for transliterated Arabic, Russian or Chinese. That is why it contributes a little and never carries a hit on its own, why the equivalence table exists beside it, and why the page tells you when Soundex is the only thing that agreed.
How big a list can it handle?
Comfortably tens of thousands of entries. Below two million possible pairs it compares every one; above that it indexes the list first, scores only the candidates that share a block with the name, and says on the page that it did and what the rule for skipping was. If you need every pair compared on a very large run, split it into smaller runs; the page gives you the numbers to know whether that matters.
Does it decide anything for me?
No, and it should not. It produces a queue ordered by how close the match is and how much the date of birth and country corroborate it, with the reason attached to every entry, and you mark each one a match, escalate it, or clear it, with a note. Those decisions are saved and come out in the download. Screening is a judgement with a record behind it; a tool that makes the judgement for you is one you cannot defend making.
Is any of it sent anywhere?
No. Both files are read by the browser's own file reader, all the scoring happens in the page, and the downloads are written by the tab. There is no account and no server. Clearing the run leaves neither list in the browser.
Why does the threshold not go below 65?
Because a lower number would be dishonest. Jaro-Winkler is a similarity between two strings, and two entirely unrelated names of similar length routinely score somewhere between forty and fifty-five simply from sharing letters of the alphabet: "Robert James Wilson" against "Patricia Okonkwo" comes out near fifty. A threshold below sixty-five therefore does not mean "be more careful", it means "return everything", and a screening tool that offers a setting which quietly matches the whole list is offering a trap. Sixty-five is where the number starts carrying information; the useful working range is seventy-five to ninety.
MILEAGEKeep a mileage log the tax office will accept8
What does a tax office want in a mileage log?
The date, where the trip started and ended, why it was made, the vehicle and the distance, kept at the time rather than reconstructed at the year end, with business and private trips told apart. HMRC, the IRS and the CRA all say much the same. This log has a field for each, and the PDF it writes lists every trip with the year's total and the sum that gives the claim.
Which rates are built in?
HMRC approved mileage allowance payments: 45p a mile for the first 10,000 business miles in the tax year in a car or van and 25p after that, 24p on a motorcycle, 20p on a bicycle, and 5p a mile for each business passenger, with the tax year running from 6 April. The IRS standard mileage rate for a car, van or pickup by year, 2021 to 2025, including the mid-year change in 2022. The CRA reasonable per-kilometre allowance, 2021 to 2025: a higher rate for the first 5,000 km, a lower one after, and 4 cents more in the territories. Where a year's rate is not written in, the page says so and asks you to type the published figure rather than guess it.
Why does it ask me for the 2026 rate?
Because it is not built in and a wrong rate is worse than an empty box. Type the figure from the IRS or CRA announcement and the year is worked out from it; the figure is kept with the log. The HMRC rates have not changed since 2011, so they are applied to every year, and it is worth checking GOV.UK once a year that this is still true.
How is the 10,000 mile split worked out?
Business trips in a car or van are taken in date order through the tax year. Each mile up to the 10,000th is paid at the first rate and each mile after it at the second, so a trip that crosses the line is split at the line. The page writes the sum out: so many miles at 45p, so many at 25p, and the total. Motorcycle and bicycle miles have their own flat rates and do not count towards the 10,000. A new tax year starts the count again.
Can I keep the log in kilometres and claim in miles?
Yes. Every distance is stored exactly and converted at 1.609344 km to the mile, which is the definition, so switching the unit changes nothing but the display. The claim is worked in the unit the rate is written in, to the nearest thousandth, and the sum shows both.
How does the GPS button work, and is it accurate?
It asks the browser for your position when you press the start button and again when you press the end button, with the page open both times, and fills in the straight line between the two. A road is longer than a straight line, so that figure is a floor, and the trip is marked as a GPS straight line in the log and in the PDF. Neither position is kept or sent anywhere; the browser asks your permission each time.
What goes to LEDGER?
One entry per business trip, dated, with the claim for that trip as its amount, in the format LEDGER restores from. Choose whether they go in as money out (an expense a self-employed person claims) or money in (a reimbursement an employee receives). LEDGER keeps entries by identifier, so loading the same hand-off twice adds nothing twice.
Is this tax advice?
No. It applies published rates to the distances you type. Whether a trip is business, whether you may use a mileage rate at all, and what else you may claim are questions for the tax office's own guidance or for someone who knows your position.
MINUTESWrite minutes with the decisions picked out5
How much discussion should I record?
Enough that somebody reading it in two years understands why the decision went that way, and no more. Where a member wants a particular view recorded, record it and say whose it was; that is a specific request and quite different from minuting the whole debate.
Should minutes name who said what?
Usually not. Most bodies minute decisions without attributing views, which encourages people to speak freely and keeps the record short. The exceptions are where somebody asks for their dissent to be recorded, and where the law requires attribution.
What about people who join or leave part way?
Note it against the item. It matters for quorum and it matters for whether somebody took part in a particular decision. The page has a field for who left the room for an item, which is the case that gets asked about most.
When do minutes become final?
When the meeting that follows approves them, which is why the draft should go round quickly while everybody still remembers. A draft circulated within a couple of days gets corrections; one circulated a month later gets silence, which is not the same as agreement.
Can I use this for a meeting that has already happened?
Yes, and it is the same caution as any record made after the event: write what was decided, not what you now wish had been decided, and be careful with anything you are reconstructing. The date fields make the gap visible, which is the honest way round.
NINELINEBuild a nine-liner, a METHANE or a contact report5
Is this the American nine-line or the British one?
The medical evacuation request here is the NATO nine-line, which is what both use: the line order is agreed between allies precisely so that a request from one nation can be taken by another nation's aircraft. Where a line reads differently on operations and at home (line 6 and line 9), both readings are carried and a switch says which is in use.
Does it send the message?
No, and it is not trying to. It builds the message and shows you the words; you read them out on the net you are already on. There is no radio in a browser, and a tool that pretended otherwise would be the sort of thing that gets somebody killed.
Why does it spell things out?
Because “five” and “nine” are nearly the same sound through a compressed voice channel, and a grid reference misheard by one digit is a hundred metres. Fife and Niner exist for that reason. You can switch the spelling off if the net is clear and the traffic is routine.
What is the seconds figure?
An estimate of how long the transmission will hold the net, worked out at about a hundred words a minute (roughly dictation pace, because the person at the other end is writing it down) with a pause at each line. Spelling a grid out doubles that line. It is there so you can see the cost of a long message before you make one.
Does anything leave the device?
Nothing. The page makes no network calls at all, which is the point: the device building the message is usually the one with no signal on it. Everything you type is kept in this browser and nowhere else.
PDFSIGCheck what a signed PDF really says about itself7
It says the digest matches. Is the document genuine?
It says the covered bytes have not changed since they were signed. That is a real and useful fact and it is not the same as genuine. Genuine also needs the certificate to belong to who you think, to have been valid at the time, and not to have been revoked, and none of those are checked here. The report says so where it prints the certificate.
It says bytes were added after signing. Has the document been tampered with?
Not necessarily. Appending is how a PDF is edited, and a second signature, a filled-in form field or an added comment all appear as bytes after the first signature. What matters is what those bytes contain, which is why they are listed with the objects defined inside them. A new page content stream in that region is a different thing from a second signature field.
Why does the signature not cover the whole file?
It cannot. The signature is written into the file as the /Contents string, and it cannot contain a hash of itself, so the hole it sits in is always outside the range. A signature that covers everything except that hole is covering the whole document.
What does DocMDP mean?
It is the permission the signer attached: no changes allowed, form filling allowed, or form filling and annotation allowed. It is printed in those words rather than as a number. It is a declaration inside the file: a reader is expected to honour it, and a tool that does not honour it can still change the document.
Can it check a document timestamp?
It reads one. If the signature carries a timestamp token, the time inside it is shown along with the authority that issued it, kept separate from the signing time the signer wrote, because one is a third party's assertion and the other is the signer's own. Whether that authority is trustworthy is not checked, and the page says so.
Is my PDF uploaded?
No. It is read in this tab, hashed in this tab with the browser's own crypto, and the report is drawn in this tab. Open the network tab in your browser's developer tools while you use it; the only request is for the page and, if you ask for a picture of the page, the PDF renderer from this site.
What if the PDF has no signature in it?
Then that is what the page will say, and it will say how the file looked. Any PDF can be dropped in.
POSTTurn a mailbox export into a numbered correspondence bundle8
What can I feed it?
An .mbox file, which is what Google Takeout gives you when you ask for your mail, and what Thunderbird and Apple Mail keep their folders in, or .eml files saved one message at a time from most mail programs. Several files at once is fine. It does not read Outlook's .pst or .msg files, or Apple Mail's .emlx, but CABINET saves a .pst folder as an .mbox this reads, and SATCHEL saves a .msg as an .eml.
How do I get an .mbox out of Gmail?
Go to takeout.google.com, untick everything, tick Mail, and ask for the export. Google sends a link to a zip; inside it is one .mbox file, often several gigabytes. Unzip it and drop the .mbox in here. The file is read in four-megabyte pieces, so a large export does not need to fit in memory.
What is in the PDF?
An index page listing every message with its number, date, sender, recipient, subject and page number, then each message on pages of its own: a header block with From, To, Cc, Date, Subject and Message-ID, the body as text, then the attachments listed with their name, type, size and SHA-256. Images attached to a message are drawn as well. The message number is stamped on every page, and each original .eml is embedded in the PDF as a file attachment.
Does it show the message exactly as my mail program does?
No, and it does not try to. An HTML message is turned into plain text, with links written out beside the words they were on, so that nothing in the message can fetch a tracking image or run anything. The original .eml is attached inside the PDF, so the message as it arrived is still there for anyone who wants to open it.
What about mail that is not in English?
The text is decoded properly, whatever character set the message used, and the .eml files and the manifest keep it exactly. The PDF itself is drawn with the fonts built into the format, which carry the Latin alphabet only, so Greek, Cyrillic, Arabic, Hebrew and CJK text prints as question marks and the page tells you how many characters that happened to. Accented Latin letters are fine.
Why are some messages unticked when it finishes?
A Takeout export holds one copy of a message for every label it sat under, so the same message can appear three or four times. Where the Message-ID and the size match a message already in the list, the copy is marked as a duplicate and left unticked. Tick it if you want it in anyway.
How would anyone check the bundle is honest?
Every message is printed with the SHA-256 of the exact bytes it came from, and the same hash is in the manifest and covers the .eml attached inside the PDF and in the zip. Hash the .eml with any tool and compare. The manifest also records the PDF's own hash, its page count and the page each message starts on.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The export is read in this tab, on your machine, and the PDF, the zip and the manifest are written by your browser. The page works with the network switched off once it has loaded.
PRIVLOGBuild a privilege log and check it5
What has to be in a privilege log?
Usually: a number, the date, the type of document, who wrote it, who received it, who was copied, a description that identifies it without disclosing it, and the basis of the claim. Some courts require more, some allow categorical logging for whole classes of document. Check the rule that applies before you file.
How much should the description say?
Enough for the other side to test the claim and no more. "Email from in-house counsel to the finance director seeking legal advice on the draft supply agreement" identifies it; "email advising that the clause was unenforceable" gives away the advice.
What is the difference between withheld and redacted?
A withheld document is not produced at all. A redacted one is produced with parts blacked out, so it has a Bates or document number the other side can point at, which is why the log asks for one.
Can I reopen a log later?
Yes: export the JSON and load it back. The log is also kept in this browser between visits, and in your folder if you have connected one.
What goes wrong if the log is defective?
A defective log is how a privilege gets waived. A privilege log lists every document you are keeping back, enough to identify it, and why it is privileged, without describing the privileged thing itself.
PRIVLOG checks each entry for the defects that get a log challenged: a control number used twice, a date that is not a date, a claim with no basis, a redaction with no document number, a legal advice claim with no lawyer on it, and a description that repeats what the document says.
PROOFProve a set of files has not changed6
Does a hash prove when a file existed?
No. The date in a manifest comes from the clock of the machine that made it, which is under your control. To make the timing checkable by someone else, send the manifest digest to a third party who will date its arrival.
What does a hash actually prove?
That two files are identical byte for byte. Change one character and the SHA-256 digest changes completely, so a set that still matches its manifest has not been altered.
Is PROOF free?
It is free to open and to use on your own documents, with no account and nothing uploaded. Saving the result is part of OBSCURA Pro, or US$2 to save from one tool for a day.
Are my files uploaded?
No. Files are read inside your browser tab and every hash is computed there. Nothing about them is sent anywhere.
What do I send to the other side?
The files and manifest.json. They load the manifest on this page, point it at the files they received, and see for themselves whether anything moved. Verifying needs nothing but this page, so the manifest can go to anyone. The record sheet is the readable version of the same record, for a file or an exhibit. No hash leaves this tab.
How do I make the date on the record checkable?
Email the manifest digest to your solicitor, your client or yourself on a service you do not control. Their timestamp on its arrival is independent of your computer. Without that, the date on the record is only your own assertion.
QUOTESend a quote or estimate, and turn it into the invoice when it is accepted7
What is the difference between a quote and an estimate?
A quote is a fixed price for the work described; an estimate is a best guess that may change. The page does not tell them apart: call it what you like in the terms, and say there whether the price is fixed. What the client signs is the terms you printed.
How is the total worked out?
Each line is quantity times unit price. A percentage discount is taken off the subtotal and shared across the lines in proportion, to the penny, and the tax is charged per rate on what is left of the lines at that rate. Every amount is kept as whole pennies from the moment it is typed, so nothing drifts by a cent in the rounding.
How does the quote become an invoice?
Mark it accepted, then turn it into an invoice. It is written into the register INVOICES keeps in this browser, with the next invoice number, the same lines and the same total, and it opens there as a draft with today's date and fourteen days to pay. INVOICES charges one tax rate on the whole invoice, so a quote whose lines carry different rates arrives with the tax as its own lines, one per rate, so the total is the same to the penny.
What happens when a quote runs out?
A quote that is still waiting on an answer past its valid-until date is shown as expired, on the page and in the exports. It can still be marked accepted if the client comes back late, or duplicated with today's date and a fresh number. Accepted, declined and converted quotes do not expire.
How are quotes numbered?
QUO, the year, and a count that starts again each January: QUO-2026-001, QUO-2026-002. The count moves on only when a new quote is saved. You can overwrite the number on a quote, and the next number then follows on from the highest digits you have used.
Does it send the quote?
No. It writes the PDF and your browser saves it; you attach it to an email, or print it, yourself. Writing the PDF marks the quote as sent, since that is what usually happens next; mark it as accepted or declined when you hear back.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The register lives in this browser's storage, on this machine, and the PDF is drawn in this tab. Clearing the browser's site data clears the register, so save the JSON backup now and then. The page works with the network switched off.
RECEIPTSPhotograph receipts and get a tidy expense list, read on your device8
Is the photo of my receipt uploaded anywhere?
No. The reading engine is Tesseract compiled to run inside your browser tab. It and its English language file are fetched from obscuraos.com the first time and kept on your device; the photo itself goes nowhere. You can watch the network while it works to check.
How well does it read a faded thermal receipt?
Better than a plain scan would, because the picture is turned to black and white against its own neighbourhood before the engine sees it, which lifts grey print off greying paper. A receipt that has faded to nothing, a photo taken at a steep angle, or a crumpled one will still read badly. Every field can be typed over, and the text the engine read is shown under each row so you can see what it was working from.
How does it know which number is the total?
By rules, not by understanding. The total is the largest amount on a line that says TOTAL, AMOUNT DUE or BALANCE, or failing that the largest amount on the receipt. The tax is from a line with VAT, TAX, GST or HST on it, as an amount or as a rate applied to the total. The vendor is the first line that reads like a name. The date is read in the formats receipts use, and the day-first or month-first setting settles a date like 03/04/2026. Rules are wrong sometimes, which is why you check the line against the picture.
What is the SHA-256 for?
It is a digest of the original file exactly as it came off your phone or scanner. If an accountant or an auditor later asks whether a receipt image has been altered, the same file gives the same digest and any change gives a different one. The CSV, the contact sheet and the zip manifest all carry it. CHECKSUM on this site will compute the digest of any file so it can be compared.
Where is the list kept?
In your browser's own storage on this device, under the name obscura_receipts_v1, pictures included. It is not synced anywhere and clearing the browser's site data removes it, so export the zip before you do that. A private window in some browsers keeps nothing between visits; the page tells you when that is the case.
Can I get the receipts into LEDGER or MONEY?
Yes. The For LEDGER button writes a JSON file that LEDGER's Load button reads, one payment out per receipt with the vendor, the category and the hash as the reference. The For MONEY button writes a CSV that MONEY's Import tab reads, with the dates year first and the amounts as money out.
Does it read handwriting, or receipts in other languages?
Handwriting, no. The engine reads printed text, and this page loads its English language file, which reads numbers, dates and most Latin-alphabet vendor names on receipts from anywhere; the words TOTAL, VAT and the like are looked for in English and a few common European forms. OPTIC on this site reads nineteen languages if you want the text alone.
Does it work out my expenses claim or my VAT return?
No. It gives you the lines and the totals per currency, as a spreadsheet you and your accountant can work from. It does not know which of your expenses are allowable, what rate applies to what, or the rules of any tax authority.
RECONCILETwo lists that should agree, and the reasons they do not4
Why match in passes?
Because evidence has strength. A pair that agrees on both the reference and the amount is almost certainly the same transaction; a pair that agrees only on the amount might be a coincidence. Matching strongest-first and removing each pair as it is found stops a weak coincidence consuming a row that had a strong match waiting.
What does one against several find?
A single payment covering more than one invoice, which is the most common reason a reconciliation does not balance and the one a lookup formula never finds. It looks for subsets summing to a single row on the other side, capped at a few rows because a sum found among thousands of subsets is a coincidence rather than a finding.
Why does it ignore punctuation in references?
Because INV-1001, inv 1001 and INV1001 are one invoice, and they arrive spelled all three ways from three systems. The pass that does this runs after the exact one, so an exact match is never lost to a looser interpretation.
Is my bank statement uploaded?
No. Both files are read in this tab and there is no network call on the page, which for a statement is not a small point.
RECURWhat a subscription business is really doing5
Why is net revenue retention the number that matters?
Because it ignores everybody new. It asks what the customers you already had last month are worth this month, and that is the only figure that cannot be bought. Above a hundred per cent the business grows with no sales at all; below it, every month's growth is rented and stops the month the selling does.
What is the difference between revenue churn and customer churn?
Which customers are leaving. If ten per cent of your customers leave and they take three per cent of the revenue, you are losing the small ones. If three per cent leave and take ten per cent of the revenue, you are losing the large ones, and the headline churn figure looks fine while the business is being hollowed out. The page shows both and says which way round it is.
What does the quick ratio tell me?
What you gained for every pound you lost: new plus expansion, over contraction plus churn. It is a single number for whether the bucket is filling faster than it drains, and unlike growth it does not improve just because you spent more on sales this month.
Why does it insist the months reconcile?
Because the closing figure of one month is the opening figure of the next, and where that is not true the retention rates are computed against a number that did not happen. Most dashboards quietly smooth over it. This reports it and says none of the rates mean anything until it is fixed, which is what an accountant would say.
Does my revenue go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page. Monthly recurring revenue, churn and acquisition cost are exactly the numbers a business should not be typing into somebody else's service.
REDACTLOGRecord what was redacted and why, in a schedule5
Does this redact the document?
No. SEAL does that, properly, by removing the content rather than drawing over it. This is the record of what was removed and why, which is a separate job and the one that gets challenged. Use both: SEAL for the file, this for the schedule.
What grounds should I use?
Whatever the rules you are working under actually provide: privilege, irrelevance, commercial confidentiality, another person's personal data, a statutory exemption by name. The page suggests the common ones and accepts anything you type. A ground you cannot name precisely is usually one that will not hold.
How specific does the location need to be?
Specific enough that somebody holding the document can find the passage: a page reference and a position on it. "Various" is the entry that invites the request for a better schedule.
Can I mark something as removed for more than one reason?
Put the strongest ground first and mention the others in the reason. A schedule that lists three grounds for one passage reads as uncertainty about all three, which is the opposite of the intended effect.
Is this only for litigation?
No. The same schedule is what a public authority sends with a freedom of information response, what an organisation keeps when answering a subject access request, and what anybody sensible keeps when sending a redacted contract. The vocabulary differs and the discipline does not.
REQUESTDraft a freedom of information or subject access request, and run its clock8
When does the clock start?
On the day the body receives the request, not the day you wrote it. An email arrives the day it is sent; a letter arrives when the post delivers it, so put the later date in the second box. The day of receipt itself is not counted: twenty working days means twenty working days after it, and one month means the same day of the next month, or the last day of that month if there is no such day, moving to the next working day if that lands on a weekend or a holiday.
Which holidays does it know?
The bank holidays of England and Wales for 2025, 2026 and 2027, written in from the published list, including the substitute days where Christmas or Boxing Day falls on a weekend. Nothing else. Scotland and Northern Ireland have days of their own, and for a UK FOI request a bank holiday anywhere in the United Kingdom counts as a non-working day, so add those by hand if one falls in your window; the deadline shown without them is earlier than the true one, which is the safe side to be wrong on. US, Canadian, Australian and EU holidays are not built in at all and have to be added. A deadline that reaches a year with nothing written in says so on the page.
How do I word a request so it cannot be refused as vague?
Ask for records, not for answers to questions. Name the kind of record, the subject, the team or post-holder, and the dates it runs between. A request for everything about a subject is what gets refused for cost or as burdensome; a narrow, dated one is what gets answered, and you can always send a second. For a subject access request the opposite applies: ask for everything held about you, then point to where it is likely to be, so the organisation cannot ask you to narrow it. Each regime on the page shows its own guidance under the box.
What happens when the deadline passes?
The register says how many working days it is over and puts the chase letter one click away. If that brings nothing, the next step is an internal review where the law has one (UK FOI and EIR, US federal FOIA as an administrative appeal, Australian FOI), with its own clock, and after that a complaint to the regulator, with the address written into the letter. Subject access, PIPEDA and the Canadian Access to Information Act have no review stage: the complaint goes to the regulator once the chase has failed.
Does it know my state's public records law?
No. Every US state has its own statute, its own clock and its own appeal route, and the page does not carry them. Pick the state option, look up the statute, put its name in the letter where the square brackets are, and set the days it allows and whether they are working or calendar days. The clock then counts as you set it.
Is the letter legal advice?
No. It is a draft in the form each law expects, citing the sections that matter, for you to read and change before it goes. Whether an exemption applies to what you asked for, or whether a body counts as a public authority at all, is a question for the law of the place and sometimes for a lawyer. The page counts days and drafts letters; it does not judge cases.
Where is the register kept?
In this browser, on this machine, under one key in its local storage. Nothing is sent anywhere, and the page works with the network off. Clearing the browser's site data deletes it, so save it as JSON if it matters, and load that file to bring it back here or on another machine. Delete everything does what it says and cannot be undone.
What does the calendar file contain?
One all-day event on the due date, with a reminder two days before, written in the iCalendar format any calendar application imports. It carries the name of the body and how the date was counted, and nothing about you.
RETENTIONSay what you keep, why, and for how long7
What periods should I use?
Whatever your obligations and your risk actually require, which differs by country, sector and record. The starters here are ordinary categories with ordinary periods and every one of them needs changing. A schedule copied unchanged from a template is a schedule nobody will follow, because it does not describe what you do.
What if I do not know how long to keep something?
Put a short period and a review date rather than no entry. A category with a date attached gets looked at; a category left out of the schedule never does. The worst answer is the one that is missing.
Does this delete anything?
No, and it is important that it does not. It tells you what is past its date; the deleting is done by whoever holds the system, on purpose, with a record that it happened. A tool that reached into your systems and deleted things on a timer is the last thing anybody should want.
What about backups?
They are the hard part and the part most schedules ignore. Deleting from the live system while the backup keeps a copy for another year means you still hold it. Write down how long backups are kept as its own category, and say in the schedule whether a deletion reaches them.
How often should the schedule be reviewed?
Once a year is the usual answer, and more often where what you do changes. The date is on the page and on each category so that a review is a thing with a date rather than a thing that never happens.
Why do I need a retention schedule at all?
Because nobody deletes anything: deleting needs a decision and keeping does not. So the old customer database, the leavers' files and the recordings nobody remembers switching on are all still there, all still your responsibility, and all still in the first sentence of a letter about a breach. A retention schedule turns keeping into the decision instead, once, in writing.
What is the difference between the schedule and the holdings?
The schedule says how long each kind of record is kept and why. The holdings list says what you are actually holding right now: add each thing you hold, which kind it is and the date its clock started, and the page works out what is due and what is already overdue.
ROPAKeep the record of processing activities that Article 30 asks for7
What does Article 30 actually require?
Article 30(1) asks a controller for the name and contact details of the controller, any joint controller, representative and data protection officer; the purposes of the processing; the categories of data subjects and of personal data; the categories of recipients; any transfer to a third country with the country named and, for some transfers, the safeguard; where possible the retention periods; and where possible a general description of the security measures. Article 30(2) asks a processor for a shorter list: its own details and each controller's, the categories of processing done for each, transfers, and security measures. The record must be in writing, which includes electronic form, and be produced to the regulator on request.
Why does the page also ask for the lawful basis, the source and a DPIA?
Because the ICO's guidance and its template ask for them, and because the register is where people go to find them. Article 30 itself does not require them. The completeness check keeps the two apart: the fields the Article requires are listed first, and the recommended ones after, so you can see which gaps are a breach of the Article and which are a gap in good practice.
How does it link to RETENTION, CONSENT and BREACH?
By name, and only if those tools have something recorded in this browser. Type the retention period as the name the kind of record has in RETENTION and the activity page shows the period and what it is counted from. For an activity on consent, type the purpose as it is written in CONSENT and the page counts the entries recorded under it and how many are still standing. For an incident, type the reference used in BREACH. Nothing is copied between the tools; the register reads their stores when the page is drawn, so if a schedule changes, this page changes with it.
We have fewer than 250 staff. Do we need this at all?
Article 30(5) exempts organisations with fewer than 250 employees, unless the processing is likely to result in a risk to people's rights and freedoms, is not occasional, or includes special category or criminal offence data. The second limb is the one that catches nearly everyone: payroll, customer accounts and a mailing list are not occasional. So a small organisation is excused from recording the genuinely one-off processing and not from recording the ordinary running of the business. The page has a note that says the same thing at more length.
What does the completeness check not do?
It checks that a field has something in it, not that what is in it is right. A purpose of "business purposes" and a recipient of "various" pass the check and would not pass a regulator. It also applies the controller's list in Article 30(1) to every activity, whichever role you choose, because recording more than a processor's shorter list asks for is not a mistake and recording less usually is.
What is in the PDF?
A landscape document with the controller's details on the first page and then one section per activity, in the order of the Article, with every field either filled or marked as not stated, and a list of what is still missing at the end of each section. It is built in this tab with pdf-lib and nothing in it is sent anywhere. The standard PDF fonts cover Latin-1 only, so a character outside that range comes out as a question mark.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The register lives in this browser's storage, under the key obscura_ropa_v1, and the PDF, CSV and JSON are written by your browser. Clearing the browser's site data clears the register, so save the JSON somewhere you keep things. Delete everything does what it says and cannot be undone.
SANCTIONWatch the review and expiry dates on every covert authorisation5
What does it watch for?
Four things, against today's date: an authorisation that has expired, one within a week of expiring, one whose review is overdue, and the dangerous case of an authorisation still marked active after its own expiry date, which means the activity is continuing with no cover. It also notes an active authorisation with no necessity or proportionality recorded.
Does it know the legal time limits?
No, deliberately. The durations for directed surveillance, a CHIS, intrusive surveillance and the rest differ by activity, by country and by whether the case is urgent, and they change. You enter the start, the duration and the review interval for each authorisation from the instrument itself, and the tool does the arithmetic and the watching. It never invents a limit.
Is this a substitute for the authorising system?
No. Where authorisations are granted and held in an official system, that is the record. This is a working register for the officer or unit who has to keep several in date at once and cannot afford to miss a review, and for showing an oversight visit that the dates were tracked.
Where is it kept?
In this browser only, and nothing is uploaded. A register of covert authorisations is sensitive: use references rather than names where you can, export it to wherever authorities are properly held, and clear it from the browser when you are done. The record can be sealed with a SHA-256 so a saved copy can be shown to be unaltered.
What happens when an authorisation is cancelled?
Mark it cancelled with the date and who cancelled it. It stays in the register as a record that it existed and was ended properly, rather than being deleted, because the fact of a cancelled authorisation is itself something an oversight review looks for.
SCREENSTurn a stack of chat screenshots into a transcript, with each screenshot as its exhibit7
How does it know who sent each message?
By where the bubble sits: a bubble against the left edge is the other person and one against the right edge is you, which is how iMessage, WhatsApp, SMS and Messenger all draw a chat. It also samples the colour behind the text, since your own bubbles are tinted (blue, green) and theirs are grey or white, and marks a row in red when the two disagree. Type the two names at the top and change any row's speaker where it got it wrong.
How accurate is the reading?
It is optical character recognition, the same Tesseract engine OPTIC uses, running in your browser. On a clean phone screenshot it reads most lines correctly; it still confuses letters, drops punctuation, and reads emoji as nothing or as stray marks. Every date, time and message in the table can be corrected before you save, and the screenshots go into the PDF so anyone can check a line against the picture it came from.
Where do the dates and times come from?
From what the app showed. iMessage puts a stamp such as Today 19:02 above the first message after a gap, and every message under it until the next stamp is given that time, shown in grey because it is the nearest stamp rather than the message's own. WhatsApp prints a time in every bubble, and that is used. Today and Yesterday are left as words unless you give the day the screenshots were taken, in which case they become dates, as do weekday names and dates without a year.
What happens where two screenshots overlap?
When one screenshot ends with the same messages the next one starts with, which is what happens when you scroll and shoot, the repeats are dropped and the message is counted once, with the exhibit reference of the screenshot it first appears in. A message cut in half at the bottom of one screenshot and shown whole in the next is kept whole. The comparison ignores case, punctuation and OCR noise, so a near match counts as the same message.
Is a transcript made this way evidence?
It is a faithful, checkable rendering of the screenshots, not proof that the screenshots are genuine. That comes from the phone and the account. Keep the original files: the PDF carries each one as an exhibit with its SHA-256, so a copy can be matched to the original later. The transcript itself was read by a machine and corrected by you, and it says so on its first page.
What does it not do?
It does not read group chats well, since a bubble's position says only whether it was you or not you and the sender's name above a bubble is read as a message. It does not read handwriting, photos of a screen, or a screenshot where the keyboard covers the chat. It does not keep anything between visits: close the tab and the transcript is gone unless you saved it.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The reading engine and its English file come from this site once and are kept on your device; the screenshots are read here and the PDF, CSV and JSON are written by your browser. The page works with the internet off after the first visit.
SERVEWrite a proof of service and keep the register6
What is the difference between a certificate and an affidavit of service?
A certificate is signed by the person who served the document and is what most courts now accept. An affidavit is sworn or affirmed in front of someone authorised to administer oaths, which some jurisdictions and some applications still require. The facts in them are identical; only the ending and the formality differ, so this writes either from the same entries.
Why does it want the time as well as the date?
Because several sets of rules treat a document served after a cut-off time as served the following business day, and because the time is the first thing that gets lost when a proof of service is written up a fortnight later. It is optional, and it is the optional field most worth filling in.
Does it know when service is deemed to have happened?
No, deliberately. That depends on the court, the method and sometimes the hour, and a page that guessed would be worse than one that does not. Record what you did here, then use DIARY to count the days from whichever date your rule says.
Can I record several people served at once?
Yes, and you should record them as separate entries even if one envelope covered two of them, because a court asks about each person individually. The document lists them as separate lettered sub-paragraphs and the CSV as separate rows.
Is anything uploaded?
No. The register, the names and the document's details stay in this browser and, if you have connected a folder, in it. The file you hash is read in the tab to compute its digest and is not kept or sent anywhere.
Why record service on the day?
Because the six facts a proof of service needs are almost always written up weeks later from memory, by which point the time of day has gone and nobody is certain whether the envelope went first class. Record them as they happen and the document is written from the entries.
SIGNALPlan a radio net and see whether it will reach6
What is the earth factor for?
Radio waves bend slightly downwards in the atmosphere, so a radio sees further than an eye does. Modelling that as a larger earth is the standard trick, and four-thirds is the ordinary value. It is not a constant: a strong temperature inversion raises it, and a hot dry afternoon can push it below one, which is the day a link that always worked does not. Both the refracted and the geometric horizon are shown so the difference is visible.
Why is the margin given as a sentence?
Because eleven decibels means nothing to the person carrying the set, and “this will drop in rain” means everything. The number is there too. The bands are the ordinary engineering ones: below zero it does not work at all, below ten it goes down when the weather or a person moves, and twenty is where a link you intend to depend on is designed to sit.
Is free space path loss realistic?
No, and it does not claim to be. It is the best the path can possibly do. Ground, buildings, trees, rain and the body of the person holding the radio all take more, and none of that is modelled here. If it will not close in free space it certainly will not close outdoors.
What is the Fresnel figure?
A path can be line of sight on a map and still not work, because the beam is not a line: it is a lens-shaped volume, and something intruding into it takes signal even without touching the straight line. Sixty per cent of the first zone has to be clear. At VHF over ten kilometres that is tens of metres, which is why a hedge on a ridge halfway along a valid path can kill it.
Why does it complain about a tier with no trigger?
Because that is the failure. “If the radio goes down” is not a trigger: everybody has a different idea of what down means and when. “Two failed calls, five minutes apart” is a trigger, and it is the difference between two units moving to the alternate at the same moment and two units each waiting on the other.
Does the card go anywhere?
No. Frequencies, call signs and the times a unit will be listening are a sensitive document. This page makes no network call at all, which is also the only sane design for something whose whole purpose is to be used where there is no network.
SKEWLine up devices whose clocks disagree5
What is an anchor?
One real event that two devices both recorded. A call that is in the handset log and in the switch record. A person going through a door that is on the access system and on the camera. Because it is one instant seen twice, the difference between the two readings is the difference between the two clocks, exactly, with nothing to estimate.
What happens to a device with no anchor?
It is named and left out. A clock nothing pins has times that mean nothing relative to the others, and sorting it into the list anyway is the exact error this page exists to prevent. Finding one event that device shares with another is usually easy once you know that is what is needed.
Why does it matter which events changed order?
Because that is usually the case. Two things that looked sequential turn out not to be, or turn out to be the other way round, and a timeline built by sorting a spreadsheet column had them wrong. Those pairs are listed on their own rather than left to be spotted in a long table.
Why report pairs that cannot be separated?
Because saying so is a finding and guessing is not. Clocks have a tick and anchors have a residual, so every corrected time has a band around it. Where two bands overlap, the order of those two events cannot be stated from this evidence, and stating it anyway is how a timeline comes apart under cross-examination.
What is the drift figure?
Where two anchors join the same pair of clocks at different times and disagree, the disagreement is a rate. The page reports it in seconds a day and carries the residual into the uncertainty on every event from those devices, rather than averaging it into silence.
SKIDWork out collision speeds, with the bands6
Which calculations does it do?
Speed lost to a slide, from the work done by friction, with braking efficiency and road grade and a non-zero speed still on at the end of the marks. The critical speed of a yaw, from the radius implied by a chord and a middle ordinate. Thinking distance, total stopping distance, and the speed a vehicle would still have been doing when it reached a hazard, which answers the question that is usually actually being asked. Launch speed from a vault or a fall, by ordinary projectile motion. And the two approach speeds of a two-vehicle collision from conservation of momentum in both directions at once.
Why will it not give me a single number?
Because a single number is what makes these calculations dangerous. The equations are simple and old and nobody disputes them; what is disputed is the drag factor somebody remembered, the skid length somebody paced, and the middle ordinate measured with a tape held at one end. Feeding those into an exact formula produces a figure with far more apparent precision than the inputs support, and that figure then gets read out as though it were measured. A band is the honest form of the same answer, and it costs nothing to produce.
Where do I get a drag factor, then?
From a test at the scene: a drag sled, an instrumented vehicle run, or an accelerometer, on that surface, ideally in comparable conditions. That is what a court will ask about, and it is why this tool does not offer a lookup table. If you have to work from published figures rather than a test, enter a wide band rather than a plausible middle, and let the width of the answer show what that cost you.
How reliable is the critical speed calculation?
Less reliable than anything else here, and the page says so beside the result. It is exactly right when a vehicle really was at the limit of adhesion in a true yaw and the mark really is an arc. When the mark is not a yaw, or the vehicle was braking as well as sliding sideways, or the chord and ordinate were taken from different parts of a compound curve, it produces a wrong answer with no outward sign of being wrong, and the error can sit in the middle of its range, where no input band will reveal it. If the mark is not plainly a yaw, this is not the calculation to use.
What are the momentum directions measured from?
Degrees anticlockwise from due east, so ninety degrees is due north. Both approach directions and both departure directions are needed. The two approach speeds are then the only unknowns, which makes it a pair of simultaneous equations, and when the two approach directions are parallel those equations are the same equation, there is nothing to solve, and the page says so rather than dividing by something near zero. For a rear-end collision in a straight line, the slide calculations on each vehicle are the way in.
Is any of it sent anywhere?
No. It is arithmetic in a page. There is no account and no server, nothing is uploaded, and once loaded it works with the network off, which is the usual state of affairs on a closed carriageway.
SNAPTake a photo that carries its own proof: hash, time and place, sealed as it is taken8
What does the seal actually prove?
That the photo has not changed since the sidecar was signed, and that the sidecar was signed by whoever holds the private half of the key. The signature covers both hashes, the time, the position and the public key, so none of them can be edited without breaking it. It does not prove the clock was right, that the position was not spoofed, or that what is in the picture is real. A photo of a screen is still a photo.
Where does the time come from?
From the clock of the device you are holding, and the sidecar says so. If a photo is taken with the camera here, the time is the moment the shutter was pressed. If you seal a photo you already had, the time is when it was sealed, and the sidecar says that the picture itself may be older. To make the timing checkable by somebody else, send them the hash, or the sidecar, straight away: their record of when it arrived is the independent part.
Is my location sent anywhere?
No. The position is read from the device only when you tick the box, and it goes into two places: the stamped copy, as EXIF GPS tags, and the sidecar. Nothing on this page makes a network request; the page works with the network switched off once it has loaded. Leave the box unticked and no position is read at all.
What is the key, and why should I publish the fingerprint?
An ECDSA P-256 key pair made once in this browser with WebCrypto and kept so that the private half cannot be exported, not even by this page. Every sidecar is signed with it. A sidecar carries its own public key, so a signature alone only shows that the sidecar matches some key; the fingerprint is what ties that key to you. Put it somewhere dated that you control, or send it to the people who will need to check your photos, and a sidecar signed by any other key will show as somebody else's.
What is in the stamped copy?
The picture, re-encoded as JPEG at quality 92, with a dark band added below it carrying the time, the first sixteen characters of the original's hash, and the position if it was on. The band is added under the picture, not drawn over it, so no pixel of the original is covered. An EXIF block written here carries the same facts as DateTimeOriginal, the time zone offset, and a GPS IFD with latitude, longitude, altitude and the accuracy in metres. It carries nothing else: no camera model, no lens, no serial number, and none of the metadata the original may have had. The original is not touched at all.
Why three files, and which one do I keep?
Keep all three, together. The original is the evidence; the stamped copy is the one people can read at a glance and the one whose EXIF a viewer will show; the sidecar is what lets anyone check either against the key. The Verify panel on this page takes a photo and its sidecar and says whether the photo is the original, the stamped copy, or neither, and whether the signature holds.
Is anything uploaded or kept?
Nothing is uploaded. Sealed photos and the key are kept in this browser's own storage, so they are still here after a reload, until you clear them. Clearing the photos keeps the key; deleting everything removes the key too, and a fingerprint you published will then match nothing this browser signs. There is no undo for either.
What does the contact sheet contain?
A PDF with a thumbnail of every stamped copy, its time, its position, the full SHA-256 of the original and of the stamped copy, and the key's fingerprint at the top of each sheet. It is made here with pdf-lib, a library fetched from this site. It is a list, not a certificate; for a signed statement about the files use ATTEST, and for who held them use CHAIN.
STATEMENTWrite a statement and seal it with a digest7
What makes a witness statement useful later?
Being written while the memory is fresh, in the person's own words, in the first person, dated, and confined to what they saw and heard rather than what they concluded. Courts in most jurisdictions also want to know how the statement was made and by whom, so record that alongside it.
How do I show a statement has not been changed since I wrote it?
Hash the final text and publish the digest somewhere that carries its own timestamp and that you cannot quietly edit: an email to a third party, a public post, a git commit. The digest proves the text is unchanged; the third party is what gives the date any weight.
Should I write a statement before speaking to a solicitor?
Writing down what you remember as soon as possible is almost always worth doing, and a contemporaneous note carries weight that a later recollection does not. What the statement is then used for, and how it is framed, is a matter for advice. This is not legal advice.
How should I write the statement?
In the first person, one point per paragraph, with a blank line between paragraphs. The paragraphs are numbered automatically so they can be referred to by number later. The name, capacity, matter reference, place and date at the top are part of what gets sealed.
Why attach the exhibit file?
Attaching it records the file's SHA-256 against the exhibit reference, so the document or photograph the reader is holding can be matched to the one the statement means. The file itself is hashed in this tab and is not kept.
What does the seal cover?
Sealing computes a SHA-256 over the header fields, the numbered paragraphs and the exhibit list. The digest is printed on the document and written into a small JSON sidecar, so anyone holding either copy can check the text. Change anything afterwards and the seal is cleared until you seal again.
Why send the digest by a separate route?
A digest that only ever travelled inside the file it describes proves nothing. Send it to the other side another way: an email, a CHAIN log, a line on paper.
STRUCTURINGFind deposits split to stay under a threshold5
Why can an alert queue not see this?
Because every rule in it reads one transaction at a time. Nine thousand is an ordinary deposit and it will never be flagged. What is not ordinary is the fourteenth nine thousand, across four accounts, over eleven weeks, and that pattern does not exist in any single row, so nothing that reads rows can find it. The page rolls a window across every account at once, which is the only way it appears.
What is the band ratio for?
Deposits just under a round number are not evidence on their own, because a lot of ordinary banking is round-ish. So the page counts two bands of the same width, one just below the threshold and one just above, and compares them. In data with nothing behind it those hold roughly the same number. A pile below and nothing above is a cliff, and a cliff is the signature.
What does the pass-through figure mean?
How much of the money that came in went out again within a few days at a similar amount. A trading account holds a balance; a conduit does not. It is matched pair by pair with the dates and amounts shown, so each match can be looked at rather than taken on a percentage.
Is a round number suspicious?
On its own, no. Rent is round, wages are round, a float is round. The figure is only interesting as a proportion: instructed and invented amounts are round far more often than takings and invoices are, so a deposit stream that is mostly exact multiples of five hundred is a different kind of stream from one that is not.
Is any of this a finding?
No, and the page says so in as many words next to each one. Every shape here has an innocent explanation: a weekly banking run, a rent account, a business that deals in round prices. What the page does is answer four questions that each need a pivot table, on a statement that never leaves the machine it is opened on.
TAKEDOWNDraft a DMCA, GDPR or removal notice4
How do I get my content removed from a site that copied it?
Ask the host, not only the site. A copyright notice sent to the hosting provider or to the search engine usually moves faster than an email to the site owner. It has to identify the original work and the infringing address, and it has to include the statements the process requires, accurately.
What is the difference between a copyright notice and a data protection request?
A copyright notice concerns a work you own being copied. A data protection request concerns personal information about you being processed, and does not require you to own anything at all. Different laws, different recipients, different deadlines, and generally only one of them fits a given situation.
What happens if I send a notice that turns out to be wrong?
Copyright notices carry a statement made under penalty of perjury in some jurisdictions, and a bad-faith or careless notice can expose you to liability for the damage it causes. Send one only about material you actually hold rights in. This is not legal advice.
Why do so many takedown emails get ignored?
Because they start from a blank page and leave out the sworn statement, the statute, or the detail a host needs to act. TAKEDOWN assembles the notice with the language these notices are expected to carry, and lists your evidence by SHA-256.
THREADKeep a contemporaneous note of every conversation5
What makes a note contemporaneous?
That it was made at or near the time, before the events became contentious. There is no bright line; the question is whether the note was made as part of doing the job or as part of building a case. Writing it the same day and recording that you did is what keeps it on the right side of that.
Should I tell people I am keeping notes?
Usually there is nothing to tell: writing down what happened in a meeting is ordinary practice. Recording a call is a different matter, and in many places doing it without saying so is unlawful. This keeps notes, not recordings.
Can I change a note afterwards?
You can, and the page records that you did and when. Correcting a note is normal and honest; quietly rewriting one is the thing that destroys the value of the whole log. If something turns out to be wrong, add a later entry saying so rather than editing the past.
Is this a witness statement?
No, and it is where one comes from. A statement is a formal document with a statement of truth; this is the raw material somebody would use to write it, and the sequence it produces is the shape a statement usually takes. WITNESS is for the statement itself.
What if I am not sure exactly what was said?
Write that. "I cannot remember his exact words but the sense was" is a proper note and reads as an honest one. A note that is precise about everything, six months on, reads as a reconstruction, because it is.
TIMELINEBuild a chronology with sources7
How do I build a chronology of events for a case?
One row per event, each with a date, a description in neutral language, and a reference to the document or message it comes from. Events with no source go in a separate list, because the distinction between what you can prove and what you remember is the entire value of the exercise.
Why does a chronology matter so much?
Because it turns a pile of documents into an argument, and because gaps and contradictions only become visible once things are in order. It is usually the first thing a solicitor asks for and the thing that saves the most billed time.
What should each entry contain?
The date, and the time if it is known. What happened, stated plainly. Who was involved. And where the evidence for it sits, precisely enough to find again: a filename, a page, a message timestamp. Keep interpretation out of the description and put it in a column of its own.
What happens to an entry with no time?
Put one event in each entry. If only the date is known, leave the time off. The entry sorts ahead of that day's timed entries.
Why are some gaps in the chronology marked?
The chronology is always shown in date order, and gaps of a month or more are marked. A quiet stretch in a timeline is often where the questions are.
Which export do I hand over, and which do I keep?
The printable chronology is what you hand over. The JSON is what you load back here to carry on, or merge with a colleague's entries. There is also a CSV.
Why attach a file to an entry?
To record its SHA-256. The chronology and the exhibit list then refer to the same thing, and a reader can match the entry to the file.
TRIAGERun a triage board and keep the count5
Does this decide the category for me?
No. It runs the published algorithm on the answers you give and shows what that algorithm returns, with the reason spelled out. The person at the casualty decides, and every casualty can be overridden to any category with the reason recorded alongside. An overridden category with no reason is the one that gets asked about afterwards, so the box is there.
Why does it offer two different systems?
Because both are in use and they are not the same. The sieve calls a respiratory rate of 30 abnormal; START does not. START asks whether the casualty can follow a command; the sieve does not ask at all. Someone breathing at 26 with good perfusion who cannot follow a command is Delayed under one and Immediate under the other. Quietly merging them would produce a category that neither system would give.
What is the re-check clock for?
A major incident does not usually kill the people who were triaged Immediate. It kills the person who walked away from the vehicle, was marked Delayed at minute four, and was not looked at again for fifty minutes. Every casualty on this board carries the time since they were last looked at, and the ones past your threshold are named at the top of the page.
Does changing the system re-run the casualties already triaged?
No, deliberately. A triage is a decision a named person made at a time, under the system in force then. Re-running it retrospectively would rewrite a record. Changing the system changes what the next triage asks.
Where does the casualty list go?
Nowhere. There is no network call on this page. It is held in this browser, it can be printed or downloaded, and if you clear the board it is gone. A casualty list is about the most sensitive document there is and it stays on the device that made it.
WITNESSWrite a witness statement that holds up5
Is this legal advice?
No. It is a way of writing down what you remember, in the shape a statement usually takes. Whether you should make one, what it should cover, and what the rules where you are require of it are questions for somebody who knows your case.
What is the statement of truth?
A line at the end saying you believe what you have written is true, and acknowledging that making a false statement in one can be punished as contempt of court. The exact wording is set by the rules where you are, and the one here is the ordinary English and Welsh form. Check it against the rules that apply to you before you sign.
Can I say what somebody told me?
Yes, and you must say that is what you are doing, and who told you. "Mr Whitfield told me that the survey had come back badly" is a proper sentence in a statement. "The survey had come back badly" is not, if all you know is what he said.
How long should it be?
As long as the facts you actually know, and no longer. Statements get padded with background nobody disputes and argument nobody asked for, both of which give the other side something to work with. If a paragraph does not say something you witnessed, ask what it is doing.
What if I cannot remember exactly?
Say so. "I cannot now remember whether that was the Tuesday or the Wednesday" is an honest and perfectly normal sentence, and it costs you nothing. A statement that is precise about everything years later invites the question of how, and there is rarely a good answer.
AREAWork out the area of a room of any shape, in square metres and square feet4
How do I work out the square footage of an L-shaped room?
Split it into two rectangles that do not overlap, work out each one, and add them. Here that is two rows: the main part and the leg of the L. Anything inside the outline that is not floor, such as a chimney breast, goes in as a third row with “take it away” ticked.
How do I convert square metres to square feet?
Multiply by 10.7639, or divide by 0.09290304. A foot is 0.3048 m exactly, so a square foot is 0.3048 × 0.3048 m². Multiplying square metres by 3.28, the figure for converting a length, gives an answer less than a third of the right one; the page shows what that mistake would have said so it is easy to spot on a quote.
How much should I add for waste?
It depends on what is being laid. Carpet and vinyl come off a roll of fixed width, tiles are cut at every edge and a diagonal or herringbone pattern wastes more. Ten per cent is a common starting figure for a straight lay; the TILE calculator works out tiles and boxes directly.
Can I measure in feet and inches?
Choose inches and enter the whole length in inches (12 ft 6 in is 150 in), or choose feet and enter a decimal (12.5). The area comes out in square metres, square feet and square yards whichever you measure in.
AXLEUnder the gross and still illegal5
Why can a vehicle be under its gross weight and still be overloaded?
Because gross weight and axle weights are separate limits and the load decides how the weight divides between them. Put everything behind the middle and the rear axle goes over while the gross is still two tonnes short. A roadside check weighs the axles, so the axle is what gets the prohibition.
How is the share worked out?
By moments about the front axle. Each item has a weight and a distance, the moments are added, and the rear axle takes the total moment less the weight times the front position, divided by the wheelbase. The front takes the rest. It is a line of algebra that decides whether a vehicle is legal, and it is almost never done.
Why does the steering axle have a minimum?
Because steering and braking need weight on the front wheels. Loading heavily behind the rear axle lifts it off, and the driver finds out in the wet. Most codes set a minimum share, and the page reports the actual share against whatever minimum you set.
What is the range of positions for?
It is the question a loader is actually asking: given one more pallet of this weight, where may it go? Both axle limits and the steering minimum are straight lines in the position, so the answer is a window in metres from the headboard. Forward of it the front axle goes over; behind it, the rear does.
Is this a weighbridge?
No, and the page says so. It is the arithmetic, done correctly, from figures you provide. The plated limits are whatever is on your plate and the defaults are ordinary ones meant to be replaced.
BALANCEChecked again at landing5
Why check three conditions?
Because the centre of gravity moves as the fuel burns, and the tanks are rarely at the same station as the aircraft's own centre. A load inside the envelope at takeoff can be outside it by the time it lands, and every figure on a takeoff sheet is silent about that. Takeoff, zero fuel and landing are the three the envelope has to hold for.
Why is the envelope not built in?
Because it belongs to one aircraft, and a polygon invented here would be an aircraft nobody built. Give it the points your own manual draws and the limits between them are interpolated straight, which is how the chart is meant to be read.
Why are there no unit conversions?
Because a conversion quietly applied is its own kind of accident, and the arithmetic is identical in pounds and inches or kilograms and millimetres. Work in whatever the manual uses, and the page follows.
What does the extra station figure do?
Answers the question actually being asked at the aircraft: how much more will go in, at that arm. Adding weight moves both the total and the centre of gravity, and the envelope narrows as the weight rises, so it is found by walking outwards until something stops it rather than by a formula.
Is this a load sheet?
It is the arithmetic a load sheet rests on, done correctly, shown in full and never sent anywhere. The manual is the authority and the commander is the commander.
BANDSRead a resistor's colour bands, or find the bands for a value4
How do I read a four-band resistor?
The first two bands are digits, the third is how many noughts follow, and the fourth is the tolerance. Yellow (4), violet (7), red (two noughts), gold (±5%) is 4,700 Ω, written 4k7, and anywhere from 4,465 to 4,935 Ω.
How is a five-band resistor different?
It has three digits before the multiplier, for closer-tolerance parts. Brown, black, black, red, brown is 1, 0, 0 followed by two noughts, 10 kΩ, at ±1%. A sixth band, where there is one, is the temperature coefficient: brown is 100 ppm a degree.
Which end do I start from?
The tolerance band usually stands apart from the others, and it goes on the right. Gold and silver are never the first band. If the value you read is not in any preferred series, the page says so, which usually means the resistor was read backwards or a band was misread.
What are E12 and E24?
The preferred values of IEC 60063: twelve or twenty-four steps a decade, spaced so that a part at one end of its tolerance meets the next value at the other. E12 is 10, 12, 15, 18, 22, 27, 33, 39, 47, 56, 68, 82 and the same times each power of ten. E48 and E96 are the finer series used for 2% and 1% parts.
BTUWork out the BTU or watts to heat a room or cool it with a room unit5
How many BTU do I need to heat a room?
Work out the heat loss: for each wall, window, floor and ceiling next to somewhere colder, its U-value times its area times the temperature difference, plus 0.33 × air changes an hour × the room's volume × the difference for the air. For a 4 × 5 × 2.4 m room at 21°C inside and −3°C out, with 7.8 m² of wall at 0.35, 1.8 m² of window at 1.4, 20 m² of floor at 0.25 and one air change an hour, that is 626 W, or 2,137 BTU an hour.
What size air conditioner do I need for my room?
The ENERGY STAR chart gives a capacity for the floor area: 6,000 BTU an hour for 150 up to 250 sq ft, for example. Take 10% off for a heavily shaded room, add 10% for a very sunny one, add 600 BTU an hour for each person past two who is usually there, and 4,000 for a kitchen. The chart assumes an eight-foot ceiling.
How do I convert watts to BTU an hour?
Multiply by 3.412142. A BTU (the international table one) is 1,055.056 joules, and a watt is a joule a second, so a watt for an hour is 3,600 joules, or 3.412 BTU. A 2 kW heater is 6,824 BTU an hour.
Why is the rule of thumb per square metre not used?
Because it cannot tell a solid-walled Victorian room from a new insulated one, and the difference is several times over. The heat loss method asks for the U-values instead, which is more work and gives an answer about this room. Where they are not known, an energy assessment of the building usually lists them.
Is this a full heat loss calculation?
No. It is the steady-state sum in its plainest form: no thermal bridges, no allowance for heating that goes off at night and has to catch up, and no correction for a floor on the ground. A heating engineer's calculation to BS EN 12831 adds those, and it is what a heat pump should be sized from.
CONCRETEMore than the volume of the hole5
What is the overdig and why does it matter?
A trench cut by machine is wider than the drawing, because a bucket is a bucket. A hundred millimetres either side of a six hundred wide footing makes it eight hundred, which is a third more concrete along the whole length of it. It is the single most common reason a pour runs short, and it is a number rather than a surprise.
Why is a ratio like 1:2:4 not enough on its own?
Because it is a ratio of volumes and cement is sold by weight. Converting between them needs the density of loose cement, which is about 1,440 kg a cubic metre, and the yield factor: the loose materials bulk down when they are mixed and wetted, so about one and a half cubic metres of dry stuff makes one of concrete. Skipping either step gives a batch that is weak or a shopping list that is wrong.
Bags or a delivery?
It depends on the volume and it crosses over sooner than people think. Mixing a quarter of a cubic metre by hand is sensible and mixing three is a day nobody gets back. The page prices both, including the part-load charge that makes a small delivery cost nearly what a large one does, and counts the barrows so the labour is visible too.
Why show the drawn figure as well as the order?
Because they are different numbers and both are useful. The drawn figure is what the design says and what a valuation is measured against; the ordered figure is what has to turn up. Showing the gap, and what makes it up, is how an order gets defended rather than argued about.
Does any of this leave the device?
No. There is no network call on this page, so it works in a portacabin with no signal.
CONVOYA convoy is not a point on a map5
Why is the pass time the number that matters?
Because it is the one everybody at the far end needs and nobody is given. A column of thirty vehicles at forty kilometres an hour takes two and a half minutes to go past a point. Whoever is holding a junction, a gate or a ferry has to hold it for that long after the lead vehicle arrives, and if they have been told an arrival time rather than a pass time they will open the road into the middle of the column.
How is road space worked out?
Vehicles times their length, plus one fewer gap than there are vehicles. The gap goes between vehicles, so thirty vehicles have twenty-nine gaps. Multiplying the gap by thirty adds one in front of the lead vehicle that does not exist, which is the most common slip and puts fifty metres on every serial.
What is density for?
Route capacity, bridges, ferries and anything with a limit quoted in vehicles per kilometre. It is a thousand divided by the length of one vehicle plus one gap, so seven metre vehicles fifty metres apart are seventeen and a half to the kilometre and a hundred vehicles need nearly six kilometres of road.
What does the march graph show that the table does not?
Where two serials meet. A faster serial behind a slower one closes the gap over the route, and on a table of six serials that is six pairs of numbers to compare in your head. On the graph the bands simply cross, and the page says so in words underneath as well.
Does the movement plan go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page, and nothing about this move is sent or stored anywhere but this browser.
CUTWhich bar each piece comes off5
Why does the kerf matter so much?
Because a saw removes material rather than dividing it. Three two-metre pieces need six metres and two kerfs of bar, so a six-metre length gives two of them and a stub. Every cutting list drawn up without the kerf is short by one piece somewhere, and it is always found on the last bar with nothing left to cut it from.
Is this the best possible packing?
No, and the page says so rather than claiming it. Cutting stock is a hard problem in general. What this does is run several strategies, including seeded shuffles that give the same answer on the second visit, keep the best, and state the lower bound: the total length over what a bar gives, rounded up. When the plan matches the bound it cannot be beaten; when it does not, you know by how much.
Why sort the pieces largest first?
Because the big ones are the hard ones to place. Fit them first and the small pieces fill the gaps they leave; go in list order and a small piece takes a space a long one needed, and the long one opens a bar of its own. That single change is usually worth a bar or two on a job of any size.
What does it do with offcuts?
Lists them, and separates the ones over the length you say is worth keeping. An offcut long enough to be a piece on the next job is stock, not waste, and the difference is worth writing down before it goes in the skip with everything else.
Does the cutting list go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page, which also means it works in a workshop or on a site with no signal.
EVACUATEHow long a room takes to empty, with the best door gone5
Why discount the largest exit?
Because the fire is allowed to be at it. An assessment that assumes every door is available assumes the one thing an emergency will not give you, and the room with three wide doors that comfortably passes is a different room with the best one blocked. Doing the second sum is the point of doing the first.
What is the difference between capacity and clearance time?
Capacity is a limit from a table: how many people a door of that width may serve at all. Clearance time is a rate: how long the queue takes. They answer different questions and they fail independently. A room can satisfy the table and still take four minutes to empty, and a room can empty in ninety seconds and be over-occupied for its doors, so both are shown.
Where does eighty people a minute come from?
It is the flow rate per metre of clear width that the research settles on and the guidance is built from. It is exposed as a setting because a crowd of schoolchildren, a crowd leaving a bar at closing time and a crowd containing wheelchairs are not the same crowd, and pretending one figure covers all three is how an assessment becomes decorative.
Why is travel time separate?
Because it is a real number of seconds that happens before anybody joins a queue, and in a long room it is substantial. Adding it to the flow time rather than folding it in means you can see which of the two is the problem: a distance issue is fixed by another door somewhere else, a flow issue by a wider one.
Is this a fire risk assessment?
No. It is the arithmetic an assessment rests on, done correctly, shown in full, and never sent anywhere. Occupancy figures, the condition of the doors, the alarm, the wayfinding and the people are the assessor's judgement.
FALLWhether there is room below you to be caught5
Why is the required clearance so much more than the lanyard?
Because the lanyard is one of five things and usually not the biggest. A European energy absorber may tear open to 1.75 m, which is taller than the person wearing it; harness stretch, the distance from the D-ring to the soles of the feet, and a safety margin follow. Two metres of lanyard turns into nearly seven metres of required space, and the gap between those two numbers is where people are killed.
What difference does the anchor height make?
All of it. An anchor above the D-ring shortens the free fall; an anchor at foot level doubles it, because you fall past the anchor and then the length of the lanyard again. That takes most lanyards past the fall they were tested to, whatever the clearance below says, which is why the free fall factor is reported separately.
Why does an anchor to one side matter?
Because you fall in an arc instead of straight down. The arc costs extra height before the system loads, and it ends with you arriving sideways at whatever is over there at a speed this page states. Thirty degrees from vertical is the usual limit, and at a two metre lanyard that is one metre sideways, which is a shorter distance than most people picture.
Is the force figure the one on the absorber's label?
No, and it says so. The label quotes a peak arrest force from a drop test. The figure here is an average over the deceleration distance worked out from the energy, which is useful for comparing one arrangement with another and is not a model of the absorber.
Does anything here get sent anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page. Everything is worked out in the browser, which also means it works on a site with no signal.
GRAVELWork out how much gravel, sand, topsoil or mulch to order, by volume and weight4
How much gravel do I need?
Multiply the area by the depth to get the volume, then by the bulk density to get the weight. A 6 × 3 m drive at 50 mm is 18 × 0.05 = 0.9 m³; at a typical 1.6 tonnes a cubic metre that is 1.44 tonnes, or two 850 kg bulk bags.
How much does a cubic metre of gravel weigh?
Typically 1.5 to 1.7 tonnes loose, but it depends on the stone, its size and grading, and how wet it is. A crushed sub-base such as MOT Type 1 is heavier, around 2.0 to 2.2 tonnes, and topsoil lighter. The supplier's ticket gives the figure for the load you are buying; put it in and the weight follows.
How do I convert cubic metres to cubic yards?
Divide by 0.764555. A yard is 0.9144 m exactly, so a cubic yard is 0.9144 cubed, 0.764554857984 m³. The page gives both, and US tons of 2,000 lb beside tonnes.
Should I order extra for compaction?
For a sub-base that will be compacted, yes: it goes down thicker than it ends. How much more depends on the material and the compactor, so the page starts at nothing and takes the supplier's or your engineer's figure rather than inventing one.
HEATThe air temperature is not the measure5
Why not just use the air temperature?
Because it says nothing about whether a body can lose heat. Two sites at thirty degrees are a different job if one is dry and shaded with a breeze and the other is still, humid and in full sun. Seven tenths of the wet bulb globe temperature is the natural wet bulb reading, which is the one that carries the humidity, and that is where the difference lives.
What is the globe reading?
A thermometer inside a matt black sphere, which reads the radiant heat coming off the sun, the roof, the furnace or the road as well as the air. It is why a job in the shade and the same job in the sun are different numbers on the same afternoon, and why the outdoor formula gives it a fifth of the weight and the indoor one nearly a third.
Why does clothing get added to the index rather than subtracted from the limit?
Either would work arithmetically; adding it keeps the thing being compared in one place, so the effective index is a single figure you can state and argue with. Layers past ordinary work clothes trap heat that no instrument on site reads, and a person in a vapour-barrier suit is working in a climate several degrees hotter than the meter says.
What is acclimatisation worth?
Several degrees. A body that has worked in heat for a week or two sweats sooner, sweats more and loses less salt doing it. Somebody on their first day in it has none of that, which is why so many heat casualties are new starters, returners after leave, and the fit young ones who push through.
Is a longer break always the answer?
No. Where no share of the hour is within the criteria, the rota is not the fix: the work has to get lighter, move to a cooler hour, gain shade, or be done by a machine. The page says so rather than producing a cycle that does not exist.
LEVELA levelling sheet that has to balance5
What is the check?
Three quantities that have to be equal if the sheet is right: the sum of the backsights less the sum of the foresights, the sum of the rises less the sum of the falls, and the last level less the first. It is taught everywhere and skipped almost everywhere, because doing it by hand means adding four columns and each one is another chance to make the mistake you are looking for.
Why reduce it twice?
Because agreeing totals can hide a pair of errors that cancel. The two reductions are independent, so comparing them row by row finds the line the mistake is on rather than telling you that somewhere in forty readings there is one. That is the difference between a check and a useful check.
What is the difference between the two methods?
Height of collimation works out the level of the instrument once per setup and subtracts each reading from it, which is quick and gives no check on the intermediate sights. Rise and fall compares each reading with the one before it, which is slower and checks every line. Doing both gets the speed and the check.
What does the misclosure tell me?
Whether the field work was good enough, which is not the same question as whether the arithmetic was. A run that balances perfectly and closes forty millimetres out has correct arithmetic on bad readings. The allowance grows with the root of the number of setups, because errors accumulate as a random walk rather than in a line.
Does this work without a signal?
Yes, and that is the point. There is no network call on this page at all, so it works in a trench, in a field or at the bottom of a hole, which is where levelling happens.
LUXHow many fittings, and where they go5
What is the utilisation factor?
The share of a fitting's light that ever reaches the working plane. The rest goes into the walls, the ceiling and the floor and mostly stays there. In a tall narrow room with dark surfaces it can be under a third; in a low wide white one it can be over two thirds. A design that leaves it out is out by a factor of two and the room is dim on the day it opens.
Why design for a dirty room?
Because the room will be dirty for most of its life and bright for a month. The maintenance factor accounts for lamps depreciating, fittings collecting dust and surfaces getting dirtier, and designing at 0.8 means the room is a little over-lit when new and correct for the years after that. A room that reads exactly its target on handover is under it within a year.
Why is the mounting height measured from the working plane?
Because the room index describes the shape of the space the light has to cross, and the light does not have to cross the last 0.85 m to the floor if the desk is there. Measuring from the floor makes the room look taller than it is, which reads the wrong utilisation factor out of the table and undersizes the installation.
What is the spacing to height ratio for?
It is the furthest apart fittings may be, relative to their height above the plane, before the floor starts to band bright and dim between them. Meeting the average lux while failing the spacing gives a room with the right number on a meter and visible stripes, so the page checks it separately.
Why show what it delivers rather than what was asked for?
Because a fitting is a whole number and a grid is a whole number twice over. The equation asks for 8.4 fittings and the room gets nine in a three by three, which delivers more than the target. Saying so is more useful than repeating the target back.
NOISEThree decibels is twice the energy5
Why can I not just average the levels?
Because decibels are logarithmic. Three of them is twice the sound energy, ten of them is ten times it, and an arithmetic mean of a loud half hour and a quiet afternoon is not any physical quantity at all. The regulations define the exposure as an energy average over eight hours, which is what this works out, and it is why one noisy task usually owns the whole day.
What are exposure points for?
Adding up. A hundred points is eight hours at 85 dB(A), and the points double every three decibels, so two tasks are simply the sum of their points. Adding decibels is not something anybody can do on a site, and points are the regulator's answer to that. The decibel figure comes back out of the total at the end.
Does hearing protection lower the exposure?
It lowers what reaches the ear, and the 87 dB exposure limit is measured at the ear, so it counts there. The 80 and 85 dB action values are measured in the air, so it does not count towards those: a site at 88 dB(A) still owes a programme to reduce the noise at source, however good the plugs are. Conflating the two is how the duty gets quietly dropped.
Why take four decibels off the rating?
Because that is roughly the gap between a laboratory rating and what people wearing them on a real job achieve, and the guidance says to assume it. Fit, hair, glasses, taking them out to talk, and simply not pushing a plug all the way in each account for some of it.
Can protection be too good?
Yes, and it is a real hazard rather than a technicality. Below about seventy decibels at the ear people feel cut off, cannot hear a reversing alarm or a colleague, and take the protection off. A lower-rated protector worn all day beats a higher-rated one worn half the time, so the page says when you have crossed that line.
OHMWork out volts, amps, ohms and watts from any two, and an LED's resistor5
What is Ohm's law?
Voltage equals current times resistance, V = I × R. With the power law, P = V × I, any two of the four quantities fix the other two: 12 V across 6 Ω drives 2 A, and dissipates 24 W.
How do I work out power from current and resistance?
P = I² × R. Two amps through six ohms is 4 × 6 = 24 watts. From voltage and resistance it is V² / R: 144 / 6, the same 24 W.
How do I work out resistors in parallel?
Add the reciprocals and take the reciprocal of the sum: 1 / (1/R₁ + 1/R₂ + …). 100 Ω and 220 Ω in parallel is 68.75 Ω, always less than the smaller one. In series they simply add.
What resistor do I need for an LED?
Take the LED's forward voltage from the supply and divide by the current: (12 − 3.2) / 0.02 = 440 Ω. Resistors come in preferred values, so use the next one up, 470 Ω, which gives 18.7 mA and dissipates about 0.16 W, more than an eighth-watt part should carry.
Does it work for mains AC?
For a load that is only resistance, such as a heater or a filament lamp, using RMS voltage and current, yes. For a motor, a transformer or anything electronic, the current and the voltage are out of step and power is V × I × the power factor, which this page does not handle.
PAINTAnd which tins to buy5
Why not just use the coverage on the tin?
Because it is a laboratory figure for a smooth, sealed, previously painted surface, and almost nothing is. Bare plaster drinks the first coat, new timber drinks two, a textured wall has more surface than its measurements say, and going from a dark colour to a light one takes a coat more than the tin admits. The factors on this page are there so those are stated rather than absorbed into a guess.
Why add the reveals back?
Because they are paint. Subtracting a window and stopping there understates the job: the depth around the opening is a strip of wall on three sides, and on a deep reveal it gives back most of the area the hole took out. Doors are the same, minus the threshold.
What is the tin search doing?
Finding the cheapest combination of the sizes you have priced that still covers the litres needed. Needing 11.4 litres has several answers (two fives and a two and a half, one ten and a two and a half, two fives and two ones), and they are different money for the same job. It is a small search and nobody does it standing in a shop.
Why does the left-over figure matter?
Because paint left in a tin is money on a shelf, and knowing how much there is stops the next job buying it again. It also tells you whether to accept a slightly dearer combination that wastes less, which is a judgement the page leaves to you rather than making for you.
Does the room schedule go anywhere?
No. There is no network call on this page.
PALLETThe obvious layout is one case short5
What is wrong with dividing the pallet both ways round?
Nothing, except that it is not the answer. It only ever finds a pattern where every case points the same way, and the best pattern usually does not. A 600 by 400 case on a 1200 by 1000 pallet gives two by two either way round, which is four; a strip of two across the top and three across the bottom covers it exactly and is five. Twenty-five per cent, missed because nobody searched.
What does the search actually try?
Both plain orientations, and then every place the pallet can be divided into two strips with a different orientation in each, across and along. That family covers nearly every pattern anybody builds by hand, including the ones that look clever. It is not a proof of the maximum, and the page does not claim one.
Why does the air matter?
Because freight is sold by volume at least as often as by weight. A pallet at sixty per cent utilisation is a lorry with four tenths of its deck full of nothing, paid for at the same rate. The figure is the case volume over the volume of the cube the stack occupies, and it is usually worse than people guess.
What limits the number of layers?
Height or weight, whichever runs out first, and the page says which. It is worth knowing: a height limit is solved by a taller trailer or a shorter case, and a weight limit is not solved by either.
Why search the container floor too?
Because a pallet in a container is a rectangle in a rectangle for exactly the same reason, and the obvious answer is wrong there for exactly the same reason. The same search runs on both.
RAMPWhether a ramp fits, landings and all5
Is it not just one in twelve?
One in twelve is the steepest of three, allowed only on a flight going no more than two metres. A flight going up to five metres may be one in fifteen, and one going up to ten metres one in twenty. The gradient depends on the length of the push, because a long shallow climb and a short steep one are different amounts of work for the person doing them.
Why is the ramp so much longer than the slope?
Landings. A rise of 900 mm at one in fifteen is three flights of 300 mm, and between each pair there has to be somewhere to stop, with somewhere to stand at each end too. That is four landings of 1500 mm on top of 13.5 m of slope, so nineteen and a half metres of building. Measuring the slope and not the landings is how a ramp comes out too long for the space it was drawn into.
What is the total rise limit?
Under the British guidance a series of flights may not rise more than two metres in total. Beyond that the answer is a lift, a different route or a regrading, not a longer ramp, and the page says so rather than producing a design that cannot be built.
Why show every gradient rather than one answer?
Because the choice is real and it belongs to the designer. A gentler ramp is easier to use and takes more room; a steeper one fits and is harder work. Showing all of them with their lengths and a yes or no against the space turns it into a decision rather than a single number to accept.
Is this a compliance check?
No. It is the arithmetic a design rests on, done correctly, on figures you can see. Surface, handrails, edge protection, cross-fall, the approach and the authority having jurisdiction are all beyond it.
SLINGEach leg carries more than you think5
Why does the angle matter so much?
Because a leg at an angle carries the load divided by the cosine of that angle. At thirty degrees from the vertical that is fifteen per cent more than the share; at forty-five it is forty-one per cent more; at sixty it is double. So a two-leg sling at sixty degrees is putting the entire weight of the load into each leg, and there is nothing left of the sharing the second leg was supposed to provide.
Why is a four-leg sling rated as three?
Because on a rigid load with fixed-length legs, three of them take up the load first and the fourth is a passenger until one of the three lets go. The standard builds that into the mode factor rather than pretending otherwise, which is why a four-leg assembly is not twice a two-leg one.
What is the squeeze figure?
The horizontal force each leg is putting into the top of the load, pulling inwards. It is the vertical share times the tangent of the angle, so at forty-five degrees it equals the lift and at sixty it exceeds it. It is what folds a crate, buckles a frame or caves in a machine's casing on the way up, and it is almost never calculated because nothing calculates it.
What does an off-centre load do?
It loads the legs unevenly, by moments. A centre of gravity twice as far from one attachment point as the other puts two thirds of the weight on the near leg, and that leg is the one that has to be within its rating. The page shows the share and uses the worse one.
Is this a lift plan?
No. It is the arithmetic a lift plan rests on, done correctly and shown in full, on a device that sends nothing anywhere. The sling itself, its condition, its certificate and the plan are a competent person's.
STAIRWork out the risers, going and pitch of a stair, checked against the rules5
How do I work out the number of steps?
Divide the floor-to-floor height by the largest rise allowed and round up; that is the fewest risers. For 2,600 mm and a private stair in England, where the rise may be at most 220 mm, that is 12 risers of 216.7 mm. Every larger number down to a rise of 150 mm also fits, and each one gives a shallower stair that takes more floor.
What are the rules for a private stair in England?
Approved Document K (2013) table 1.1 gives a rise of 150 to 220 mm and a going of 220 to 300 mm, with a pitch of no more than 42°. Twice the rise plus the going should normally be between 550 and 700 mm. The page applies all of these and names the one a stair fails on.
What are the US stair rules?
For a dwelling, IRC R311.7.5 allows a riser of up to 7¾ in and asks for a tread of at least 10 in, nosing to nosing. For other buildings IBC 1011.5.2 asks for risers of 4 to 7 in and treads of at least 11 in. Local amendments can change these, so check with the building department.
Why is there one tread fewer than risers?
Because the top riser steps you onto the landing or the upper floor, which is not a tread of the stair. A stair of 14 risers has 13 treads, and its length on plan is 13 goings. Counting 14 is the usual reason a stair drawn to fit does not.
What does the page not check?
Headroom, handrails and their height, guarding, the size of landings, doors opening onto the stair, and tapered, winding or spiral treads, which have rules of their own. The arithmetic is a straight flight; building control is the authority.
TACHOThe article, the figure and the minute5
Why does the order of a split break matter?
Because the rule says fifteen minutes and then thirty, and that is the only order it permits. A driver who takes thirty and then fifteen has taken forty-five minutes of break and has still broken Article 7, which is one of the most common infringements and one of the easiest to avoid once you know. This checks the order, not just the total.
What counts as a daily period?
Everything between the end of one rest of nine hours or more and the end of the next. That is what makes the nine and ten hour driving limits computable at all: they are not limits on a calendar day, and a driver who starts at 23:00 has not had two days' allowance by midnight.
Why do two legal weeks still fail?
Because of the ninety hour limit across any two consecutive weeks. Fifty hours one week and forty-five the next is two legal weeks and ninety-five hours, which is an infringement of Article 6(3). It is the rule people are caught by after a careful week, because nothing about either week on its own looks wrong.
Which counters reset when?
The two ten-hour days reset at the fixed week, which begins at midnight between Sunday and Monday. The three reduced daily rests reset on a weekly rest, which is a different moment. Keeping those apart is most of what this page does that a person with a diary does not.
Is this a substitute for tachograph analysis?
No. The card is the record of what happened and the analysis of it is a legal process. This is for the other half of the job, which nobody has a tool for: checking that a planned week is legal before anybody drives it, and knowing what is left in hand.
TILEWork out how many tiles and boxes a floor or wall needs, and the grout4
How do I work out how many tiles I need?
Divide the area by the area one tile covers with its joint, add an allowance for cuts and breakages, and round up to whole tiles and then to whole boxes. For 8.64 m² of 600 × 300 tiles with a 3 mm joint, one tile covers 0.1827 m², so the floor takes 47.3 tiles; with 10% for cuts that is 52.02, so 53 tiles, which is 7 boxes of 8.
How much extra should I buy for cuts?
Ten per cent is the usual figure for a straight lay in a plain room. A diagonal or herringbone pattern, a lot of corners or very large tiles waste more, and fifteen per cent is nearer. Keep what is left over: a tile from a different batch rarely matches, and a spare is what a repair needs in five years.
How much grout do I need?
Grout makers give the formula (L + W) / (L × W) × joint width × joint depth × density, in kilograms a square metre, with the tile's length and width and the joint in millimetres and the density in kilograms a litre, about 1.6 for a cement grout. It is the length of joint in a square metre times its cross-section. A 600 × 300 tile, 9 mm thick, with a 3 mm joint takes about 0.22 kg a square metre.
Does the joint make a difference to the count?
A little on large tiles and a lot on small ones. A 3 mm joint on a 100 mm tile adds six per cent to the area each tile covers, so leaving it out would overstate the count by about that much. It is the same arithmetic either way, so the page includes it.
TORQUEMost of it is friction, not tension5
Why is the stress area a formula rather than a table?
Because it is one: a quarter pi times the square of the nominal diameter less 0.9382 pitches, which is the mean of the pitch and minor diameters. It gives 84.3 mm² for an M12 and 157 for an M16, which is what the table says, and it also works for a thread the table does not have.
What is the nut factor and why does it matter so much?
It is the whole of the friction in the thread and under the head, rolled into one number. Roughly ninety per cent of the torque applied to a bolt is spent overcoming it and about ten per cent becomes tension, so the figure on the wrench is mostly a statement about friction. It is typically 0.20 dry and 0.12 waxed, and the same torque through those two differs by two thirds in what is actually clamping the joint.
So is a torque wrench useless?
No, but it is blunt. A properly specified torque with a controlled thread condition gets preload within about a quarter, which is fine for most joints and hopeless for some. Where it matters the answer is tightening by angle past snug, or measuring the bolt's stretch, both of which look at the bolt rather than at the friction.
Why does the page show a range rather than a number?
Because a single number implies a precision the method does not have. The range is what a realistic spread of friction produces from one setting, and seeing that a dry figure on a lubricated thread goes past the proof load is the thing worth knowing.
Where do the proof stresses come from?
From ISO 898-1, and they are editable on the page. They depend on the property class and, for 8.8, on the diameter. An invented figure is a bolt that snaps or a joint that opens, so check them against your own copy.
VIBRATIONDouble the tool, a quarter of the time5
Why do the A(8) figures not add?
Because exposure goes with the square of the magnitude. Two tools each reaching 2.5 on their own come to 3.54 together, not 5.0. Adding the figures overstates the day, sometimes by enough to stop work that was legal; the exposure points add correctly, which is the whole reason the regulator publishes them.
What does doubling the magnitude do?
It quarters the time. A tool at 5 m/s² reaches the action value in two hours; at 10 it reaches it in half an hour, and the limit in two. This is the single most useful thing to know about vibration and it is the thing intuition gets wrong, because people assume a rougher tool costs them proportionally rather than quadratically.
Should I use the manufacturer's figure?
With caution. A declared magnitude comes from a standard test on a test bench, and real use on real material by a real person with a worn bit routinely exceeds it, sometimes by a factor of two. Where a measured figure exists, use it. Where it does not, a cautious number is a better guess than an optimistic one.
What is trigger time really?
The time the tool is running in the hand. Not the length of the job, not the time on site. People asked to estimate it typically say three times the true figure, which flatters the assessment in the direction nobody wants. Timing one job properly is worth more than any table.
Is this an assessment?
No. It is the arithmetic an assessment needs, done correctly and shown, on a device that sends nothing anywhere. The judgement about magnitudes, health surveillance and control measures is the assessor's.
VOLTDROPDerating and volt drop, and which binds5
Why multiply the correction factors?
Because each of them describes a different thing being done to the cable and they all happen at once. Four circuits bunched together and a warm loft is not the worse of the two, it is both: 0.94 for the ambient and 0.80 for the grouping is 0.752, not 0.80. Taking the worst is the common shortcut and it leaves a cable at ninety-four per cent of its rating when it should be at seventy-five.
Why compare the cable with the device and not the load?
Because the device is what decides how much current the cable can be made to carry before anything stops it. A 32 A breaker will pass 32 A indefinitely whatever the intended load is, so the derated capacity has to reach the device's rating. Sizing to the design current and protecting with something bigger is how a cable ends up unprotected.
Why is volt drop a separate test?
Because it is a different failure. Heat is about how much current the cable can carry; volt drop is about what arrives at the far end. A cable can sit comfortably inside its derated rating over a long run and deliver a voltage the equipment will not start on, and nothing about the first test would ever catch it.
What is the longest run figure?
The length at which volt drop reaches its limit, at this current with this cable. It is the number that actually constrains a long circuit, and it is a rearrangement rather than a table: the limit in millivolts, over the millivolts per amp per metre times the design current.
Why not build in the cable tables?
Because a capacity invented by a web page is a cable that overheats behind a wall. The ratings depend on the cable, the method of installation, the reference temperature and the edition of the table, and they are revised. The method on this page is exact and shown; the data is yours.
WELAll under, and the mixture over5
Why do the fractions add up?
Because substances that act on the same organ do the same damage, and the body does not know which bottle it came from. The published test is the sum of each concentration over its own limit, and that sum must not exceed one. Three substances at forty per cent each sum to 1.2 and the mixture is over the limit while every reading on the sheet is under.
Why time-weight the readings?
Because a long-term limit is an eight hour average, not a ceiling. Two hundred parts per million for four hours is one hundred across the shift. Not doing the division reports a short heavy task as though it lasted all day, and doing it carelessly averages a genuine breach down into a pass. Both happen, and the page shows the division so it can be argued with.
What about short-term limits?
They are a ceiling over fifteen minutes and are not averaged. A quiet afternoon does not undo a breach at eleven o'clock, so the worst fifteen minutes is checked as it stands against the short-term limit, separately from the day.
How do I know which substances act together?
From the guidance for the substances in question, or from an occupational hygienist. The page takes a label and adds up whatever shares it, because the grouping is a judgement and pretending otherwise would be the wrong kind of confidence. A substance left in a group of its own is simply checked against its own limit.
Why are the limits not built in?
Because they are revised, they differ between jurisdictions, and there are thousands of them. A list baked into a web page and trusted for a year is worse than an empty box. The arithmetic here is exact; the numbers come from the current list.
ZSWhether a circuit will actually disconnect5
Where does the maximum loop impedance come from?
From a division, not a table. The device has to see enough current to operate in the required time, and for a circuit breaker the standard fixes that current as a multiple of the rating: five times for a Type B, ten for a Type C, twenty for a Type D. So the maximum loop impedance is the voltage divided by that current, and it falls straight out. For a fuse there is no fixed multiple, so you give the current from its curve.
Which way round does the 0.8 rule go?
A reading taken on a cold circuit is compared against 0.8 of the tabulated figure. The table assumes conductors at their operating temperature, where their resistance is higher, so a cold measurement flatters the circuit. Applying the 0.8 to the measurement rather than to the limit is the common mistake and it passes circuits that fail under load.
Why does the page say how long the run may be?
Because that is the question being asked on site, and no table answers it. Loop impedance is the external figure plus the cable, and the cable is length times resistance per metre, so rearranging gives the length at which the circuit stops disconnecting. It is one line of algebra and it turns a pass or fail into a number you can design to.
What is the adiabatic check for?
A circuit can disconnect in time and still destroy its earth conductor doing it. The protective conductor has to carry the fault current for as long as it takes, and the minimum size is the square root of the current squared times the time, divided by k. A circuit that passes on loop impedance and fails here is a real and quiet failure.
Why are the cable figures not built in?
Because they would be a guess dressed as a fact. Resistance per metre depends on the cable and the table you work to, the figures are revised, and a number invented by a web page and trusted for a year is worse than an empty box. The method here is exact; the data is yours.
BASERATEWork out how many of these alerts are real6
Why is the queue mostly noise when the detection is good?
Because precision depends on how common the thing is, and sensitivity and false positive rate do not. Take a detection that catches ninety-five per cent of what it looks for and fires on one benign event in a thousand (both respectable) and point it at ten million events a day where genuine intrusions run at two in a million. It finds nineteen real ones and ten thousand benign ones, so one alert in five hundred is worth opening. Nothing about the detection is wrong. The base rate did that, and no amount of arguing about sensitivity will move it.
What is the number I should actually be asking a vendor for?
The false positive rate, expressed as one in how many, and then you supply the prevalence yourself and compute the precision here. A vendor cannot tell you the precision because it depends on your estate, not their product, which is convenient for them and is why the conversation is always held in the two terms that cannot settle it. If a rate is quoted as a percentage with one significant figure, that is not precise enough to be useful: 0.1% and 0.05% differ by a factor of two in the queue.
Is requiring two detections to agree really that powerful?
Arithmetically, yes: the false positive rates multiply, so two rules at one in a thousand and one in fifty become one in fifty thousand, and precision can rise by a factor of thirty or more. The catch rates multiply too, so recall falls and you miss more. But the assumption underneath is independence, and that is usually false. Two rules that key off the same parent process, the same host or the same log source will be wrong together, and then the real rate is nowhere near the product. Treat the improvement on this page as the ceiling, not the forecast.
Why does the page insist on showing what is missed?
Because tuning a rule until the queue is bearable is the same operation as tuning it until it misses things, and only one half of that usually gets discussed. A detection quietly dropped from ninety-five per cent to seventy to make the volume manageable is a decision to miss one real event in four, and it should be made on purpose with the number in front of you rather than arrived at by a fortnight of complaints about alert fatigue.
Where does the hundred-square picture come from?
It is a hundred alerts drawn from the queue at the precision computed above, with the real ones marked. At one per cent, one square in a hundred is dark and the rest are not, which is the experience the arithmetic describes and the reason people stop reading a queue. It is the same information as the percentage; it is there because the percentage does not land and the picture does.
Can I use this outside security?
Yes, and the shape is identical. It is the same calculation behind screening for a rare disease, fraud scoring, content moderation and every other place a good test is pointed at a rare thing and produces a pile of false alarms. The labels here are a detection and an analyst, but the arithmetic knows nothing about security: only that being right about a common thing and being right about a rare one are different problems.
BEACONFind what is calling home on a timer6
Why does jitter not defeat this?
Because jitter has a shape. An implant told to sleep sixty seconds with twenty per cent jitter produces gaps spread evenly over forty-eight to seventy-two seconds, and a spread like that has a median absolute deviation of exactly a quarter of its width. Divide that by the median and you get half the jitter percentage back, every time. So rather than being noise that hides the beacon, the jitter is a second measurement of it: the page reports the sleep and the jitter separately, which is what goes in the report and what gets matched against another incident.
Why the median absolute deviation and not a standard deviation?
Because of the laptop that gets closed at lunchtime. A beacon that checks in every five minutes and then misses an hour produces one gap of 3,600 seconds among hundreds of 300. That single value moves a standard deviation enough to hide the beacon completely, and moves a median absolute deviation by nothing at all. The page counts those long gaps separately and calls them missed check-ins, because how often a machine is switched off is itself worth knowing.
Will this find the beacon or tell me it is malicious?
The first, never the second. A backup agent, a monitoring check, a software updater and a certificate refresh are all beacons by every measure on this page, and in most networks they will fill the top of the table. Nothing here can tell them from an implant, because nothing in the timing distinguishes them: the difference is what the destination is, and that is your judgement. Any tool that prints a verdict here is selling you the one thing it cannot do.
What does the score actually mean?
It is half regularity, just over a third whether there is only one interval, and a sixth whether the payload is constant. Every one of those three is a number between nought and one that is printed in the same table, so the score can be recomputed by hand from the columns next to it. That is deliberate: a score nobody can check is a score nobody should act on, and there is a great deal of security software that has never been asked to show its working.
What format does the log have to be in?
Comma or tab separated, with a time, a source and a destination. That covers a Zeek conn.log, a firewall or proxy export, a NetFlow dump and most SIEM exports; you tell it which column is which rather than it guessing. A byte count makes the payload measure work and a port makes the results easier to read, but neither is required.
How long a window should I give it?
Long enough to hold at least a few dozen check-ins of whatever period you are looking for, which for an hourly beacon means several days rather than one. Too short and there are not enough gaps to measure; too long and a machine that changed its behaviour halfway through reads as irregular when it was two regular things in sequence. If a pair scores oddly, narrowing the window and running it again usually explains why.
DGAFind generated domain names in a DNS log10
Why does it not score how random the name looks?
Because that is the approach everybody builds and the arithmetic defeats it. The published figure for a character-pair scorer is one false positive in 550 at ninety per cent detection; without an allow-list the rate on ordinary domains is around eight per cent. Fifty thousand distinct names in a day (a modest company) is ninety alerts, of which perhaps one is real. Nobody works that queue, so the detector gets turned off, and the reason it was turned off is never written down anywhere. The problem is not the implementation. It is that a rare thing behind a test with any error rate produces mostly errors.
What is wrong with the name as evidence?
A content network’s addresses are random strings. So are a load balancer’s, a storage bucket’s, a Kubernetes service’s and a virtual machine’s. The worked example settles it without anyone having to take a view: scored against the same model, the twenty-two content-network names average −3.83 and the thirty-nine generated ones average −3.80, and every one of the twenty-two falls inside the range the generated ones occupy. By that measure the content network is slightly more random than the malware. Anything that tells them apart has to use something other than the characters, because in characters they are the same object.
So what does it use instead?
Structure and behaviour, both already in the log. A generator has to vary the registered part of the name, because that is what decides which server answers; a content network varies the leftmost label under a parent it already owns. And a generator produces many distinct names, asked about once each, nearly all failing, from one machine, within minutes. A dead printer is one name all day. A typo is one name once. A stale internal record is a handful under one suffix. A content network is many names that resolve. Four tests, all four required.
How does it know a parent is a content network without a public suffix list?
It asks the log. For the names in a suspicious group it finds the longest suffix they all share, then counts how many other names in the whole log sit under that same suffix and how many of those resolved. A parent with hundreds of children that answer is somebody’s service. A shared suffix of just
.comis not a parent at all, it is a registry. This is better than a list as well as lighter: a shipped public suffix list goes stale, and is wrong about somebody’s country the week it does.Why build the character model from my own log?
Because that is the entire fix for the false positive rate. A model trained on English, or on a list of popular domains, has never seen your vendors, your acronyms, your build servers or your internal hostnames, and calls all of them random. A model built from the names this same log resolved has seen nothing else. It is still only used to corroborate, never to decide: on the worked example the one name that mattered scores as more ordinary than the ones that did not exist, which is left in the output rather than tidied away.
How does it find the command server?
By where and when it was asked, not by what it looks like: a name this machine asked about inside the burst, under the same top level, that answered, and that no other machine on the network asked about at any other time. A generated command server is contacted by the machine that generated it and by nothing else. That name is the only one in the burst worth blocking, because the others do not exist, and it is what to take to the proxy and firewall logs to find out what actually happened.
What log formats does it read?
A Zeek
dns.logwith its#fieldsline, a CSV or TSV with a header, or a file with no header at all. Where there are column names it matches the usual ones; where there are not it looks at the values: an address column looks like addresses, a name column has dots in it, a response column repeats a handful of words. If it guesses wrong the columns can be set by hand. Only the name is essential; the machine, the time and the response code each make it sharper, and the page says what it loses without each of them.Will it catch a dictionary-based generator?
The structural tests will, because a generator that assembles names from a word list still varies the registered part and still produces a burst of names that do not exist from one machine. The character model will not, and says so by scoring them as ordinary, which they are. That is the case where scoring names fails completely and where behaviour is the only evidence there is, which is the argument this page is built around rather than an exception to it.
What does it miss?
A generator that works slowly enough to stay under the window, one that checks few enough names, one whose traffic goes to a resolver this log does not cover, and one whose first candidate answers so that almost nothing fails. It will also miss everything on a machine using DNS over HTTPS to a resolver you do not see, which is an increasingly ordinary thing for malware to do and worth knowing about your own network either way. Nothing raised means this pattern is absent from this log, which is not the same as a clean network, and the page says that rather than printing a tick.
Is anything sent anywhere?
No. The file is read by the page on your device, the analysis runs in the browser, and the page works with the network switched off. That matters more here than on most tools: a DNS log is a record of everything everyone in the building looked at, including things that are nobody’s business, and it is the sort of file whose upload needs a contract.
ENTROPYMeasure what a file is made of6
Why will it not tell me whether the file is packed?
Because the measurement does not contain that. Packing compresses; so does a ZIP, a PNG, a JPEG, an MP4 and every installer ever built. Statistically they are the same object, and no threshold separates two things that are the same thing. The 7.0 line everybody quotes rests on researchers’ experience with corpora of obviously-packed samples rather than on any measured separation, and on a real file system it produces false alarms constantly. The page gives you the numbers and the shape and leaves the judgement where it belongs.
What does the chi-square add that entropy does not?
Whether the byte values are used evenly, which is not the same question as how much information they carry. A linear congruential generator (a weak, thoroughly predictable source) produces bytes measuring 7.98 bits, which any threshold calls compressed, while its chi-square is in the thousands against an expectation of about 255. Genuine compression and genuine encryption both leave an even spread. Something high on entropy but far from even is obfuscated rather than compressed, and entropy alone cannot see the difference.
Does high entropy mean encrypted?
No, and the counter-example is exact rather than approximate. Take any file and XOR every byte with a single constant: the result is unreadable, and its entropy is identical to the original. Not close, identical, because relabelling values cannot change how evenly they are used. That is not encryption in any useful sense, and a tool that reads a number off it and says “encrypted” has claimed something it cannot know.
Why does the profile matter so much?
Because one number for a whole file throws away where the bytes are, and that is the part that actually distinguishes things. A packed executable is a small plain stub followed by a dense blob and the join is visible. An archive is dense from end to end. A document with one encrypted attachment is mostly ordinary with a dense patch in it. All three can average the same figure, and the average describes none of them.
How big a file can it take?
As large as your browser will hold in memory, which on a desktop is comfortably hundreds of megabytes. The whole file is read at once because the profile needs every byte; nothing is streamed to anywhere and nothing is written to storage, so closing the tab is the end of it.
What does it do with the first bytes?
Reads them against a list of format signatures, because once a file is known to be a PNG its entropy of 7.99 stops being a question. Most entropy false alarms ought to die there and in practice do not, which is why it is the first thing on the page rather than a footnote.
HOMOGLYPHSee what a domain actually is6
Why can I not just look at the domain?
Because there is nothing to look at. U+0430, the Cyrillic small letter a, is drawn identically to the Latin one in essentially every typeface in existence: not similarly, identically. No font size, no zoom and no amount of care will separate them, because the difference exists only in the bytes. Browsers try to help by showing the punycode for suspicious names, but each browser has its own rules and each set has known bypasses. In a log file, a terminal or an email header there is no help at all.
Why does it not look the domain up?
Because looking it up is an action with consequences. A domain in an investigation is usually live infrastructure, and resolving it, fetching it or submitting it to a reputation service announces that somebody is looking: to the service, and in the case of a DNS lookup or an HTTP request, often to whoever runs the domain. This page examines the string and only the string, and makes no network request of any kind.
What is a skeleton?
The idea from Unicode’s own security annex: map every character to the one it is confusable with, so a name reduces to a canonical shape. Then “does this look like my brand” becomes a string comparison rather than a judgement. The table here covers the characters somebody would actually use to imitate a-z and 0-9, and it is written out in full in the source rather than generated, so what the page knows about is exactly what you can read.
Is a mixed-script label always an attack?
Almost always deliberate and almost never legitimate, but “almost” is doing real work there. Scripts get mixed innocently in places with more than one writing system in daily use, and a brand may deliberately use a character from another script as a stylistic choice. What is close to conclusive is a label that is ordinary Latin except for one or two characters from another script sitting exactly where they imitate Latin ones. That is not a language; that is a choice.
Why does rn become m?
Because a character-by-character map cannot see it. Two characters imitating a single one (rn for m, vv for w, cl for d) defeat any table that works one character at a time, and
rnicrosoft.comis a real and repeatedly used attack that contains no unusual characters whatsoever. Those pairs are folded after the per-character mapping, which is why the skeleton catches them.How does it decide what the registrable domain is?
Roughly, from a short list of two-part suffixes like co.uk and com.au, and the page says so rather than pretending otherwise. A complete public suffix list runs to thousands of entries and goes out of date; for telling a lookalike from a legitimate name the shortcut is almost always enough, and knowing where it stops is worth more than a false impression that it does not.
LOGONFind which account went somewhere new6
Why is new ground the finding rather than volume?
Because volume is what legitimate infrastructure looks like. A backup agent, a vulnerability scanner and a management service each touch every host in the estate every night, using network logons, at three in the morning, and they will sit at the top of any fan-out table you build. Alerting on that produces a page of the same four service accounts every day until somebody turns it off. What cannot be explained that way is an account reaching a host it has never reached before, and the page splits the log into a baseline and a tested period precisely so it can tell you which.
What makes NTLM worth looking at?
Inside a domain, a machine addressed by its name should authenticate with Kerberos. A stolen password hash cannot obtain a Kerberos ticket, so an attacker holding one has to fall back to NTLM, which means passing a hash leaves NTLM logons where Kerberos ones ought to be. The complication is that so does a decade-old line-of-business application, a hard-coded IP address, and a handful of appliances. That is why the page counts NTLM per account and shows you the hosts rather than raising an alert on it.
What is the difference between a spray and a brute force?
A spray is one password tried against many accounts, which tells you the attacker has a password and is looking for whose it is: usually a common one, usually from outside, usually with only two or three attempts per account so nothing locks out. A brute force is many passwords against one account, which tells you they already have an account name they care about. Those are different stages of an intrusion and imply different things about what the attacker already knew, and counting failed logons in aggregate throws the distinction away.
Why are computer accounts left out?
Because a domain generates tens of thousands of them, they authenticate constantly and automatically, and including them means the interesting rows are never on the first page. Anything ending in a dollar sign is a machine rather than a person and is counted and set aside. If you are chasing something that specifically used a machine account, which does happen, take the dollar signs off the column before loading it.
What does logon type 9 actually mean?
That a process kept its own identity locally but used different credentials for anything it did over the network. The ordinary way to produce one is
runas /netonly, which a sysadmin might genuinely do, and the less ordinary way is most of the credential theft tooling in existence. They are rare enough in a normal estate that the page lists them individually instead of counting them, because the right thing to do with each one is read it.Will this tell me an account is compromised?
No. Every shape on this page has an innocent explanation that is more common than the guilty one, and there is nothing in a logon record that separates an administrator doing their job from somebody using that administrator’s credentials. What the page does is reduce a log nobody could read to a handful of rows worth opening, in the order worth opening them. The judgement is yours and cannot be anybody else’s.
MFTRead an NTFS $MFT and catch files whose dates were rewritten5
What is the $MFT and how do I get it?
The master file table is NTFS's index of every file on a volume, one 1024-byte record each. Extract it from the volume root with a forensic imager (FTK Imager, and others, export \$MFT), and open that file here. It is often hundreds of megabytes; this reads what the browser can hold and tells you if it stopped.
How does it catch timestomping?
Each record carries timestamps in two attributes. $STANDARD_INFORMATION holds the dates Explorer shows, and a program can set them to anything. $FILE_NAME holds dates the kernel writes when the name is created, and ordinary tools cannot change them. When the shown creation date is earlier than the name-record date, the file claims to predate its own name - it was backdated. And the common tools set a round second, so a shown time with no sub-second part beside a precise name-record time is the other tell.
Does it show deleted files?
Yes. A record marked not-in-use still describes a file that was there until its record was reused, so deleted entries are read and can be shown or hidden. What it cannot do is recover the file's contents; it reads the table, not the data.
Is it certain proof?
No single artefact is. A backdated timestamp is strong evidence of tampering but not of who or why, a wrong system clock skews everything the same way, and some legitimate operations touch these fields. Treat a suspect as a lead to corroborate against the journal ($LogFile, $UsnJrnl), the registry and the event logs.
Does anything leave my machine?
No. The $MFT is parsed in this tab and nothing is uploaded. Hash the copy with CHECKSUM and record where it came from with CHAIN if it may be relied on.
ORIGINWhere a blood spatter came from10
Why will it not just tell me the height?
Because the height is not in the measurements. The identity is h = zs + D tan β − gT²/2, where T is how long the drop was in the air, and nothing about a dried stain records how hard the drop was thrown. The textbook method is the T = 0 case of that identity, which is to say it assumes the drop did not fall while it flew. It did. So the textbook number is always too high, never too low, and the honest thing left over is the bound: the source was at or below it. This page gives you that and declines to dress it up as an estimate.
How much too high is the ordinary method?
As much as the drop fell during its flight, which is gT²/2 and grows with the square of the time. Half a second of flight is 1.2 m of overshoot. On the worked example here (nine stains generated forwards from a source at 1.40 m by integrating real drops with gravity and air resistance), the middle of the per-stain heights is 2.21 m and the mean is 2.81 m, against a truth of 1.40 m. The least bound is 1.51 m. That is the whole argument for taking the smallest rather than the average, in one line of arithmetic.
Why is the smallest better than the average?
Because every one of these numbers is a ceiling, and the average of a set of ceilings is never a better ceiling than the lowest of them. If one stain tells you the source was at or below 1.5 m and another tells you at or below 5.9 m, the second has told you nothing the first had not already told you better, and averaging the two produces 3.7 m, which is worse than either stain on its own was capable of. This is not a subtlety about estimators. It follows from what the numbers are.
Is the plan position biased in the same way?
No, and this is the part worth relying on. Gravity pulls downwards and air resistance pulls straight back along the direction of travel, so neither of them can turn a drop sideways. The horizontal direction a drop was going when it struck is exactly the horizontal direction it left on, whatever it did vertically in between. Simulating flights and comparing the two reproduces them to thirteen decimal places, for stains on walls as readily as on floors. Where in the room is a real answer; how high is a ceiling.
What about a drop that was still rising when it hit the wall?
It reads as a negative descent angle and the bound correctly puts the source below the stain, which is right: a drop still climbing at the wall was launched from lower down. No special case is needed: the same identity handles it, because the sign takes care of itself. The worked example contains one, struck dead square at 90° while travelling horizontally, and its bound is simply its own height.
Is a nearly round stain a ninety-degree impact?
It means the measurement has run out, which is not the same thing. The impact angle is arcsin of width over length, and the derivative of arcsin blows up as the ratio approaches one, so a stain within a few per cent of round has an angle that is barely knowable at all. On the worked example a stain measured to a tenth of a millimetre carries ±2.4° where it is well elongated and ±22° where it is nearly round. The table shows that figure for every stain rather than printing an angle as though all angles were equally well known.
Does the width-over-length rule actually hold?
It is exact for a sphere meeting a plane: the ellipse it cuts is the diameter wide and the diameter over sin α long, so sin α is width over length and nothing else enters. Real drops are not spheres at the instant they land, and published experimental work finds the ratio drifting from the ideal below roughly twenty degrees, where the stain grows a tail and the decision about where the ellipse ends becomes a judgement. That is a limit of the measurement rather than of the arithmetic, and it argues for reading the elongated stains carefully rather than for using a different formula.
Could you not bound the height from below as well?
Not from geometry, and the obvious attempt fails in a way worth stating. Capping the launch speed at something plausible does rule out the highest candidates, but worked without air resistance the same test also wrongly excludes true heights, found here by building a scene from a known source and watching it exclude that source. So this page offers no lower bound. A single stain is consistent with a source anywhere from the floor up to its own limit, and a range with an honest top and no bottom is what the measurement contains.
How many stains does it need?
Two is the arithmetic minimum and it is worth nothing, because two lines always cross somewhere and a pair can never disagree with each other. What matters more than the count is the spread: stains reached from different sides pin a position, stains all pointing along one line do not, and the page scores that spread and refuses to print a coordinate when it is near zero rather than inventing a point along the line.
Can this go in a report?
The working pane is written to be pasted into one, and it states the bound as a bound. Whether area-of-origin evidence belongs in a particular case is a question for the jurisdiction and for whoever is instructing you, and this page takes no view on it beyond refusing to overstate what the measurements support. Everything is computed on this device; nothing about the scene is sent anywhere, and the page works with the network switched off.
PLUGGEDRead a Windows device-install log and see which USB drives were attached, and when.8
Where do I find setupapi.dev.log?
C:\Windows\INF\setupapi.dev.log. It is a plain text file and reading it needs administrator rights on that machine, though copying it does not once you have access. Windows keeps dated backups beside it, named likesetupapi.dev.20260514_081233.log, and those open here too.Does this tell me how many times a drive was plugged in?
No, and nothing does from this file. Windows writes a section when it installs a device: the first time it sees it, or when the driver changes. Plugging in a drive that is already installed writes nothing at all. So a drive used daily for a year appears once, at the start. What the log gives you, and gives you well, is when a device was first attached to that machine.
What is a generated serial number?
A USB storage device that reports a serial number has it in the last part of its device instance ID. One that does not (and cheap drives often do not) gets an ID that Windows makes up, and the long-standing test is the second character: an
&there means Windows generated it.The difference matters. A reported serial identifies that physical drive anywhere. A generated one identifies it on that one computer, so matching it against a second machine's log proves nothing while looking exactly like proof.
Are the times UTC?
No. They are the local clock of the machine that wrote the log, as it was set at the time. This page shows them exactly as written and does not shift them into any other zone, because a timestamp quietly moved by an hour is how a statement ends up wrong. If the machine's clock was off, the log is off with it, and nothing in the file reveals that.
A device I know was used is not in the log. What does that mean?
Less than it looks like. The log is capped, and when it fills Windows renames it with a date and starts a new one, so the file you have may not reach far enough back. Those backups are also cleaned up routinely. Absence here is weak evidence, and it is worth checking the
USBSTORkeys in the SYSTEM registry hive before concluding anything.Can I use this for phones and cameras?
Up to a point. A phone or camera connected over MTP appears as a
SWD\WPDBUSENUMdevice and the log records the install with its timestamp, but the identifier is a Windows GUID rather than a make and model, so it tells you something was connected and not what. Tick off "removable storage only" to see those rows.Is the log uploaded?
No. It is read in this tab by the script on this page, and the copy on your disk is never written to. That matters here more than for most files: a device log is usually taken off somebody else's machine, often under an authority that does not extend to handing it to a website.
Is this enough on its own?
No, and the page says so rather than letting you find out later. It is one artefact. The registry carries the same devices with their own timestamps, the event log carries more, and a conclusion resting on this file alone is resting on one leg. Hash the log with CHECKSUM and record where it came from with CHAIN before you read it, because the first question asked of any examination is whether the copy examined is the copy received.
PREFETCHRead a Windows .pf: what ran, when, how often, and what it loaded5
Why is a prefetch file such good evidence?
It is proof of execution. Windows creates a .pf the first time a program runs and updates it on every run, so it records that the program ran, the last eight run times, a lifetime run count, and the files and volumes it loaded - the DLLs it used, often the documents it opened, and the drives it read from. Crucially it survives the executable being deleted: the run happened whether or not the file is still there.
Where are prefetch files?
In C:\Windows\Prefetch, named like PROGRAM.EXE-XXXXXXXX.pf, where the hex is a hash of the path it ran from. Copy the .pf out and open it here.
Does it read Windows 10 and 11 files?
Yes, as they are. Windows 10 and 11 compress every prefetch file: it starts with a “MAM” header and the rest is LZXPRESS Huffman, the scheme in Microsoft’s published [MS-XCA] specification. PREFETCH expands it in the tab and then reads it, so a file copied straight out of C:\Windows\Prefetch opens without another program. It also reads the uncompressed files of Windows XP, Vista, 7 and 8.
What does the run count mean, versus the run times?
The run count is the total number of times the program has run over the life of this prefetch file. The run times are the most recent runs the file keeps - one on Windows 7, up to eight on Windows 8 and later - most recent first. So the count can be far higher than the number of times shown.
Does anything leave my machine?
No. The .pf is read in this tab and nothing is uploaded. The run times are the machine's own clock, shown in UTC; hash the copy with CHECKSUM and note its source with CHAIN if it may be relied on.
RECYCLEList what a Windows Recycle Bin deleted, from where and when5
What is a $I file?
When Windows sends a file to the Recycle Bin it writes two files under $Recycle.Bin: a $R file holding the content, and a $I file that records the original path, the size and the deletion time. This reads the $I files. They are tiny and survive independently, so a $I recovered after its $R is gone still says what was deleted and when.
Where do I find them?
In C:\$Recycle.Bin, in a folder named after each user's SID. The folder and the files are hidden and protected system files, so they are shown only with hidden and system files made visible, or recovered by a forensic tool. Copy the $I files out and drop them here.
Which Windows versions does it read?
Both current formats: version 1, used from Vista to Windows 8.0, which stores the path in a fixed 260-character field, and version 2, used from Windows 8.1 onwards, which stores a length and then the path. The much older INFO2 format from Windows XP is a different structure and is not read here.
What is the deletion time exactly?
It is the moment the file was moved to the Recycle Bin, recorded as a Windows FILETIME on that machine's clock. It is not the file's created or modified time. It is shown in UTC so the reader's own time zone does not shift it.
Does anything leave my machine?
No. Each file is read in this tab and nothing is uploaded. If the files may be relied on, hash them first with CHECKSUM and record their source with CHAIN.
SHADOWDate a photograph from the shadows in it6
Can this tell me the date a photograph was taken?
No, and anything that says it can is wrong. The sun retraces its path either side of a solstice, so every shadow except the two extremes happens on two dates a year, and near the equinoxes the sun changes so slowly that a fortnight either way is indistinguishable. What a shadow does narrow is the time of day, which is usually the disputed part anyway. To get at the date you need a second shadow at a known interval, a sunrise or sunset in frame, or something else entirely.
How accurate is it?
The astronomy is good to about a hundredth of a degree over any year you are likely to ask about, which is far finer than a shadow can be measured from a photograph. So the error that matters is always yours, never the arithmetic: measuring a shadow off an image is good to perhaps five per cent on a good day, and the page turns whatever tolerance you set into the span of times that are actually consistent. It gives you a band because a single time quoted to the minute from a measurement that loose would be a lie with a decimal point in it.
Why is refraction not applied?
Because it would be false precision. Refraction lifts the apparent sun by about half a degree at the horizon and by almost nothing above twenty degrees, and a shadow cast by a sun low enough for it to matter is so long that it cannot be measured off a photograph usefully anyway. Adding a correction that is negligible where the input is good, and swamped by measurement error where it is not, buys nothing but a more confident-looking number.
The shadow agrees with the claimed time. Does that prove it?
It supports it, which is weaker and worth saying out loud. A shadow consistent with a claim rules out a great deal (every other hour of that day, for a start), but the same shadow falls again on many other dates, and a person choosing a time to claim can choose one that fits. Disagreement is the strong result here: a shadow that could not have been cast at the time claimed is a fact about the photograph, not an opinion about it.
It disagrees. Does that mean the photograph is fake?
It means the photograph and the story do not match, which has several innocent explanations before you get to a dishonest one. A camera clock never set, a time zone taken as local when the file is in UTC, daylight saving, or a place a few streets from the one assumed will all produce a disagreement. The page tells you which times the shadow actually fits; comparing that to the claim is usually what identifies which of those it was.
What do I need to measure off the picture?
An upright object and its shadow, in the same units; pixels are fine. A lamp post, a bollard, a person standing straight. The direction the shadow points is worth having if anything in frame lets you establish north, because it halves the answer: the same shadow length happens once in the morning and once in the afternoon, and only the direction separates them.
SHORTCUTRead the target, dates, drive serial and origin machine from a .lnk5
What is a .lnk file worth to an investigation?
Windows writes one whenever a file is opened, into the Recent folder and the automatic jump lists, so shortcuts survive long after the files they point to are gone or the drive is unplugged. Each one records where a file was, when it was created, written and last accessed, and what volume it sat on. A shortcut on the internal disk can show a document was opened from a particular USB stick that was never seen again.
Whose timestamps are these?
The three dates are the target file's own created, written and accessed times, copied into the shortcut at the moment it was written. They are not the shortcut file's dates and they do not update afterwards. They are shown in UTC so nothing is shifted by the reader's own time zone.
Is the volume serial the drive's hardware serial?
No. It is the volume serial number Windows assigns when a volume is formatted, and it changes if the volume is reformatted. It is still strong evidence: the same serial in a shortcut on the C: drive and one known to be on a USB stick ties the two together.
How can a shortcut contain a MAC address?
For its link-tracking service Windows stores an object identifier that, when it can, is a version-1 UUID. A version-1 UUID embeds the MAC address of a network card on the machine that generated it. The page shows the MAC only when the identifier is that kind, and says so otherwise rather than presenting a random value as an address.
Does the file leave my machine?
No. It is read in this tab with the browser's own file reader, and nothing is uploaded. If the shortcut might be relied on, hash the copy first with CHECKSUM and record where it came from with CHAIN.
SPECIMENTake a suspicious Windows EXE apart without running it or uploading it5
What does it tell me?
What an analyst reads first from a Windows executable: its hashes and imphash; each section's entropy, which reveals packing; whether any section is writable and executable at once; the imports grouped into what they let the program do - reach into other processes, resolve code at runtime, talk to the network, persist, watch for a debugger, encrypt; any executable carried inside it; data appended after the last section; and the URLs, IPs, domains, registry keys and paths in its strings.
Does it say whether the file is malware?
No, and it is careful not to pretend it can. No static tool can give a verdict from bytes alone: packers, injection and encryption all appear in legitimate software too. It reports indicators - the things worth a closer look - and explains what each means, so a person makes the call. A tool that prints “malicious” it cannot stand behind is worse than one that shows the evidence.
What is the imphash, and why does it matter?
It is an MD5 fingerprint of the import table, written the way the industry standard tools write it. Two samples with the same imphash were almost certainly built from the same source or toolkit even if every other byte differs, so it is the fastest way to tie an unknown file to a known family. SPECIMEN computes it on the device.
Is it safe to open malware here?
The file is only read, never run: parsing bytes cannot execute them. Nothing is uploaded, so opening a live sample here does not tip off whoever sent it or hand your evidence to a third party, unlike a scanning website. Handle the file with the usual care on disk; SPECIMEN itself does not launch it.
What are its limits?
A packed sample hides its real code and strings until it unpacks in memory, which static reading cannot reach - SPECIMEN will tell you it is packed, not what is inside. A .NET program keeps its logic in bytecode a decompiler reads, not the native imports. Corroborate: VOUCH checks any signature, and a sandbox shows what packing hides.
SWEEPRead an Nmap scan, and see what changed since the last one6
Which Nmap output does it read?
The XML from
-oX, which carries everything, and the grepable text from-oG. Nmap's normal output (-oN) is written for people rather than programs and changes between versions, so SWEEP asks for the XML instead.-oA namewrites all three at once.Is the scan uploaded anywhere?
No. The file is read by the browser and parsed in the tab, and the page makes no request with it. Turn the network off after the page has loaded and it works the same.
Does it tell me which versions are vulnerable?
No, on purpose. Matching a product and version to security advisories needs a vulnerability database, and it is where scanners go wrong most: backported fixes, distribution version strings and vague banners all produce false alarms. SWEEP shows the product and version Nmap found so they can be looked up.
Why is a port listed as not compared?
Because Nmap only reports the ports it scanned. If the earlier scan covered the top thousand ports and the newer one covered all of them, a port outside the thousand that is open now was never looked at before. Calling it newly open would be a guess, so SWEEP keeps it separate.
Can it read a scan that was stopped part way?
Yes. An interrupted scan leaves an XML file with no ending. SWEEP drops the host that was being written when it stopped and reads every host Nmap had finished.
Why is SSH listed under remote administration?
It is not a fault; SSH is the right way to administer a machine. It is listed because every remote administration service should be reachable only from where administrators actually are, and a scan from the wrong side of a firewall that finds it open is worth knowing about.
TDOAWork out where a sound came from6
Why do I get a band rather than a position?
Because a position on its own would be dishonest. Sound travels about a third of a metre in a millisecond, so a millisecond of timing error is a third of a metre of path difference, and the geometry multiplies that. The same error is worth about half a metre for a source inside a square of recorders and many times that when they are nearly in a line. The page perturbs every arrival time by the accuracy you declared, in every combination, re-solves each one, and shows you the spread. That spread is the answer; the cross in the middle of it is just where the spread is centred.
Why does it sometimes refuse to answer at all?
Two geometries genuinely have no solution. Recorders in a straight line cannot tell one side of the line from the other (four microphones along a street frontage is a line), and the equations are singular, so any answer would be an invention. And a source at the exact centre of a symmetric array is the same distance from every recorder, so all the arrival times are identical and nothing indicates which way to move. The second is a curiosity, since nothing real sits exactly on a centroid, but both get explained rather than silently producing nothing.
How many recorders do I need?
Three, for a position in two dimensions. There are three unknowns (two coordinates and the moment it happened, which nothing measured) and each recorder contributes one equation. A fourth and a fifth do not add unknowns, so they become checks: with three the times must fit perfectly by construction, and only with four or more can the page tell you the arrivals disagree with each other.
Does it matter that I do not know when it happened?
Not at all, and that is the elegance of the method. The emission time is solved for alongside the position rather than needing to be supplied. A practical consequence worth knowing: adding the same constant to every arrival time moves the answer not one millimetre, it only shifts the emission time by that constant. So the recorders must share a clock, but that clock can be arbitrarily wrong.
What is the array shape number?
How spread the recorders are across their own best-fit line, as a fraction of how spread they are along it. Zero is a perfect line and has no solution; near one is a square, which is as good as the geometry gets. It is shown next to the answer because it is the thing that decides how wide the band is, and a printed coordinate gives no hint of it at all.
Can I use this for radio rather than sound?
Yes: put the propagation speed in and the arithmetic is identical. Be aware of what that does to the timing, though: at the speed of light a microsecond is three hundred metres, so a position good to ten metres needs the arrival times to about thirty nanoseconds. That is a demanding requirement and it is the reason radio direction-finding uses specialised hardware rather than ordinary recorders.
TIMESTOMPFind files whose dates were rewritten6
Why is the sub-second test stronger than comparing the two attribute sets?
Because it does not depend on anything the operator controls as easily. NTFS stores time in hundred-nanosecond ticks, so there are ten million possible sub-second values and a real timestamp lands on exactly zero about once in ten million. The common tooling sets a time from a value accurate only to the second, so the remainder comes out as precisely nought, and four dates on one file all landing there is not a coincidence in any meaningful sense. Comparing $SI to $FN, by contrast, is defeated by simply moving the file afterwards.
So can I use this to say a file was not tampered with?
No, and that is the most important sentence on the page. $FILE_NAME is written by the kernel, but the kernel writes it again every time a file is created, moved or renamed, so an operator who sets the dates and then copies the file into place leaves two sets that agree perfectly and sub-second digits that look entirely normal. Every test here catches the ordinary case and the careless case. Somebody who has read the same material as you will pass all four.
Where do I go when the answer actually matters?
The USN journal and $LogFile. Those record what was done to a file (created, renamed, data overwritten, attributes changed) with their own timestamps, rather than recording what the file says about itself. A file whose $SI claims 2021 but which appears in the journal being created last Tuesday is settled, and no amount of attribute forgery touches that. This page is the first ten minutes of that work, not the whole of it.
My export has no sub-second digits. What happens?
The page says so, in the figures and in the verdict, and scores nothing from that test rather than quietly marking everything as slightly less suspicious. It is a gap in the evidence, not a clean result, and it is worth going back for a better export: several tools truncate to whole seconds by default and that single setting throws away the strongest thing you had.
Why is the MFT record number test so weak?
Because record numbers are reused. When a file is deleted its record goes back on the pile and the next file created may take it, so a genuinely new file can sit among records from years ago perfectly innocently. It is still worth showing, because a backdated file dropped into a system directory often sits among records thousands of entries newer than the files it is pretending to be contemporary with, but on its own it means little, which is why it carries the least weight of the four.
What tools produce the input?
MFTECmd and analyzeMFT are the usual two, and both emit all eight timestamps as columns. Anything else that dumps $STANDARD_INFORMATION and $FILE_NAME side by side will do; you name which column is which rather than the page guessing, because every tool orders them differently and a guess that is wrong by one column would produce confident nonsense.
WIRERead a packet capture without uploading it10
Is the capture uploaded anywhere?
No. The file is opened by your own browser with FileReader and parsed in this tab. Nothing is sent to us or to anybody else, and you do not have to take that on trust: click the Private · verify badge in the corner to see a live count of how much of your content has left the page, or turn off your network and load a capture anyway; it still works.
What files does it read?
libpcap (
.pcap,.cap) and pcapng (.pcapng), which is what Wireshark and tcpdump write by default. All four pcap magic numbers are handled (big-endian and little-endian, microsecond and nanosecond timestamps) and pcapng sections that change byte order mid-file, and interfaces that use different timestamp resolutions from each other.Why not just use Wireshark?
Use Wireshark when you can. This is for when you cannot: a machine you are not allowed to install software on, a borrowed laptop, a phone, or a capture that has to be looked at in the next two minutes. It answers the questions asked in the first ten minutes (who talked to whom, what did they ask for, what went across in the clear, is anything on a timer) and it does not pretend to go further.
How does it decide something is beaconing?
It counts connection starts (a TCP SYN without an ACK) for each source, destination and port, and looks at the gaps between them. If there are at least six gaps and the median absolute deviation is under a fifth of the median gap, it says so. Six because four points can look regular by accident; a fifth because the jitter most implants add is ten or twenty per cent, and a person refreshing a page is nowhere near that regular. Both numbers are printed beside the answer so you can disagree with them.
What credentials can it find?
HTTP basic authentication, which is a username and password in base64 and was never encryption; cookies sent over plain HTTP; and
USERandPASSon FTP, POP3, IMAP and Telnet. It reads the command rather than matching a pattern anywhere in the packet, so it reports a password where one was actually sent rather than wherever the word appears.Does it reassemble TCP streams?
No, and that is a real limit. A request spread across several segments is not read, and a credential split across a segment boundary is missed. What it reads is what fits in one packet, which in practice is most request lines and nearly all DNS. If you need stream reassembly you need Wireshark.
Can it read an encrypted connection?
No. It reads the server name out of the TLS client hello, which is sent before the connection is encrypted and is usually the only name you get for an encrypted flow. Everything after that is ciphertext and stays that way.
What does it do with a capture that was cut short?
Reads it up to the cut and tells you. A capture stopped with ctrl-C often ends mid-packet, and a parser that treats that as corruption throws away everything before it. Everything that parsed cleanly is reported; the note at the top says the file ends mid-packet.
Why does it say a packet is a link type it cannot read?
Because guessing would be worse. The link layer decides where every address and port is, so a wrong guess produces confident nonsense rather than an error. It reads Ethernet, Linux cooked capture v1 and v2, raw IP and BSD loopback; anything else is counted and left alone.
How big a capture can it handle?
It is limited by your browser's memory rather than by anything here, because the whole file is read into the tab. A few hundred megabytes is fine on a desktop; on a phone, less. If a capture is too big to open, cut it down first with
editcaportcpdump -rand open the piece you care about.
“The file is damaged and could not be repaired”: what it means for a PDF7
- What does “the file is damaged and could not be repaired” mean?
- How do I know if my file is really a PDF?
- Can a corrupted PDF be repaired?
- How do I repair a PDF for free?
- Why does the PDF open in Chrome but not in Acrobat?
- Why is my downloaded PDF damaged?
- Will repairing a PDF keep the text?
Open “The file is damaged and could not be repaired”: what it means for a PDF
A 1Password alternative with no account and no copy on a server5
A Bitwarden alternative that keeps the vault off every server5
A CamScanner alternative with no account and no app6
A Canva CV and resume alternative: a builder with no account5
A Clio alternative that keeps a firm's files on its own computer5
- Is there a Clio alternative that keeps client files off the cloud?
- Can several fee earners use Practice at once?
- Does Practice make a firm compliant with the SRA Accounts Rules?
- Does Practice take card payments or give clients a portal?
- What does Practice cost?
Open A Clio alternative that keeps a firm's files on its own computer
a decision log5
A Final Draft alternative for screenplays, in your browser5
A free Adobe Acrobat alternative for filling, signing and redacting PDFs5
A free alternative to Google Docs, Sheets and Slides that needs no account5
A free CV builder with no sign-up, watermark or upload5
A free Excel alternative with no account, that opens and saves .xlsx5
A free Microsoft Project alternative with a real critical path5
A free notes app that keeps your notes as files on your own disk5
A free PDF editor that never uploads your file5
A free PowerPoint alternative that runs in your browser5
A free Trello alternative with no account, kept on your own device5
A FreeAgent alternative for sole traders who keep their own books5
- Is there a FreeAgent alternative for a sole trader that keeps the books on my computer?
- Can Books file my Self Assessment return?
- I have to use Making Tax Digital for Income Tax. Is Books enough?
- FreeAgent is free with my bank account. Why pay for Books?
- What does Books cost?
Open A FreeAgent alternative for sole traders who keep their own books
A Grammarly Authorship alternative that keeps the record with you4
a password manager with no accountWhat a vault really is, and what you give up by not having an account.6
A Photopea alternative with no adverts, that also runs in your browser5
A Photoshop alternative that runs in your browser5
A QuickBooks alternative that keeps the books on your computer5
A record of your writing process that you keep, and anyone can check4
A Relativity, Everlaw or Logikcull alternative for a small firm’s matter6
- Is there an alternative to Relativity or Everlaw for a small firm?
- Does Case charge by the gigabyte?
- Can a Case production be loaded into Relativity or Everlaw?
- Can several people review the same case at once?
- How large a matter can it handle?
- Does it do technology-assisted review or AI?
Open A Relativity, Everlaw or Logikcull alternative for a small firm’s matter
A RootsMagic alternative that runs in your browser5
A Scrivener alternative that runs in your browser5
A Smallpdf alternative that does the work in your browser5
A Tinkercad or Onshape alternative that keeps your designs on your computer5
A Xero alternative for books kept on your own computer5
An Adobe Audition alternative for podcasts, in your browser4
An Adobe Illustrator alternative that runs in your browser4
An Affinity Designer alternative that runs in your browser4
An Audacity alternative that keeps the recording on your computer4
An AutoCAD LT alternative for 2D drawings, in your browser5
An ExifTool alternative with no command line, and no upload either5
An iLovePDF alternative that keeps the file on your computer5
An NVivo alternative for coding interviews on your own device5
An SPSS alternative that opens .sav files in your browser5
Bates numbering a bundle without uploading it8
blurring faces in a photoPixelation against blur, and what the saved copy still carries.6
Can text under a redaction be recovered?6
- How do people get the text back out from under a black box?
- Does flattening a PDF make a redaction safe?
- I deleted the page and saved. Is the content gone?
- Can a redacted scan be recovered?
- Does removing the text also remove the name from the metadata?
- Is there a way to check a file before sending it?
Can you make a voice unrecognisable by changing the pitch?7
- Does a pitch shift make a voice unrecognisable?
- How much does it move?
- Why does the recording get longer?
- Can somebody shift it back?
- What does it not hide?
- What actually protects somebody on a recording?
- When should I not rely on this at all?
Open Can you make a voice unrecognisable by changing the pitch?
Can your writing style identify you?5
Change an image to 300 dpi without losing quality7
checking a dataset before release5
Checking a rota: the rules are about the gaps, not the days4
compressing a PDFWhy a PDF is big, what a compressor really changes, and what it cannot.6
converting coordinates5
Days between: two answers, both right, and the one that loses you a deadline4
decoding a timestamp5
Does a photo show where it was taken?6
Does a PNG have GPS or EXIF in it?8
Does your printer hide tracking dots on every page?5
EXIF, IPTC and XMP: which one is in your photo?8
- What is the actual difference between the three?
- Where does each one sit in the file?
- Why is the same information in more than one of them?
- What does it mean when they disagree?
- If I strip the EXIF, is the photo clean?
- Can a photo say where it was taken without any GPS?
- Which one should I care about?
- How do I see which ones my photo has?
Falsely accused of using AI: what to do4
Family tree software without Ancestry: keeping the tree yourself5
Find the lowest cash balance in the month, not the closing one6
- Is this the same as the minimum balance my bank requires?
- Why weekly rather than monthly?
- What if I do not know when a customer will pay?
- The forecast ends in credit. Is it fine?
- Does it need my bank statement or my accounts?
- What are the two headroom numbers?
Open Find the lowest cash balance in the month, not the closing one
flashcards without an accountSpaced repetition in a tab: what is here, and what Anki still has.6
How many stairs for a 9-foot ceiling, worked out6
How much can you discount before you lose money?6
How much clearance you need below a fall arrest anchor8
- How much clearance does a two-metre lanyard need?
- Why is the deceleration distance so large?
- Can I use a harness on a two-metre scaffold lift?
- Why does clipping below my D-ring matter so much?
- Does a self-retracting lifeline solve it?
- What does swing cost?
- What should the margin be measured to?
- Is this a method statement?
How much extra tile to buy, and why small rooms need more6
- How much extra tile should I buy?
- How do I calculate how many tiles I need?
- Why do small rooms need more spare tile?
- How much extra tile for a diagonal or herringbone pattern?
- Should I keep spare tiles after the job?
- How much grout do I need?
Open How much extra tile to buy, and why small rooms need more
How the VIN check digit is calculated, worked through6
How to analyse phone call records and find the patterns6
- What columns do I need from a call record?
- What does it mean that a contact stopped?
- Why do the silences matter?
- What is a pattern of life?
- Can it tell me who a number belongs to, or where the phone was?
- Why does it matter that the records stay on my machine?
Open How to analyse phone call records and find the patterns
How to anonymise names in a spreadsheet, and keep the same person the same7
- Why not Find and Replace with Customer 1, Customer 2?
- Why not a lookup table of names and codes?
- Is a plain SHA-256 hash of a name anonymous?
- Are 'Ash Whitfield' and 'ash whitfield ' the same person?
- What happens if I lose the key?
- Is the output anonymous?
- Does the key travel with the file?
Open How to anonymise names in a spreadsheet, and keep the same person the same
How to build a chronology when some dates are only approximate6
- Where does an event known only to a month go in the order?
- Why not just pick a day in the middle?
- How is a gap measured when the dates are imprecise?
- How should I write an approximate date so it is read correctly?
- What does 'nothing evidences this' mean?
- Can the chronology tell me what a quiet period means?
Open How to build a chronology when some dates are only approximate
How to change the date a photo says it was taken7
- How do I change the date taken on a photo?
- Why is date taken different from date created?
- How do I shift the dates of many photos by an hour?
- Why are my camera photos out of order with my phone photos?
- Does changing the date taken reduce photo quality?
- Can I change the date on a scanned photo?
- Is the date taken on a photo reliable evidence?
How to check a file has not been changed6
- What does a matching hash actually prove?
- Is a hash published on the download page any use?
- Why not MD5, if I only want to check the download worked?
- What is the difference between a checksum and a signature?
- Does renaming, copying or moving a file change its hash?
- How do I record that a set of files has not changed?
How to check a PDF for malware without uploading it8
- Can a PDF really contain a virus?
- Why not just upload it to VirusTotal?
- What does X-RAY actually check?
- If nothing is found, is the file safe?
- What is the difference between X-RAY and DISARM?
- Is opening it in my browser safer than in Acrobat?
- What about a file that is not really a PDF?
- Is anything uploaded?
How to check an SSH key fingerprint, and what to compare it with6
- How do I find my SSH key's fingerprint?
- What is the difference between SHA256 and MD5 SSH fingerprints?
- How do I verify a server's host key fingerprint?
- What does REMOTE HOST IDENTIFICATION HAS CHANGED mean?
- Is it safe to share my SSH public key fingerprint?
- Why is my DSA key rejected?
Open How to check an SSH key fingerprint, and what to compare it with
How to convert a 1Password .1pux export to CSV8
- How do I convert a 1Password .1pux file to CSV?
- What is inside a .1pux file?
- Can Bitwarden import a .1pux file directly?
- Does converting a .1pux to CSV keep my 2FA codes?
- What is lost when converting a .1pux to CSV?
- Is it safe to use an online .1pux converter?
- Can 1Password export directly to CSV?
- What should I do with the .1pux file after importing it?
How to find generated domains in a DNS log10
- How do you detect DGA domains in DNS logs?
- Why does scoring domain names for randomness not work?
- What is the difference between a DGA and DNS tunnelling?
- What causes a burst of NXDOMAIN that is not malware?
- Which columns do I need in a DNS log?
- Can a DGA use real words?
- What should I do when I find one?
- Is it safe to analyse a DNS log in a web tool?
- How short should the detection window be?
- Do I need a threat-intelligence feed to do this?
How to keep a record of calls and letters about a dispute6
- Do I need to record the phone call?
- Does a note written weeks later count for anything?
- What should a note of a call contain?
- Should letters and emails go in the log too, since I already have them?
- Can I correct an entry?
- Where is the log kept, and what if the browser clears it?
Open How to keep a record of calls and letters about a dispute
How to make a password you can actually remember5
How to make a photo smaller without uploading it, and what size to pick5
How to make an EPUB from a Word file, without uploading it4
How to make an SSH key on a Chromebook, with or without Linux6
- How do I generate an SSH key on a Chromebook?
- Can I use SSH on a school Chromebook without Linux?
- How do I add an SSH key to the Secure Shell extension?
- Is it safe to generate an SSH key in a browser?
- Which SSH key type should I use?
- Where is the Linux option on a Chromebook?
Open How to make an SSH key on a Chromebook, with or without Linux
How to merge, split and reorder PDFs without uploading them5
How to open a .msg file without Outlook, and without uploading it6
- How do I open a .msg file on a Mac?
- How do I convert .msg to .eml?
- Why does a .msg file look like gibberish in a text editor?
- Can I open a .msg attached to another email?
- Is it safe to upload a .msg to an online converter?
- Why are the accented characters wrong when I convert a .msg?
Open How to open a .msg file without Outlook, and without uploading it
How to open a Canon CR3 raw file on Windows6
How to open a HEIC file, and turn it into a JPEG, without uploading it6
How to open a Word document without Word, and without uploading it4
How to open an Excel file without Excel, and without uploading it5
How to open winmail.dat on a Mac, an iPhone, or anywhere else6
How to print a booklet: the imposition rule, and the two settings that ruin it4
How to prove you did not use AI to write something5
How to read a pcap file without Wireshark10
- How do I open a .pcap file without installing Wireshark?
- Is it safe to upload a pcap to an online analyser?
- What is the difference between pcap and pcapng?
- Can you see passwords in a packet capture?
- Can you tell where encrypted traffic went?
- How do you spot malware beaconing in a capture?
- What does snap length mean, and why does it matter?
- Why can't a browser tool read a request that was split across packets?
- Is this a replacement for Wireshark?
- How do I take a capture I can analyse later?
How to redact a PDF for discovery without uploading it anywhere4
How to see what a device on your network connects to8
- Is this not what Fing or my router app already shows me?
- I cannot install anything on the device. Does that matter?
- What is the easiest way to get a capture?
- Everything is encrypted. Is a capture worth anything?
- What are Encrypted Client Hello and DNS over HTTPS?
- How do I know whether turning a setting off worked?
- How long should I capture for?
- Is the capture uploaded?
How to send someone a file without it sitting on a server5
How to spot malware beaconing in a connection log8
How to tell if a photo has been edited9
- Is checking whether Software says Photoshop enough?
- What is an edit history and where is it kept?
- What are DocumentID and InstanceID for?
- Why does a photo have three different dates?
- Does a date disagreement prove the picture was altered?
- Is error level analysis proof of manipulation?
- The file has no metadata at all. Is that suspicious?
- So can I ever prove a photo has not been edited?
- How do I look at all of this without uploading the photo?
How to tell if a USB drive was plugged into a PC8
- Where is the log?
- Does it show every time a drive was plugged in?
- What is the &0 on the end of the serial number?
- How do I tell a real serial from a generated one?
- Can I tell what was copied to the drive?
- A drive I know was used is not in the log.
- What about a Mac or a Linux machine?
- Is any of this uploaded when I use PLUGGED?
How to tell if an email has a tracking pixel8
- How can I tell if an email has a tracking pixel?
- What does an email tracking pixel tell the sender?
- Does Gmail block tracking pixels?
- Does Apple Mail Privacy Protection stop email tracking?
- Can a tracking pixel be hidden in a normal-looking image?
- Does forwarding an email forward the tracking pixel?
- Are there tracking pixels in personal emails, not just newsletters?
- Do links in emails track you too?
How to tell if an email is really from who it says6
How to work out the area of convergence from bloodstains, and what the height really is6
- How do I get the impact angle from a stain?
- Is the area of convergence reliable?
- Why is the height only a ceiling?
- Should I average the heights from several stains?
- Which stains give the best answer?
- Can I get a lower bound as well?
Open How to work out the area of convergence from bloodstains, and what the height really is
How to work out the time of day from a shadow in a photo6
Is it safe to send a medical letter or test result?10
- Is it safe to email my own medical letter?
- Can I black out parts of a medical letter before sending it?
- What is in a medical letter besides the medical part?
- Does my employer have a right to see my diagnosis?
- How do I redact a medical letter properly?
- Why is a black box over the text not enough?
- Should I use encrypted email to send it?
- Is it safe to use an online tool to redact a medical record?
- What if they insist on the complete record?
- Does the letterhead really give away the condition?
Is it safe to upload a utility bill as proof of address?8
- Is it safe to upload a utility bill as proof of address?
- What does a proof-of-address check look at on a bill?
- Can I black out the account number on a utility bill for proof of address?
- What is the MPAN on my electricity bill, and should I hide it?
- Why is a black box over the account number not enough?
- Should I send a photo of the paper bill or the PDF?
- Is a utility bill safer to send than a bank statement?
- Can someone use my utility bill to steal my identity?
Open Is it safe to upload a utility bill as proof of address?
Is it safe to upload your bank statement?10
- Is it safe to upload a bank statement to a website?
- Can I black out transactions on a bank statement for a mortgage?
- Does a letting agent need my full bank statements?
- Why is a black rectangle over text not a redaction?
- What is in a bank statement PDF besides the transactions?
- Is it safe to use an online PDF redaction tool for this?
- What should I redact if I do redact?
- Should I keep a record of what I sent?
- Can someone take money with just my bank statement?
- What if the organisation insists on the full statement?
Is it safe to upload your file to a free online tool?6
- Is it safe to upload a confidential document to a free online converter?
- What does files are deleted after one hour actually mean?
- How can I tell whether a tool really runs in my browser?
- Is a tool that runs in the browser always better?
- Does HTTPS mean my upload is private?
- Can this site see the files I open in it?
Is it safe to upload your payslip?10
- Is it safe to upload my payslip to a website?
- What should I black out on a payslip?
- Can I redact a payslip for a mortgage application?
- Does a letting agent need my full payslips?
- What is on a payslip besides my pay?
- Why is a black box over the text not enough?
- Is it safe to email a payslip?
- Is it safe to use an online tool to redact a payslip?
- What can somebody do with my payslip?
- Can I just send a bank statement instead?
password protecting a PDFThe two passwords a PDF can carry, and which one is real.6
- What is the difference between a user password and an owner password on a PDF?
- Can a password-protected PDF be opened without the password?
- How strong is PDF encryption?
- Is it safe to use an online PDF password remover?
- Will Acrobat, Preview and Chrome open a file locked here?
- I forgot the password to my PDF. What now?
password protecting a zipThe two kinds of zip password, and what a locked zip still gives away.6
- Why will Windows not open my password-protected zip?
- Is a password-protected zip actually secure?
- Can someone see what is in a locked zip without the password?
- What is the difference between ZipCrypto and AES in 7-Zip?
- Is it safe to use an online zip password site?
- Can I open a zip whose password I have lost?
Readability scores: what they measure, and the one thing they are good at4
reading a schedule of call data5
reading an association chart5
reading text out of a pictureWhat OCR reads well, what it does not, and how to keep the picture off a server.6
Rise and fall or height of collimation: which to use, and the check that has to balance6
- Which method should I use?
- What does the three-way check actually prove?
- Does the check catch a wrong intermediate sight?
- What is an acceptable misclosure?
- What do I do with a misclosure inside the allowance?
- Why reduce it on site rather than back at the office?
Open Rise and fall or height of collimation: which to use, and the check that has to balance
screening names against a list5
sending a scan of your IDWhat an ID scan is worth, what to black out, and where not to prepare it.9
- Is it safe to send a photo of my passport by email?
- What should I black out on a passport scan?
- Does a watermark on an ID copy actually help?
- Is it safe to upload my ID to a free redaction website?
- Does a black box over a scan really hide what is under it?
- What can someone actually do with a photo of my ID?
- Is it safe to send a copy of my passport to a letting agent?
- Is an emailed passport scan a valid right to rent check?
- Should I send a photo of myself holding my passport to a letting agent?
signing a PDFThree kinds of signature, three kinds of weight, and which you need.7
- Is an electronic signature legally binding?
- What is the difference between an electronic and a digital signature?
- Will Adobe Acrobat show my signature as verified?
- How do I sign a PDF with a .p12 or .pfx certificate?
- How do I prove a contract was not changed after I signed it?
- Is it safe to use a free online PDF signing site?
- Can I send a document to someone else to sign?
sorting files by hash5
testing a column for invented numbers5
the PACE detention clock5
The triage sieve and START: four questions each, and one real disagreement4
The units that are two different units with one name4
transcribing a recordingSpeech to text in the tab: what a small model gets right, and where it does not.6
turning a PDF back into a documentWhat a PDF converter is really rebuilding, and what it cannot.7
- How do I convert a PDF to Word without uploading it?
- Why does the converted file not look like the PDF?
- Will my tables survive?
- Why did my scanned PDF convert to nothing?
- Is it safe to use a free online PDF to Word converter?
- Why do different converters give different results?
- Can it keep bold and italic?
Unprotect an Excel sheet when you have lost the password7
- How do I unprotect an Excel sheet if I forgot the password?
- Can I remove the password to open an Excel file?
- Why does the VBA macro give a different password from mine?
- Does unprotecting a sheet damage the workbook?
- How do I remove workbook structure protection?
- Is Excel sheet protection secure?
- Does this work on .xls files?
Open Unprotect an Excel sheet when you have lost the password
uploading your CVWhat a CV exposes, what the file carries, and the text nobody can see.6
Was this audio recording edited?6
Was this PDF changed after it was signed?6
- Can a PDF signature be valid if the document was changed?
- What does “there have been subsequent changes to this document” mean?
- Does a drawn or typed signature prove the document has not changed?
- Is a later “Modified” date evidence that something was altered?
- Do I need Acrobat to check this?
- What should I do before sending a signed PDF out?
What a browser extension can do, before you install it6
What a cordon costs, in perimeter and in people4
What a PDF keeps after you delete a page6
What a QR code can hide5
What a screenshot gives away10
- Do screenshots contain metadata?
- Can a screenshot reveal my location?
- Does a screenshot of a photo keep the photo's GPS data?
- Is pixelating text in a screenshot safe?
- What is the most common thing people miss in a screenshot?
- Can a URL in a screenshot be dangerous?
- Is cropping a screenshot enough?
- How do I black out part of a screenshot properly?
- Can you tell what device a screenshot came from?
- Should I strip the timestamp?
What a video file gives away about you8
What a website learns about you before you click6
What a Windows prefetch file shows, and what it does not8
- What does a Windows prefetch file show?
- Why can I not read a Windows 10 prefetch file in a hex editor?
- Where are prefetch files stored?
- Does a prefetch file show who ran a program?
- How many run times does a prefetch file keep?
- If there is no prefetch file, does that mean the program never ran?
- What is the number after the dash in a prefetch file name?
- Can I read a prefetch file on a Mac?
Open What a Windows prefetch file shows, and what it does not
What is actually in a Google Takeout export8
- What is the most revealing part of a Takeout export?
- Where is the location data in the zip?
- Why can't I just open the JSON file?
- Why does uploading it matter so much?
- How is a multi-gigabyte zip read in a browser?
- Does the map fetch anything?
- Does downloading my data delete it?
- What should I do with the zip afterwards?
What is smime.p7s?6
What the tracking on a link tells them6
What you hand over when you forward a meeting invite8
- Does forwarding a meeting invite show everyone's email address?
- What is actually in an .ics file?
- Why do addresses sometimes look like they are not there?
- How bad is it to pass on the join link?
- Does hiding the attendee list fix it?
- What is the worst version of this?
- Can I forward one without all of that?
- What should I take out?
What you hand over when you paste7
- Is it safe to paste code into an AI assistant?
- Can an AI provider see what I paste?
- Is a JWT safe to share because it is encrypted?
- What should I do if I have already pasted a secret?
- Does scanning my text send it anywhere?
- Is it safe to paste logs into ChatGPT or another AI assistant?
- Can I paste my .env file into an AI to debug configuration?
When the mean is the wrong average, and what to quote instead4
Why a bar chart has to start at zero, and what to do when the difference really is the story4
Why a cropped photo still shows what you cropped out9
- Why does a cropped photo still contain the uncropped one?
- Where in the file is the thumbnail?
- How big can it be?
- Do all editors leave a stale thumbnail behind?
- How do I check my own photo?
- The shapes match. Am I safe?
- What actually removes it?
- Has this ever actually caused a problem?
- Does this happen with other kinds of file?
Why a DXF opens at the wrong scale, and how to fix it8
- Why does my DXF open at the wrong scale?
- What does $INSUNITS mean in a DXF file?
- Why is my DXF 25.4 times too big or too small?
- How do I change the units of a DXF file?
- Does an R12 DXF store units?
- What is the difference between $INSUNITS and $MEASUREMENT?
- My DXF is off by a factor that is not 25.4. Why?
- Can I fix a DXF's scale without CAD software?
Why a four-leg sling is rated on three legs8
Why a PDF table comes out wrong in Excel, and how to fix it6
- Why does my PDF to Excel conversion put everything in one column?
- Why are the columns wrong after converting a PDF to Excel?
- Why won't the numbers from my PDF add up in Excel?
- Why is my converted PDF empty or full of strange characters?
- How do I stop account numbers losing their leading zeros?
- How do I fix descriptions that wrap onto a second row?
Open Why a PDF table comes out wrong in Excel, and how to fix it
Why a PNG converted to SVG looks bad, and how to get a clean one6
- Why does my PNG to SVG conversion look bad?
- How do I convert a PNG to SVG without losing quality?
- Why is my SVG file so large?
- Why is my SVG just a picture inside?
- Can you convert a photo to SVG?
- How do I remove the white background when converting to SVG?
Open Why a PNG converted to SVG looks bad, and how to get a clean one
Why a print comes out smaller than actual size, and how to prove it6
- My printer prints everything slightly smaller. Is it broken?
- Why does A4 come out at 94% on my printer?
- I set Actual size and it is still short. What else is there?
- How can I tell at all, if every square is wrong by the same amount?
- Does it matter?
- Why can a PDF not just be the right size?
Open Why a print comes out smaller than actual size, and how to prove it
Why a PSD opens blank or white outside Photoshop6
Why a random sample needs a seed, and why the seed should be published4
Why a Word document's page numbers change on another computer6
- Why does the same Word document have a different number of pages on another computer?
- Does saving as PDF fix it?
- Can I use Word's line numbers for citations?
- What are the page and line numbers in a transcript?
- How do I get a Word transcript into FOLIO?
- Will FOLIO's numbers match the court reporter's?
Open Why a Word document's page numbers change on another computer
Why a zip says the path is too long8
Why an Apple Health export adds up to too many steps6
- Why are the steps in my Apple Health export higher than the Health app?
- How does the Health app choose between iPhone and Apple Watch data?
- How do I get daily steps from export.xml in Python?
- Why is my sleep total in the export too high?
- Why do blood pressure readings appear twice in export.xml?
- Can I open export.xml in Excel?
Why an STL is the wrong size in the slicer, and how to fix it8
- Why is my STL file so small in the slicer?
- Does an STL file have units?
- What percentage do I scale an STL by to convert inches to millimetres?
- How do I convert an STL from inches in PrusaSlicer?
- Should I use 3MF instead of STL?
- Why is my STL 1000 times too small?
- Does scaling an STL by 25.4 lose accuracy?
- How can I tell what units an STL was made in?
Open Why an STL is the wrong size in the slicer, and how to fix it
Why Excel cuts off columns when you save as PDF6
- Why is Excel cutting off columns when I save as PDF?
- How do I fit all columns on one page in a PDF from Excel?
- Why does my Excel PDF put the last columns on a separate page?
- How do I find and clear a print area in Excel?
- Why is the text in my cells cut off in the PDF?
- Why does the PDF look different on another computer?
Why only the first page of a TIFF shows, and how to see the rest6
- Why does my TIFF only show one page?
- How do I view all pages of a TIFF on Windows 11?
- How do I view a multi-page TIFF on a Mac?
- How do I convert a multi-page TIFF to PDF?
- Why can't my browser open a TIFF?
- Why are some pages of my TIFF blank?
Open Why only the first page of a TIFF shows, and how to see the rest
Why VLOOKUP doesn't match values that look the same6
Why Windows will not open your AES-encrypted zip10
- Why does Windows say my zip is invalid when it is not?
- Can Windows 11 open AES-encrypted zip files?
- What is the difference between ZipCrypto and AES in a zip?
- How do I tell whether my zip uses AES?
- Is it safe to open an encrypted zip in a website?
- Should I use ZipCrypto so the person I am sending to can open it?
- Why can my colleague open it on Linux and I cannot?
- Does encrypting a zip hide the file names?
- I have forgotten the passphrase. Can it be recovered?
- What is the difference between AE-1 and AE-2?
Why your .docx opens as XML10
- Why does my .docx open as XML code?
- Is a .docx really a zip file?
- How do I get the text out of a .docx Word will not open?
- What does "there are problems with the contents" mean?
- How can I tell what a file actually is if the extension is wrong?
- Should I edit the XML inside the file by hand?
- Is it safe to use an online docx repair service?
- Will LibreOffice open a file Word cannot?
- I renamed it to .zip and there is nothing inside. Now what?
- What else is inside a Word file that I cannot see?
Why your CSV opens in one column12
- Why does my CSV open with everything in one column?
- How do I open a semicolon CSV in Excel without changing my settings?
- Why do European CSVs use semicolons?
- What is the sep= line at the top of my CSV?
- Should I change my Windows list separator?
- Is my data damaged, or just displayed wrong?
- How do I open a CSV without Excel mangling it?
- Is it safe to fix a CSV with an online tool?
- My file uses tabs, not commas. Is that still a CSV?
- Why does a quoted comma sometimes break the file and sometimes not?
- Why did Excel remove the leading zeros from my CSV?
- How do I stop Excel turning numbers into dates when opening a CSV?
working out speed from skid marks5
Writing an account of a use of force, and the four habits that cost most4
You are the product, or you are the customer. Pick one.4
How is OBSCURA OS paid for?
By OBSCURA Pro. The Workspace is free for everyone, and every other tool is free to open and to check a file with; saving the result, the Sovereign Suite application, the Photo Editor and the Engineering Suite are what people pay for. There is no advertising and no account, and everything runs in your browser, so your documents never leave your device.
How is OBSCURA OS different from Google Docs or Microsoft 365?
Those services process your documents on their servers. OBSCURA OS runs in your browser tab: the document is opened, edited and saved on your own machine, and there is no upload step and no server-side copy. It is a difference in architecture rather than a difference in privacy policy, a tool with nowhere to send your data cannot change its mind later.
Do I need an account to use OBSCURA OS?
No. There is no registration, no password and no profile. The Workspace is free, at work as much as at home, every other tool is free to check a file with, and nothing in the software checks who you are. Pro is a key kept on your device, not an account.
Who is OBSCURA OS for?
People whose work involves other people's confidential material: journalists protecting sources, lawyers under privilege, therapists and accountants holding client records, and founders and freelancers reviewing contracts or delivering paid work.
Open You are the product, or you are the customer. Pick one.
Guides4
Who are these written for?
Somebody who has run into the problem and wants to understand it, not somebody looking for a product. They assume you are capable and that you have not happened to look at this particular thing before.
Are they kept up to date?
They are written against the file formats and the specifications, which change slowly. Where something is a judgement about how a tool behaves today rather than a property of the format, the page says which it is.
Can I use them at work?
Read them anywhere. The tools they lead to work the same at work as at home: free to open and to check a file with, and saving the result is part of OBSCURA Pro.
Something here is wrong. What then?
Say so and it gets corrected. The whole argument of this site is that it tells you the truth about your own files, and a page here that is wrong damages that more than it helps anything.
Help6
Is anything I open here uploaded?
No. Every tool reads your file in the page, works on it in memory, and hands the result back to your own disk. There is no account and no server of ours holding anything of yours. The site's own checks drive every tool with a real file on each release and watch the network while it runs.
Is it free?
The Workspace is, all of it, at home and at work, with no account. Every other tool is free to open and to check a file with; saving the result is part of OBSCURA Pro, or US$2 to save from one tool for a day. The Sovereign Suite application, the Photo Editor and the Engineering Suite are Pro as a whole.
Where do my files go?
Where you put them. The Workspace apps save into a folder you choose on this computer, as ordinary files, and the tools save whatever they make to your downloads or that folder. Settings is where the folder is chosen.
Does it work offline?
Yes, once a page has been opened once. The site installs itself in the browser and keeps every page and library it has seen, so the tools run with the internet off.
Something is wrong. Who do I tell?
[email protected], from any page. A tool that did the wrong thing with a file is the most useful thing to hear about.
What happens if my browser runs out of room?
It says so. A browser that is full, or set to keep nothing, refuses to store anything more, and the tools here that keep your own work (invoices, statements, logs, two-factor codes, notes) now tell you when that happens rather than letting the screen claim it was saved. The sentence says it once, points at the export, and what is on the screen is still there until you leave the page. A preference, like which colourway you chose, is not worth interrupting you for and does not.
OBSCURA ProSubscribe, buy a day with one tool, or sign in6
What is free, and what needs Pro?
The Workspace is free for everyone: Docs, Sheets, Slides, Notes, Calendar, Tasks, Contacts, Plan, Drive and the PDF editor. Every other tool is free to open and to check a file with, so you see what it finds. Saving or exporting the result needs Pro, or US$2 for a day with one tool, and so do the whole Sovereign Suite application, the whole Photo Editor, the whole Engineering Suite, PDF Studio, OBSCURA Case, OBSCURA Umbra, OBSCURA Books, OBSCURA Keep, OBSCURA Roots, OBSCURA Research, OBSCURA Write, OBSCURA Authorship, OBSCURA Sound, OBSCURA Vector, OBSCURA Erase and OBSCURA Converter. The single tools in the Sovereign Suite stay free to check a file with.
How does Pro work without an account?
When checkout finishes, Stripe sends you back to the Pro page, which makes a key for this browser. The Pro page shows that key, to copy or to download; on another device, press Sign in at the top of any page and paste it. There is no password. The key is checked on your device, so the tools keep working offline. To sign a device out, press Pro at the top of the page and choose Sign out of this device: the key comes off that browser, and your subscription carries on.
What is a day with one tool?
Saving from one free tool for 24 hours, for US$2, paid once. It covers that tool alone, not the applications or the other tools. It does not renew and there is nothing to cancel. The time starts when you pay. The day and week passes that gave everything in Pro are no longer sold.
Can I cancel?
Yes, any time, on Stripe’s billing page with the email you paid with. Cancel before a free trial ends and you are not charged. Cancelling later stops the next renewal, and Pro stays on until the end of what you paid for. Refunds are on the refund page.
Does Pro upload my files?
No. Pro runs on your device like everything else here. The only thing that ever leaves it is your key, when a Pro feature’s code is fetched, so the server can see it is paid for.
I use it at work. What do we need?
The Workspace needs nothing: it is free for everyone, with no account. For the rest, each person needs a plan of their own for now: a key is for one person, on every browser they use. Plans for a team or a business are not offered at the moment. A team or business that already has one keeps it, and whoever holds its key goes on adding people and taking them off at /seats. The plans are on the Pro page.
Record SuiteProof, chain of custody, statements, timelines and exhibit binders6
Can I use this on privileged client material?
That is what it is built for, and it is why it does not transmit anything. The file is opened from your disk, worked on in memory and written back to your disk. Your own professional obligations still apply to the device the browser is running on, so a locked, encrypted machine matters as much as it always did. What changes is that there is no third party in the chain to account for.
Is a hash actually proof of anything?
It proves a file has not changed between two checks, because SHA-256 changes completely if any bit does. It does not prove when you had the file: that timestamp comes from the clock on your machine and a clock can be set to anything. To give a date real weight, publish the digest somewhere with its own timestamp that you cannot quietly edit later, such as an email to a third party, a court filing, or a solicitor's file. The tools say so on every page rather than letting you assume otherwise.
Will a bundle from this be accepted?
Numbering, indexing and certification conventions vary by jurisdiction and by judge, so nobody can promise that from a web page. What you get is a bundle that is internally consistent, continuously numbered including blanks, indexed at the front, and reproducible from the same inputs. Check it against the rules that apply to your matter, the same as you would with anything else.
What happens to my work if I close the tab?
Outputs are files you download, so those are yours the moment you save them. Anything held in the browser between steps is in that browser on that device, and clearing site data removes it. Treat the browser as the workbench and your own disk as the filing cabinet, and export at each step rather than leaving work sitting in a tab.
Is there a desktop version?
Yes. It installs on your computer with its own icon and window and opens with no connection at all, which is worth doing if you would rather the work happened somewhere that cannot reach the internet even in principle.
Who is behind this?
A small independent project rather than a company with an account manager. That cuts both ways and it is better to say so plainly: there is no procurement theatre and no sales call, and the email address on this page reaches the person who wrote the code. If continuity matters for a matter that will run for years, note that everything produced here is an ordinary PDF, CSV or text file with no proprietary format and no lock-in, so nothing you make depends on this project still existing.
VerifyCheck for yourself that this site sends nothing5
Why should I believe a website that says nothing is uploaded?
You should not, on its own. A claim from a website you have never heard of is worth very little. The verify page is how you check it yourself in about a minute: watch the network tab while a tool works on a real file, then turn off your wifi and use the tool anyway. Software that was quietly sending your file somewhere cannot do that.
What does hashing the files I received prove?
It proves what reached you. The hash is computed from the actual files your browser just received from this site, not read from a published list. The useful thing to do with it is compare: run it on a different machine, on a different network, in a different country, or ask somebody else to run it and send you their list. If the hashes match, nobody is being served a special build. A site that behaved one way for auditors and another way for everyone else would not survive that comparison.
Does a matching hash mean the code is safe?
No. A hash says nothing about what the code does. If you want that, the files are plain readable JavaScript served from this origin, they are not obfuscated, and you can open any of them in a browser tab and read them. That is a real afternoon of work rather than a one-minute check. For most people the network tab and the offline test are the ones that settle it.
Does anything on the site send data anywhere at all?
One exception, stated rather than buried: Cloudflare's privacy-preserving page-view counter is permitted, and it records a page address and timing. It never sees a file you opened. If you would rather it did not run at all, a content blocker stops it and nothing on the site breaks.
The response headers are worth seeing too. They are in the same network tab, under Response Headers on the document request, and the browser enforces them whatever the site says.
What if I find something that contradicts the claim?
Write to [email protected]. A claim like the one on the front of this site is only worth making if it is falsifiable, and if it turns out to be false somewhere then that is a bug worth fixing quickly and saying so publicly. None of this is a certification and there has been no third-party audit. It is the evidence a person can gather themselves in a few minutes, which is a smaller claim than a compliance badge, and it has the advantage of being checkable.
Where to start5
I do not know what any of these are called. Where do I start?
Here. Type what you are trying to do in plain words - “stop a photo showing where I live”, “work out a deadline”, “prove a file has not changed” - and the tool for it will come up. You never need to learn a name.
What is the difference between this and the workbench?
This is for when you know the job but not the tool. The workbench is for when you have the file: drop it there and only the tools that will actually take that kind of file are offered, and the file is handed straight across without going through your downloads folder.
Why does one tool appear under more than one situation?
Because it genuinely belongs in more than one. Stripping the tracking out of a link matters both when you are about to send something and when you are trying not to be followed around, so it is in both.
Is there a full list anywhere?
The second panel on this page is the full list, grouped by what each tool is for. All tools has the same thing arranged by suite, and each suite has its own page.
Does this page know what I searched for?
No. The search runs in your browser against a list that was sent with the page. Nothing you type is recorded, sent or kept, here or anywhere else on this site.
Workbench8
Does the workbench upload my file anywhere?
No. Nothing on this site uploads anything. The file is read in this tab to identify it and held in this browser's IndexedDB so it can be passed to the next tool. Turn off your network connection and every part of this page still works.
How does it know what a file is?
It reads the first two kilobytes and compares them against the signatures that every format begins with - %PDF for a PDF, the eight bytes that start every PNG, the ftyp box in an MP4, and so on. A zip is looked at more closely, because a Word document, a spreadsheet, a slide deck and an EPUB are all zips, and which one it is depends on what is inside.
Why is a tool missing from the list?
Either it does not take a file at all - a passphrase generator has nothing to be given - or its page does not accept this kind of file. Search by what you want to do and the full list is there, whatever you are holding.
What happens when I send a file to a tool?
The file is put into this browser's storage, the browser goes to that tool, and the file is placed in that tool's own file input as if you had chosen it by hand. The tool is not modified and does not know where the file came from. You get a line at the top of the page saying it arrived, and a way back.
Can I chain several tools together?
Yes, and that is the point of it. While you are working on a file that came from the workbench, whatever that tool hands back is copied onto the workbench too. Go back, pick the result, and send it on to the next tool.
Can I send a file here from my phone?
Yes. Install this site from your browser's menu and it appears in the share sheet alongside everything else. Share a photo or a document to it and the file lands on the workbench, ready to go to a tool. The share is handled by the copy of this site on your own device; nothing is uploaded, and there is nowhere for it to be uploaded to.
Can I open a file into this from my computer's file manager?
Once the site is installed, yes - it appears under Open with for PDFs, images, audio, video, spreadsheets, documents, archives and email files, and opening one brings it straight here. The original file is not modified and the site never asks to write back over it.
What if I close the tab?
The workbench is still there when you come back, because it is stored in this browser rather than in the page. Clearing your site data does clear it, so download anything you want to keep.